53532772 evaluasi-bahasa-inggris-kelas-viii-semester-1

Copyright © 2009 by Tim Penyusun and PT Intan Pariwara. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior writtenpermission of the publisher.© Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/80/2009.Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun,elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.Kode file IP2_BING8A_PG09.

Penyusun: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati, Yuniarti D. Arini; Editor: Marta Yuliani, Sugeng Aryanto; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso,Andi Kurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Andina Risky D.,M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).

PT Intan Pariwara

Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: [email protected] Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: [email protected]

iiiPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1 iiiPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Bapak/Ibu Guru tentu sudah memahami bahwa Pemerintah telah menetapkan buku-buku yanglayak dipakai di dalam proses belajar mengajar. Buku-buku (BSE) itu dapat diunduh melalui internetoleh siapa saja dan tidak dipungut biaya. Siapa pun bisa menggunakannya. Namun ternyata, itu sajabelum cukup. Siswa masih memerlukan bahan latihan agar kompetensi mereka benar-benar terukur.Kenyataannya tidak banyak buku latihan yang sesuai dengan kebutuhan siswa dan guru. Salah satubuku yang selalu ditunggu kehadirannya adalah buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang dilengkapi PeganganGuru (PG).

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris sudah terbit dalam beberapa edisi. Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudahmenggunakan buku latihan ini beserta PG-nya mengakui kebergunaan materi yang ada dalam bukuini pada saat mengajar. Mereka merasa sangat terbantu dengan adanya buku PR Bahasa Inggriskarena materinya selalu aktual dan mendukung tercapainya kompetensi. Dengan demikian, siswamempunyai banyak kesempatan berlatih mengembangkan kemampuan mereka, baik secara lisan(spoken) maupun tertulis (written).

Kali ini buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang juga dilengkapi PG kembali hadir dengan beberapapeningkatan mutu. Perubahan itu atas masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah menggunakan bukulatihan ini. Salah satunya adalah disediakannya materi akhir unit di buku siswa (disebut Assessment)dan juga di Pegangan Guru (disebut Review). Materi akhir unit di buku Pegangan Guru (Review)tidak ada di buku siswa. Dengan demikian, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan akhir unityang berbeda dengan yang ada di buku siswa. Kedua materi itu belum ada di buku Pegangan GuruPR Bahasa Inggris edisi sebelumnya.

Penyusun sangat berharap buku latihan ini sesuai dengan keinginan Bapak/Ibu Guru. Buku inijuga kami harapkan benar-benar dapat membantu siswa meningkatkan kompetensi mereka danmembantu Bapak/Ibu Guru menciptakan generasi penerus yang cerdas.

Penyusun tetap mengharapkan masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru guna penyempurnaan danpengembangan buku latihan ini.

Klaten, April 2009

Penyusun

Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untukKeseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VIII SMP/MTs

Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Semester 1

Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah:Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.

Keterangan:1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.3. Cara menghitung:

a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahunb. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit

4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikankesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiappeserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.

5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Mata Pelajaran AlokasiWaktu

Minggu EfektifPer Semester

Waktu PembelajaranPer Semester

(jam pembelajaran)

Waktu PembelajaranPer Semester

(menit)

Jumlah JamPer Semester(@ 60 menit)

KomponenAlokasiWaktu

Minggu EfektifPer Tahun

Ajaran

Waktu PembelajaranPer Tahun

(jam pembelajaran)

Waktu PembelajaranPer Tahun

(menit)

Jumlah JamPer Tahun

(@ 60 menit)

A. Mata Pelajaran

1. Pendidikan Agama 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

2. PendidikanKewarganegaraan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

3. Bahasa Indonesia 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

5. Matematika 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

6. IPA 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

7. IPS 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101

8. Seni Budaya danKeterampilan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

9. PendidikanJasmani, Olahraga,dan Kesehatan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

10. Keterampilan/TIK 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3040 45–51

B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811

iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VIII SMP/MTs

vPG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah

Lampiran 2 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi DasarMata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)

Kelas VIII, Semester 1

Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar

1.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterimauntuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta,memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkarifakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat

1.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterimauntuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur:mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/tidak menyetujui, memuji,dan memberi selamat

2.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secaraakurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar

2.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat,lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teksberbentuk descriptive dan recount

3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisansecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitaryang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi,menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat

3.2 Memahami dan merespon percakapan transaksional (to get things done) daninterpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisansecara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitaryang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat

4.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untukberinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar

4.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakanragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi denganlingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount

5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descriptive danrecount pendek dan sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterimayang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar

5.2 Merespon makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancardan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar

5.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat,lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentukdescriptive dan recount

6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk ber-interaksi dengan lingkungan sekitar

6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana denganmenggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untukberinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount

Mendengarkan1. Memahami makna dalam per-

cakapan transaksional daninterpersonal sederhana untukberinteraksi dengan lingkungansekitar

2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisanfungsional dan monolog pendeksederhana berbentuk descriptivedan recount untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan sekitar

Berbicara3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam

percakapan transaksional daninterpersonal lisan pendeksederhana untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan sekitar

4. Mengungkapkan makna dalamteks lisan fungsional dan monologpendek sederhana yang berbentukdescriptive dan recount untukberinteraksi dengan lingkungansekitar

Membaca5. Memahami makna teks tulis

fungsional dan esei pendeksederhana berbentuk descriptivedan recount yang berkaitan denganlingkungan sekitar

Menulis6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks

tulis fungsional dan esei pendeksederhana berbentuk descriptive,dan recount untuk berinteraksidengan lingkungan sekitar

vi Kegiatan Tatap Mukavi Daftar Isi

SILABUS 1– 44

– Unit 1 Descriptive– Unit 2 Recount– Unit 3 Descriptive– Unit 4 Recount

UNIT 1 Descriptive 45–100

– Asking for and Giving Opinions– Agreeing or Disagreeing– Genre: Descriptive– The Simple Present Tense– Adjectives– The Present Continuous Tense– Short Descriptions and Labels

UNIT 2 Recount 101–162

– Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Help– Complimenting– Genre: Recount– The Simple Past Tense– The Present Perfect Tense– Announcements and Letters

UNIT 3 Descriptive 163–236

– Admitting and Denying Facts– Congratulating– Genre: Descriptive– Question Words– Indefinite Pronouns– Announcements and Advertisements

UNIT 4 Recount 237–292

– Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Things– Inviting, Accepting or Declining an Invitation– Genre: Recount– The Past Continuous Tense– Relating/Linking Verbs– Reflexive Pronouns– Spoken Messages and Invitation Cards

Latihan Ulangan Semester 293–302

Reading Materials 303–313

Daftar Pustaka 314

1PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

SIL

AB

US

Un

it 1 D

escrip

tive

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/M

Ts . . .

Ke

la

s/S

em

es

te

r:

VIII/1

Mata P

elajaran

:B

ah

asa In

gg

ris

Un

it

:1

Ge

nre

:D

es

crip

tiv

e

Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

nd

en

ga

rk

an

1.

Mem

ah

am

i m

akn

a d

alam

p

ercakap

an

tran

saksio

nal d

an

in

terp

erso

nal sed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

2

40'

1.1 M

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(bersosialisasi)

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar yang

melibatkan

tindak tutur:

mem

inta,

me

mb

eri,

menolak jasa,

mem

inta,

me

mb

eri,

menolak

barang,

•P

ercakapan-

percakapan

transaksional dan

interpersonal yang

mem

uat ungkapan

mem

inta dan

mem

beri pendapat

serta m

enyetujui/

tidak m

enyetujui.

•B

ereaksi atau

merespons dengan

benar terhadap

tindak tutur:

mem

inta dan

mem

beri pendapat

serta m

enyetujui/

tidak m

enyetujui.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 1–4.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia

dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1.

Mem

aham

i percakapan

dalam

gam

bar serta

berbagai ungkapan

yang dipelajari.

2.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

yang berkaitan dengan

ungkapan yang

dip

ela

ja

ri.

3.

Menyim

ak berbagai

ungkapan yang

dibacakan guru, lalu

menulisnya.

4.

Menyim

ak percakapan

yang dibacakan guru,

lalu m

enentukan

pernyataan benar atau

salah.

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•D

ikte

•B

enar/S

alah

•R

ead the dialog

and understand

the expressions.

•A

nsw

er the

questions below

.

•Listen to your

teacher. W

rite

dow

n the

expressions you

have heard.

•Listen to your

teacher. S

tate

whether the

statem

ents are

true (T

) or false

(F

) based on

what you have

heard.

2 Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

5.

Melengkapi

percakapan

berdasarkan

percakapan yang

dibacakan guru.

6.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

yang dibacakan guru

berdasarkan

percakapan yang

diperdengarkan pada

kegiatan sebelum

nya.

7.

Mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

tepat berdasarkan

percakapan yang

dibacakan guru.

•Tes tulis

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Isian

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•Listen to your

teacher. F

ill in the

blanks based on

the dialog you

have heard.

•Y

our teacher w

ill

ask you som

e

questions about

the dialog in Task

C. A

nsw

er the

questions orally.

•Listen to your

teacher. C

hoose

A, B

, C

or D

for

the correct

answ

er.

mengakui,

me

ng

in

gka

ri

fakta, dan

mem

in

ta d

an

me

mb

eri

pen

dap

at.

1.2 M

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(bersosialisasi)

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkunga

n

sekitar yang

melibatkan

tindak tutur:

mengundang,

menerim

a dan

menolak

ajakan,

men

yetu

ju

i/

tid

ak

men

yetu

ju

i,

mem

uji, dan

me

mb

eri

selam

at.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

nd

en

ga

rk

an

2.

Mem

ah

am

i m

akn

a d

alam

teks lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal d

an

m

on

olo

g p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a b

erb

en

tu

k d

escrip

tive

d

an

reco

un

t u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 15–16.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1

40'

•Teks lisan

fungsional

pendek: short

descriptions.

•M

onolog

descriptive.

1.

Mem

aham

i contoh dan

penjelasan tentang

short description lisan.

2.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan


short description

.

3.

Menyim

ak short

description yang


menjelaskan isinya.

4.

Menentukan


salah berdasarkan

short description pada

kegiatan sebelum

nya.

5.

Mem

baca dan

mem

aham

i contoh dan

penjelasan teks

descriptive lisan.

6.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan


teks descriptive.

7.

Menyim

ak m

onolog

descriptive yang


menjelaskan isinya.

8.

Menentukan


salah berdasarkan

monolog yang disim

ak

pada kegiatan

sebelum

nya.

•M

am

pu m

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

teks

lisan fungsional

pendek sederhana

berbentuk short

description secara

akurat, lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi dalam

konteks kehidupan

se

ha

ri-h

ari.

•M

erespons m

akna

yang terdapat

dalam

m

onolog

pendek sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a dalam

teks descriptive.

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•U

raian

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•R

ead the text and

understand the

explanation.

•A

nsw

er the

questions below

.

•Listen to your

teacher. W

hat is it

about?

•S

tate w

hether the

statem

ents are

true (T

) or false

(F

) based on the

text in Task A

.

•R

ead the

monolog and

understand the

explanation.

•A

nsw

er the

questions below

.

•Listen to your

teacher. W

hat

does he/she talk

about?

•S

tate w

hether the

statem

ents are

true (T

) or false

(F

) based on the

monolog you have

heard in Task A

.

2.1 M

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

teks lisan

fungsional

pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

be

rte

rim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

2.2 M

erespons

makna yang

terdapat dalam

monolog

pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

be

rte

rim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

de

sc

rip

tiv

e

dan recount.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 6, 10–11.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'


9.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

berdasarkan m

onolog

yang dibacakan guru.

10.

Melengkapi teks

berdasarkan m

onolog


•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Isian

•Look at the

picture and listen

to the teacher.

Answ

er the

questions based

on the m

onolog

you have heard.

•F

ill in the blanks

while listening to

your teacher.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Be

rb

ic

ara

3.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

m

akn

a d

alam

p

ercakap

an

tran

saksio

nal d

an

in

terp

erso

nal lisan

p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

se

kita

r.

1.

Mem

peragakan

percakapan dengan

lafal dan intonasi yang

tepat.

2.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

berdasarkan

percakapan yang ada

di kegiatan

sebelum

nya.

3.

Melengkapi

percakapan dengan

kata-kata dalam

kotak.

4.

Mem

peragakan

percakapan tersebut

dengan tem

an.

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Isian

•U

njuk kerja

•R

ead and practice

the dialogs w

ith

proper

pronunciation.

•A

nsw

er the

questions based

on the dialogs in

Task A

.

•C

om

plete the

dialog w

ith the

correct w

ords in

the box. T

hen,

practice the

com

plete dialog

with your friend.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

3.1

Meng-

ungkapkan

makna dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(bersosialisasi)

sederhana

dengan m

eng-

gunakan

ragam

bahasa

lisan secara

akurat, lancar,

dan berterim

a

untuk ber-

interaksi

dengan

•P

ercakapan

transaksional dan

interpersonal yang

melibatkan tindak

tutur m

em

inta dan

me

mb

eri

pendapat serta

menyetujui/tidak

menyetujui.

•M

elakukan

berbagai tindak

tutur dalam

w

acana

lisan transaksional/

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

seperti: m

em

inta

dan m

em

beri

pendapat serta

menyetujui/tidak

menyetujui.

•M

engem

bangkan

wacana

transaksional/

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

2 x 40'

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 4–6.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia

dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

lingkungan

sekitar yang

melibatkan

tindak tutur:

mem

inta,

mem

beri,

menolak jasa,

mem

inta,

mem

beri,

menolak barang,

mengakui,

mengingkari

fakta, dan

mem

in

ta d

an

mem

beri

pen

dap

at.

3.2

Meng-

ungkapkan

makna dalam

percakapan

transaksional (to

get things done)

dan interpersonal

(bersosialisasi)

sederhana

dengan m

eng-

gunakan ragam

bahasa lisan

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar yang

melibatkan tindak

tutur:

mengundang,

menerim

a dan

menolak ajakan,

men

yetu

ju

i/

tid

ak

men

yetu

ju

i,

mem

uji, dan

mem

beri

selam

at.

5.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

berdasarkan

percakapan yang ada

di kegiatan

sebelum

nya.

6.

Mem

buat percakapan

berdasarkan panduan

yang tersedia, lalu

mem

peragakan

percakapan tersebut.

7.

Mem

buat percakapan

berdasarkan situasi

yang tersedia, lalu

mem

peragakan

percakapan tersebut.

pendek m

enjadi

sebuah obrolan

atau interaksional

yang lebih

panjang.

•Tes tulis

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•U

njuk kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•A

nsw

er the

follow

ing

questions based

on the dialog in

Task C

.

•M

ake a dialog

based on the

guideline. T

hen,

practice the

dia

lo

g.

•M

ake dialogs

based on the

situations. T

hen,

practice the

dialogs.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Be

rb

ic

ara

4.

Me

ng

un

gk

ap

ka

n m

ak

na

d

ala

m te

ks

lis

an

fu

ng

sio

na

l d

an

m

on

olo

g p

en

de

k s

ed

erh

an

a y

an

g b

erb

en

tu

k d

es

crip

tiv

e d

an

re

co

un

t u

ntu

k

berin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

terd

ekat.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 17.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1

40'

•Teks lisan

fungsional

pendek: short

descriptions.

•M

onolog

descriptive

.

1.

Mendeskripsikan

sesuatu secara singkat

berdasarkan data yang

tersedia.

2.

Mendeskripsikan benda

dalam

gam

bar secara

singkat.

3.

Melakukan m

onolog

berdasarkan teks yang

tersedia.

4.

Melakukan m

onolog

descriptive tentang

tokoh yang ada dalam

gam

bar.

•M

engungkapkan

makna/gagasan

dalam

teks lisan

fungsional pendek

berbentuk short

description dengan

lancar dan

be

rte

rim

a.

•M

elakukan

monolog dalam

teks

berbentuk

descriptive dengan

ragam

bahasa lisan

secara lancar dan

be

rte

rim

a.

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•U

raian

•U

raian

•U

njuk kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•D

escribe a thing

based on the data

below

.

•Look at the

picture and find

som

e references

about it. D

escribe

it briefly.

•R

ead the text.

Deliver a m

onolog

based on the text.

•F

ind the data

about this m

an,

then describe him

orally in front of

the class.

4.1

Mengungkap-

kan m

akna

dalam

bentuk

teks lisan

fungsional

pendek

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

lisan secara

akurat, lancar,

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

4.2

Meng-

ungkap-kan

makna dalam

monolog

pendek

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

lisan secara

akurat, lancar,

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

de

sc

rip

tiv

e

dan recount.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 11–12.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

mb

ac

a

5.

Mem

ah

am

i m

akn

a teks tu

lis fu

ng

sio

nal d

an

esai p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a b

erb

en

tu

k d

escrip

tive d

an

reco

un

t yan

g b

erkaitan

d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

se

kita

r.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 12,16, 17.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1

40'

•Teks tulis

fungsional

pendek: label.

•Teks descriptive.

•Teks tulis

fungsional

pendek: label.

1.

Mem

baca contoh dan

mem

aham

i penjelasan

tentang label.

2.

Mem

baca nyaring

label dengan lafal dan

ucapan yang benar.

3.

Mem

baca nyaring teks

descriptive dengan

lafal, tekanan, dan

ucapan yang benar.

4.

Mengidentifikasi

struktur teks tersebut.

5.

Menyatakan


salah berdasarkan

teks yang ada.

6.

Mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

tepat berdasarkan

teks.

•M

em

baca nyaring

secara berm

akna

wacana pendek

sederhana.

•M

erespons m

akna

yang terdapat

dalam

teks

fungsional pendek

berbentuk label

dengan benar.

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•M

em

baca

nyaring

•M

em

baca

nyaring

•Identifikasi

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•R

ead the text and

understand the

explanation.

•R

ead the text.

State w

hether the

statem

ents

are true (T

) or

false (F

).

•R

ead the text w

ith

proper

pronunciation.

Identify the

structure of the

text.

•R

ead the text.

State w

hether the

statem

ents are

true (T

) or false

(F

).

•C

hoose A

, B

, C

or D

for the

correct answ

er.

5.1 M

em

baca

nyaring

berm

akna teks

tulis fungsional

dan esei

berbentuk

descrip

tive

dan recount

pendek dan

sederhana

dengan ucapan,

tekanan, dan

intonasi yang

berterim

a yang

berkaitan

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

5.2 M

erespons

makna dalam

teks tulis

fungsional

pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a yang

be

rka

ita

n

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 16–17.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1

40'


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 7–10,

12–14.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

3

40'

5.3 M

erespons

makna dan

langkah

retorika dalam

esei pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a yang

be

rka

ita

n

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

decrip

tive dan

recount.

•Teks descriptive

.

•T

he sim

ple

present tense.

•A

djectives.

•T

he present

continuous tense.

7.

Mem

baca contoh dan

penjelasan tentang

teks descriptive.

8.

Mem

pelajari tata

bahasa yang terkait,

yaitu the sim

ple

present tense,

adjectives, dan the

present continuous

tense, serta

mem

aham

i contoh-

contohnya.

9.

Menentukan

pernyataan benar

atau salah berdasar-

kan teks yang ada di

kegiatan sebelum

nya.

10.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

berdasarkan teks.

11.

Melengkapi teks

dengan kata-kata

dalam

kotak, lalu

mem

baca teks yang

telah lengkap.

12.

Mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

tepat berdasarkan

teks soal.

13.

Melengkapi kalim

at

dengan kata sifat yang

tersedia di dalam

kotak.

•M

engidentifikasi

makna gagasan

(ideasional) dan

inform

asi faktual

dalam

teks, m

ain

ideas, supporting

ideas, details.

•N

on tes

•N

on tes

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•U

raian

objektif

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Isian

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•Isian

•R

ead the text and

understand the

explanation.

•R

ead the dialog

and understand

the explanation.

•S

tate w

hether the

statem

ents are

True (T

) or F

alse

(F

) based on the

text in Task A

.

•R

ead the text and

answ

er the

questions.

•C

om

plete the text

with the correct

words in the box,

then read it aloud.

•C

hoose A

, B

, C

or

D for the correct

answ

er.

•C

om

plete the

sentences w

ith

the correct

adjectives in the

box.


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

14.

Mengoreksi dan

mem

betulkan kalim

at

yang tersedia.

15.

Mengubah kata-kata

dalam

kurung ke

dalam

bentuk the

present continuous

tense untuk

melengkapi kalim

at.

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

•Isian

•C

orrect the

sentences below

.

•C

hange the

words in brackets

into the present

continuous tense.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Men

ulis

6.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

m

akn

a d

alam

teks tu

lis fu

ng

sio

nal esai p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a b

erb

en

tu

k d

escrip

tive

d

an

reco

un

t u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 18.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1

40'

6.1

Mengungkap-

kan m

akna

dalam

bentuk

teks tulis

fungsional

pendek

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

tulis secara

akurat, lancar,

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

6.2

Mengungkap-

kan m

akna dan

langkah

retorika dalam

esei pendek

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

tulis secara

akurat, lancar,

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

de

sc

rip

tiv

e

dan recount.

•Teks tulis

fungsional

pendek: label.

•Teks descriptive

.

1.

Menulis label produk

yang digunakan sehari-

ha

ri.

2.

Menulis teks descriptive

berdasarkan data.

3.

Menulis teks descriptive

berdasarkan gam

bar

dan inform

asi yang

diperoleh.

•M

enulis berbagai

teks fungsional

untuk kom

unikasi

sehari-hari seperti

label dengan benar

dan berterim

a.

•M

enulis berbagai

teks terutam

a yang

berbentuk

descriptive

dengan

langkah retorika

dan struktur teks

yang benar dan

be

rte

rim

a.

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

•E

sai

•E

sai

•W

rite the label of

a product that you

use daily, such as

sham

poo, soap,

cosm

etics, etc.

•W

rite

a descriptive text

based on the

data.

•W

rite

a descriptive text

based on the

picture. F

ind

som

e relevant

resources to get

the inform

ation

about him

.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 15.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'


SIL

AB

US

Un

it 2

Rec

ou

nt

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/MT

s . .

.K

elas

/Sem

este

r:

VIII

/1M

ata

Pel

ajar

an:

Bah

asa

Ing

gri

sU

nit

:2

Gen

re:

Rec

ount

Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n1.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

per

caka

pan

tra

nsa

ksio

nal

dan

in

terp

erso

nal

pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

sek

itar

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

2 4

0'1.

1 M

eres

pons

mak

na y

ang

terd

apat

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l(t

o ge

t thi

ngs

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

yang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur:

mem

inta

,m

emb

eri,

men

ola

k ja

sa,

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri,m

enol

akba

rang

,

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

lun

tuk

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri, m

enol

akja

sa,

dan

mem

uji.

•B

erea

ksi a

tau

mer

espo

ns d

enga

nbe

nar

terh

adap

tinda

k tu

tur:

unt

ukm

emin

ta,

mem

beri,

men

olak

jasa

, da

nm

emuj

i.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 21

–24

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1.M

emba

ca p

erca

kapa

nda

n m

emah

ami

ungk

apan

-ung

kapa

nya

ng t

erse

dia.

2.M

engi

ngat

ung

kapa

n-un

gkap

an y

ang

tela

hdi

pela

jari

pada

uni

tse

belu

mny

a, d

anm

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

tent

ang

ungk

apan

-un

gkap

an t

erse

but.

3.M

enyi

mak

per

caka

pan

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru,

lalu

men

iruka

nnya

.4.

Mem

pera

gaka

npe

rcak

apan

ter

sebu

tde

ngan

tem

an.

5.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an p

ada

kegi

atan

seb

elum

nya.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•R

ead

the

dial

ogs

and

unde

rsta

ndth

e ex

pres

sion

s.

•R

emem

ber

Uni

t1,

then

ans

wer

the

ques

tions

belo

w.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

repe

at a

fter

him

/he

r.

•Yo

ur te

ache

r w

illas

k yo

u so

me

ques

tions

abo

utth

e di

alog

s in

Tas

kA

. Ans

wer

the

ques

tions

ora

lly.

12 Silabus Unit 2 Recount

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

6.M

enyi

mak

per

caka

pan

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru.

7.M

elen

gkap

i pe

rcak

apan

soal

ses

uai d

enga

npe

rcak

apan

utu

h ya

ngte

lah

dide

ngar

.

8.M

enen

tuka

n pe

rnya

taan

yang

ter

sedi

a be

nar

atau

sal

ah b

erda

sark

anpe

rcak

apan

pad

ake

giat

an s

ebel

umny

a.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Is

ian

•P

erny

ataa

nbe

nar/

sala

h

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Com

plet

eth

e di

alog

bas

edon

wha

t you

hav

ehe

ard.

•R

ead

the

com

plet

e di

alog

inTa

sk C

. The

n,de

cide

whe

ther

the

stat

emen

tsar

e tr

ue (

T)

orfa

lse

(F).

men

gaku

i,m

engi

ngka

rifa

kta,

dan

mem

inta

dan

mem

beri

pend

apat

.

1.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

perc

akap

antr

ansa

ksio

nal

(to

get t

hing

sdo

ne)

dan

inte

rper

sona

l(b

erso

sial

isas

i)se

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r ya

ngm

elib

atka

ntin

dak

tutu

r:m

engu

ndan

g,m

ener

ima

dan

men

olak

ajak

an,

men

yetu

jui/

tidak

men

yetu

jui,

mem

uji,

dan

mem

beri

sela

mat

.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n2.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

tek

s lis

an f

un

gsi

on

al d

an m

on

olo

g p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k de

scrip

tive

dan

reco

unt

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

id

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

sek

itar

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 35

–36

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

2 4

0'2.

1 M

eres

pons

mak

na y

ang

terd

apat

dal

amte

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

:an

noun

cem

ent

(pen

gum

uman

).

1.M

emba

cape

ngum

uman

dan

kete

rang

an m

enge

nai

peng

umum

ante

rseb

ut.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

yang

ter

sedi

abe

rdas

arka

npe

ngal

aman

sis

wa.

3.M

enyi

mak

peng

umum

an y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru,

lalu

men

jaw

ab p

erta

nyaa

nbe

rdas

arka

npe

ngum

uman

ters

ebut

.

4.M

enca

ri ka

ta-k

ata

dala

m te

ks y

ang

tela

hdi

perd

enga

rkan

sebe

lum

nya

yang

sesu

ai d

enga

n ar

tiya

ng d

ised

iaka

n.

5.M

elen

gkap

i kal

imat

deng

an k

ata-

kata

yan

gad

a di

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

6.M

enyi

mak

peng

umum

an y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru,

lalu

men

entu

kan

topi

kpe

ngum

uman

ter

sebu

t.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

tek

slis

an f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

sed

erha

nada

lam

ben

tuk

peng

umum

anse

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Id

entif

ikas

i

•Is

ian

•U

raia

n

•R

ead

the

text

and

unde

rsta

nd t

heex

plan

atio

n.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

answ

er t

hequ

estio

ns.

•F

ind

the

wor

dsw

hich

hav

e th

efo

llow

ing

mea

ning

s in

the

text

in T

ask

A.

•C

ompl

ete

the

sent

ence

s w

ithth

e co

rrec

t wor

dsin

Tas

k B

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Wha

tdo

es h

e/sh

e te

llyo

u ab

out?


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

7.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

peng

umum

an y

ang

tela

h di

perd

enga

rkan

pada

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

8.M

emba

ca n

yarin

gm

onol

og y

ang

ters

edia

dan

mem

aham

ike

tera

ngan

men

gena

im

onol

og t

erse

but.

9.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

men

gena

i gen

re y

ang

diba

has

pada

uni

tse

belu

mny

a.

10.

Mel

engk

api t

eks

sesu

ai d

enga

n te

ksya

ng d

ibac

akan

gur

u.

11.

Men

jaw

ab p

erta

nyaa

nya

ng d

ibac

akan

gur

ube

rdas

arka

n te

ksya

ng d

iper

deng

arka

npa

da k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

12.

Men

yim

ak m

onol

ogya

ng d

ibac

akan

gur

u,la

lu m

enje

lask

an is

im

onol

og t

erse

but.

13.

Mem

ilih

jaw

aban

yan

gte

pat

berd

asar

kan

mon

olog

yan

g te

lah

dide

ngar

kan

pada

kegi

atan

seb

elum

nya.

•M

eres

pons

mak

naya

ng t

erda

pat

dala

m m

onol

ogpe

ndek

sed

erha

nase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a da

lam

teks

reco

unt.

•Te

s tu

lis

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

n

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•Yo

ur t

each

er w

illas

k yo

u so

me

ques

tions

abo

utth

e te

xt y

ou h

ave

hear

d in

Tas

k D

.A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns o

rally

.

•R

ead

the

mon

olog

and

unde

rsta

nd t

heex

plan

atio

n.

•R

emem

ber

Uni

t 1

and

answ

er th

equ

estio

ns.

•C

ompl

ete

the

text

whi

le li

sten

ing

toyo

ur t

each

er.

•Yo

ur t

each

er w

illas

k yo

u so

me

ques

tions

abo

utth

e co

mpl

ete

text

in T

ask

A. A

nsw

erth

e qu

estio

nsor

ally

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Wha

tdo

es h

e/sh

e te

llyo

u ab

out?

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or

D fo

r th

e co

rrec

tan

swer

bas

ed o

nth

e te

xt y

ou h

ave

hear

d in

Tas

k C

.

2.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

mon

olog

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r da

lam

teks

ber

bent

ukde

scrip

tive

dan

reco

unt.

2 4

0'•

Mon

olog

rec

ount

.•

Buk

u P

RB

ahas

aIn

ggris

SM

P/

MT

s V

IIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

27,

30–

31.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a3.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an tr

ansa

ksio

nal

dan

inte

rper

son

al li

san

pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i den

gan

lin

gku

ng

anse

kita

r.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

3.1

Men

gung

-ka

pkan

mak

nada

lam

perc

akap

antra

nsak

sion

al (

toge

t thi

ngs

done

)da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

alis

an s

ecar

aak

urat

, lan

car

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan.

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

lya

ng m

emua

tun

gkap

an u

ntuk

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri,m

enol

ak ja

sa,

dan

mem

uji.

1.M

elen

gkap

ipe

rcak

apan

den

gan

ungk

apan

-ung

kapa

nya

ng t

erse

dia.

2.M

empe

raga

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

tela

hle

ngka

p.

3.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

g ad

adi

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

4.M

enyu

sun

kalim

at-

kalim

at a

cak

men

jadi

perc

akap

an y

ang

runt

ut.

5.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

ada

di k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

6.M

embu

at p

erca

kapa

nbe

rdas

arka

n ga

mba

rda

n si

tuas

i yan

gte

rsed

ia m

engg

unak

anun

gkap

an-u

ngka

pan

yang

tel

ah d

ipel

ajar

i,la

lum

empe

raga

kann

ya.

•M

elak

ukan

berb

agai

tin

dak

tutu

r da

lam

wac

ana

lisan

tran

saks

iona

l/in

terp

erso

nal

sepe

rti:

untu

km

emin

ta,

mem

beri,

men

olak

jasa

, da

nm

emuj

i.

•M

enge

mba

ngka

nw

acan

atr

ansa

ksio

nal/

inte

rper

sona

lpe

ndek

men

jadi

sebu

ah o

brol

anat

au in

tera

ksio

nal

yang

lebi

h pa

njan

g.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Is

ian

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•M

enyu

sun

kalim

at a

cak

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

ogs

with

the

corr

ect

expr

essi

ons

inth

e bo

xes.

The

n,pr

actic

e th

edi

alog

s.

•C

hoos

e th

eco

rrec

t an

swer

base

d on

the

dial

ogs

in T

ask

A.

•R

earr

ange

the

sent

ence

s in

topr

oper

dia

logs

.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e di

alog

s in

Task

C.

•In

pai

rs, m

ake

dial

ogs

base

d on

the

pict

ures

and

the

situ

atio

ns.

Use

exp

ress

ions

of a

skin

g fo

r/gi

ving

/ref

usin

g to

give

hel

p an

dco

mpl

imen

ting.

The

n, p

ract

ice

the

dial

ogs.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 24

–26.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

3 4

0'


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

seki

tar

yang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur:

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri,

men

olak

jasa

,m

emin

ta,

mem

beri,

men

olak

bar

ang,

men

gaku

i,m

engi

ngka

rifa

kta,

dan

mem

inta

dan

mem

beri

pend

apat

.

3.2

Men

gung

-ka

pkan

mak

nada

lam

perc

akap

antra

nsak

sion

al (

toge

t thi

ngs

done

)da

n in

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

alis

an s

ecar

aak

urat

, lan

car

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

yang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur:

men

gund

ang,

men

erim

a da

nm

enol

ak a

jaka

n,m

enye

tuju

i/tid

akm

enye

tuju

i,m

emuj

i, da

nm

embe

rise

lam

at.

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•U

njuk

ker

ja•

Mak

e di

alog

sba

sed

on th

esi

tuat

ions

bel

ow.

The

n, p

ract

ice

the

dial

ogs.

7.M

embu

at p

erca

kapa

nbe

rdas

ar s

ituas

i.8.

Mem

pera

gaka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

g te

lah

dibu

at d

enga

nba

ntua

n te

man

.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a4.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal

dan

mo

no

log

pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

yan

g b

erb

entu

k de

scrip

tive

dan

rec

ount

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

sek

itar

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 37

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 31

–32.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1 4

0'

3 4

0'

4.1

Men

gung

-ka

pkan

mak

nada

lam

ben

tuk

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

sec

ara

akur

at, l

anca

r,da

n be

rter

ima

untu

k be

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

4.2

Men

gung

-ka

pkan

mak

nada

lam

mon

olog

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

dala

mte

ks b

erbe

ntuk

desc

riptiv

e da

nre

coun

t.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

:an

noun

cem

ent

(pen

gum

uman

).

• M

onol

og r

ecou

nt.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait t

opik

yan

gdi

pilih

.

1.M

emba

ca n

yarin

gpe

ngum

uman

yan

gte

rsed

ia.

2.M

enen

tuka

npe

rnya

taan

yan

gte

rsed

ia b

enar

ata

usa

lah

berd

asar

kan

peng

umum

an y

ang

ada

di k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

3.M

embu

atpe

ngum

uman

sec

ara

lisan

ber

dasa

rkan

situ

asi y

ang

ters

edia

.

4.M

emba

ca n

yarin

g te

ksya

ng t

erse

dia

deng

anla

fal d

an u

capa

n ya

ngbe

nar.

5.M

ence

ritak

an k

emba

lisa

lah

satu

teks

yan

gad

a di

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

6.M

ence

ritak

anpe

ngal

aman

berd

asar

kan

data

yan

gte

rsed

ia.

7.M

ence

ritak

anpe

ngal

aman

mas

aka

nak-

kana

k.

•M

engu

ngka

pkan

mak

na/g

agas

anda

lam

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pen

dek

berb

entu

kpe

ngum

uman

unt

uktu

juan

kom

unik

asi

seha

ri-ha

ri.

•M

engu

ngka

pkan

mak

na/g

agas

anda

lam

mon

olog

bent

ukre

coun

tde

ngan

rag

amba

hasa

lisa

n se

cara

lanc

ar d

anbe

rter

ima.

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•M

emba

cany

arin

g

•P

erny

ataa

nbe

nar/

sala

h

•U

raia

n

•M

emba

cany

arin

g

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•S

ay th

ean

noun

cem

ent

belo

w a

loud

.

•D

ecid

e w

heth

erth

e st

atem

ents

belo

w a

re tr

ue (

T)

or fa

lse

(F)

base

don

the

anno

unce

men

t in

Task

A.

•Te

ll yo

ur fr

iend

san

ann

ounc

emen

tba

sed

on e

ach

situ

atio

n.

•R

ead

the

two

text

s be

low

with

prop

erpr

onun

ciat

ion.

•R

ead

the

text

s in

Task

A o

nce

agai

n.T

hen,

ret

ell o

ne o

fth

em to

the

clas

s.

•Te

ll yo

urex

perie

nce

base

don

the

follo

win

gda

ta in

fron

t of t

hecl

ass.

•Te

ll yo

ur fr

iend

syo

ur c

hild

hood

expe

rienc

e.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

emb

aca

5.M

emah

ami m

akn

a te

ks t

ulis

fu

ng

sio

nal

dan

ese

i pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

ber

ben

tuk

desc

riptiv

ed

an re

coun

t yan

g b

erka

itan

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

anse

kita

r.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 32

, 35–

36.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

•B

uku

PR

SM

PV

IIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

37–3

8.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•B

uku

PR

SM

PV

IIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

27–3

0,32

–33.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

1 4

0'

1 4

0'

2 4

0'

5.1

Mem

baca

nyar

ing

berm

akna

teks

tul

isfu

ngsi

onal

dan

esei

ber

bent

ukde

scrip

tive

dan

reco

untp

ende

kse

derh

ana

deng

an u

capa

n,te

kana

n da

nin

tona

si y

ang

bert

erim

a ya

ngbe

rkai

tan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar.

5.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

dal

amte

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car,

dan

bert

erim

aya

ng b

erka

itan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar.

5.3

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

dan

lang

kah

reto

rika

dala

m e

sei

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car

dan

bert

erim

a ya

ngbe

rkai

tan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek b

erbe

ntuk

lette

r(s

urat

).

•Te

ks r

ecou

nt.

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek b

erbe

ntuk

lette

r(s

urat

).

•Te

ks r

ecou

nt.

•T

he s

impl

e pa

stte

nse.

•T

he p

rese

ntpe

rfect

tens

e.

1.M

emba

ca s

urat

dan

kete

rang

an m

enge

nai

sura

t te

rseb

ut.

2.M

emba

ca te

ks y

ang

ters

edia

den

gan

nyar

ing.

3.M

emba

ca s

urat

yan

gte

rsed

ia d

an m

enca

riar

ti ka

ta-k

ata

yang

dice

tak

teba

l.

4.M

emba

ca s

urat

yan

gte

rsed

ia d

an m

emili

hja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

tbe

rdas

arka

n su

rat

ters

ebut

.

5.M

emba

ca te

ks d

anm

emah

ami

kete

rang

anm

enge

nai t

eks

ters

ebut

.

6.M

emba

ca d

anm

emah

ami

kete

rang

anm

enge

nait

he s

impl

epa

st te

nse

dan

the

pres

ent p

erfe

ct te

nse.

•M

emba

ca n

yarin

gse

cara

ber

mak

naw

acan

a pe

ndek

sede

rhan

a.

•M

eres

pons

mak

naya

ng t

erda

pat

dala

m t

eks

fung

sion

al p

ende

kde

ngan

ben

ar.

•M

engi

dent

ifika

sim

akna

gag

asan

(idea

sion

al)

dan

info

rmas

i fak

tual

dala

m te

ks,

mai

nid

eas,

sup

port

ing

idea

s, d

etai

ls.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•M

emba

cany

arin

g

•M

emba

cany

arin

g•

Daf

tar

kata

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•R

ead

the

follo

win

g te

xt a

ndun

ders

tand

the

expl

anat

ion.

•R

ead

the

text

with

prop

erpr

onun

ciat

ion.

•R

ead

the

lette

rbe

low

with

pro

per

pron

unci

atio

n.W

hat d

o th

e bo

ld-

type

d w

ords

mea

n?

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or

D fo

r th

e co

rrec

tan

swer

.

•R

ead

the

text

and

unde

rsta

nd t

heex

plan

atio

n.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ure

and

read

the

dial

og. S

tudy

the

expl

anat

ion.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

dala

m te

ksbe

rben

tuk

desc

riptiv

e da

nre

coun

t.

7.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

n te

ksya

ng a

da d

i keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

8.M

elen

gkap

i tek

sde

ngan

kat

a-ka

ta y

ang

ters

edia

.

9.M

engu

bah

kata

-kat

ada

lam

kur

ung

men

jadi

bent

uk y

ang

tepa

t.

10.

Men

guba

h ka

ta k

erja

dala

m k

urun

g ke

dala

m b

entu

k ya

ngbe

nar

untu

km

elen

gkap

i tek

s.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•Is

ian

•Is

ian

•Is

ian

•C

hoos

e th

eco

rrec

t an

swer

base

d on

the

text

in T

ask

A.

•C

ompl

ete

the

text

with

the

wor

ds in

the

box.

•C

hang

e th

e ve

rbs

in b

rack

ets

into

thei

r co

rrec

t for

ms.

•C

ompl

ete

the

text

with

the

corr

ect

form

s of

the

verb

sin

bra

cket

s.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

enu

lis6.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

tulis

fu

ng

sio

nal

dan

ese

i p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k de

scrip

tive

dan

rec

ount

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

id

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

sek

itar

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 38

–39.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 34

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

2 4

0'

3 4

0'

6.1

Men

gung

-ka

pkan

mak

nada

lam

ben

tuk

teks

tulis

fun

gsio

nal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

tulis

sec

ara

akur

at, l

anca

r da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

6.2

Men

gung

-ka

pkan

mak

nada

n la

ngka

hre

torik

a da

lam

esei

pen

dek

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

atu

lis s

ecar

aak

urat

, lan

car,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

dala

m te

ksbe

rben

tuk

desc

riptiv

e da

nre

coun

t.

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekbe

rben

tuk

lette

r(s

urat

).

•Te

ks r

ecou

nt.

•T

he p

rese

ntpe

rfec

t te

nse.

1.M

emba

ca k

alim

at-

kalim

at y

ang

ters

edia

dan

men

yusu

nnya

men

jadi

sur

at y

ang

runt

ut.

2.M

enul

is b

alas

an s

urat

yang

ada

di k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

3.M

enul

is s

urat

berd

asar

kan

topi

kya

ng t

erse

dia.

4.M

enyu

sun

para

graf

men

jadi

tek

s ya

ngte

pat.

5.M

engi

dent

ifika

sist

rukt

ur te

ks y

ang

ada

di k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

6.M

enul

is k

alim

atbe

rdas

arka

n ga

mba

rm

engg

unak

anth

epr

esen

t per

fect

tens

e.

7.M

elen

gkap

i tek

s ya

ngte

rsed

ia m

enja

di t

eks

yang

bai

k.

8.M

enul

is p

enga

lam

anya

ng m

enge

sank

an.

•M

enul

is b

erba

gai

teks

unt

ukko

mun

ikas

i seh

ari-

hari

sepe

rti s

urat

deng

an b

enar

dan

bert

erim

a.

•M

enul

is b

erba

gai

teks

yan

gbe

rben

tuk

reco

unt

deng

an la

ngka

hre

torik

a da

n st

rukt

urte

ks y

ang

bena

rda

n be

rter

ima.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

• T

es tu

lis

• T

es tu

lis

• T

es tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

• T

es tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•M

enyu

sun

kalim

atac

ak

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•M

enyu

sun

para

graf

acak

•Id

entif

ikas

i

•U

raia

n

•E

sai

•E

sai

•R

earr

ange

the

para

grap

hs in

toa

prop

er le

tter.

•S

uppo

se y

ou a

reP

utri.

Writ

e a

repl

yto

you

r fr

iend

’sle

tter i

n Ta

sk A

.

•W

rite

a le

tter

toyo

ur fr

iend

or

fam

ily b

ased

on

one

of th

e to

pics

belo

w.

•R

earr

ange

the

para

grap

hs in

toa

prop

er te

xt.

•Id

entif

y th

est

ruct

ure

of th

epr

oper

text

inTa

sk A

.

•W

rite

sent

ence

sus

ing

the

pres

ent

perfe

ct te

nse

base

don

the

pict

ure.

•C

ontin

ue t

hese

nten

ces

belo

wto

mak

e a

prop

erte

xt. U

se y

our

own

wor

ds.

•D

o yo

u ha

vea

mem

orab

leex

perie

nce?

Writ

ea

reco

unt t

ext

abou

t it.


SIL

AB

US

Un

it 3 D

escrip

tive

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/M

Ts . . .

Ke

la

s/S

em

es

te

r:

VIII/1

Mata P

elajaran

:B

ah

asa In

gg

ris

Un

it

:3

Ge

nre

:Descriptive

Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

nd

en

ga

rk

an

1.

Mem

ah

am

i m

akn

a d

alam

p

ercakap

an

tran

saksio

nal d

an

in

terp

erso

nal sed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

3

40'

1.1 M

ere

sp

on

ma

kn

a ya

ng

te

rd

ap

at d

ala

m

pe

rca

ka

pa

n

tra

nsa

ksio

na

l

(to

g

et th

in

gs

do

ne

) d

an

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(b

erso

sia

lisa

si)

se

de

rh

an

a

se

ca

ra

a

ku

ra

t,

la

nca

r, d

an

be

rte

rim

a

un

tu

k

be

rin

te

ra

ksi

de

ng

an

lin

gku

ng

an

se

kita

r ya

ng

me

lib

atka

n

tin

da

k tu

tu

r:

me

min

ta

,

me

mb

eri,

me

no

la

k ja

sa

,

me

min

ta

,

me

mb

eri,

me

no

la

k

ba

ra

ng

,

me

ng

ak

ui,

me

ng

in

gk

ari

fa

kta

, d

an

•P

ercakapan

transaksional dan

interpersonal yang

mem

uat

ungkapan:

mem

beri selam

at,

serta m

engakui

dan m

engingkari

fakta.

•B

ereaksi atau

merespons dengan

benar terhadap

tindak tutur:

mem

beri selam

at,

serta m

engakui dan

mengingkari fakta.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 43–47.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia

dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1.

Mem

aham

i

percakapan yang ada

dan m

em

pelajari

ungkapan-ungkapan

tentang m

engakui dan

mengingkari fakta.

2.

Mem

aham

i

percakapan yang ada

dan m

em

pelajari

ungkapan-ungkapan

untuk m

em

beri

selam

at.

3.

Melakukan tanya

jaw

ab yang berkaitan

dengan m

ateri sebagai

apersepsi.

4.

Menyim

ak ungkapan-

ungkapan yang


menuliskannya di buku

kerja.

5.

Mem

bacakan kalim

at-

kalim

at yang ditulisnya

dengan lafal dan

ucapan yang benar.

•N

on tes

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•D

ikte

•S

tudy the dialogs

and understand

the explanation.

•S

tudy the dialogs

and understand

the explanation.

•A

nsw

er the

questions orally.

•Listen to your

teacher. W

rite the

sentences you

have heard

correctly.


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

6.

Menyim

ak guru

mem

bacakan

percakapan yang

lengkap.

7.

Melengkapi

percakapan soal

berdasarkan

percakapan utuh yang

dibacakan guru.

8.

Menentukan

pernyataan benar

atau salah

berdasarkan isi

percakapan yang ada

di kegiatan

sebelum

nya.

9.

Mem

aham

i

percakapan-

percakapan yang

tersedia.

10.

Menyim

ak

pertanyaan-

pertanyaan yang

dibacakan guru

tentang isi

percakapan-

percakapan yang ada

di kegiatan

sebelum

nya, lalu

menjaw

ab pertanyaan

tersebut secara lisan.

11.

Menyim

ak

percakapan yang

dibacakan guru.

12.

Mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

benar berdasarkan

percakapan soal yang

dibacakan guru.

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Isian

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•C

om

plete the

dialog w

hile

listening to your

teacher.

•D

ecide w

hether

the statem

ents

are true (T

) or

false (F

) based on

the dialog in Task

B. C

orrect the

false ones.

•Y

our teacher w

ill

ask you som

e

questions about

the follow

ing

dialogs. A

nsw

er

them

orally.

•C

hoose A

, B

, C

or

D for the correct

answ

er.

me

min

ta

d

an

me

mb

eri

pe

nd

ap

at.

1.2 M

erespon

makna yang

terdapat dalam

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(bersosialisasi)

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

berterim

a untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar yang

melibatkan

tindak tutur:

mengundang,

menerim

a dan

menolak

ajakan,

menyetujui/

tidak

menyetujui,

mem

uji, dan

me

mb

eri

se

la

ma

t.


Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

nd

en

ga

rk

an

2.

Mem

ah

am

i m

akn

a d

alam

teks lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal d

an

m

on

olo

g p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a b

erb

en

tu

k descriptive

d

an

recount u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan P

ariw

ara

hal. 59–61.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'

•Teks lisan

fungsional pendek

lisan: lost and

found announce-

ments.

•M

am

pu m

erespons

makna dan

gagasan dalam

teks

lisan fungsional

pendek berbentuk

lost and found

an

no

un

ce

me

nt.

1.

Menyim

ak teks lisan

fungsional yang


me

mp

ela

ja

ri

penjelasan tentang

teks tersebut.

2.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

apersepsi guru.

3.

Menyim

ak teks

fungsional yang


menjelaskan isinya

secara garis besar.

4.

Menyim

ak pertanyaan

yang dibacakan guru

tentang teks yang

diperdengarkan pada

kegiatan sebelum

nya,

lalu m

enjaw

abnya

secara lisan.

5.

Menyim

ak

pengum

um

an yang


mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

tepat berdasarkan isi

pengum

um

an

tersebut.

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•U

raian

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•Listen to your

teacher and

understand the

explanation.

•A

nsw

er the

follow

ing

questions.

•Listen to your

teacher. W

hat

does he/she tell

you about?

•Y

our teacher w

ill

ask you som

e

questions about

the announce-

ment in Task A

.

Listen to him

/her

carefully and

answ

er the

questions orally.

•Listen to the

announcem

ent

and choose the

correct answ

er.

2.1 M

erespon

makna yang

terdapat dalam

teks lisan

fungsional

pendek

sederhana

(m

isalnya

undangan,

pengum

um

an,

pesan singkat)

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

be

rte

rim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.


•R

ead the m

onolog

and study the

explanation.

•A

nsw

er the

questions orally.

•C

om

plete the

follow

ing text

based on w

hat

you have heard.

•Y

our teacher w

ill

ask you som

e

questions about

the text in Task A

.

Listen to him

/her

carefully and

answ

er the

questions

correctly.

•Listen to your

teacher carefully.

Com

plete the

statem

ents based

on the text you

have heard.

•Y

our teacher w

ill

tell you an

interesting place.

Retell it using your

ow

n w

ords.

•U

raian

objektif

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Isian

•Jaw

aban

singkat

•Isian

•U

njuk kerja

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes lisan

•M

erespons m

akna

gagasan secara

akurat, lancar, dan

berterim

a dalam

wacana m

onolog

descriptive.

6.

Menyim

ak teks

descriptive lisan yang

dibacakan guru serta

mem

aham

i

penjelasannya.

7.

Menjaw

ab pertanyaan

apersepsi guru.

8.

Melengkapi teks

dengan kata-kata

sesuai dengan teks

lengkap yang

dibacakan guru.

9.

Menjaw

ab

pertanyaan-

pertanyaan

pem

aham

an yang

dibacakan guru

tentang teks yang ada

di kegiatan

sebelum

nya.

10

.M

enyim

ak teks yang

dibacakan guru.

11

.M

elengkapi

pernyataan-

pernyataan soal

berdasarkan isi teks

tersebut.

12.

Mengam

ati gam

bar,

lalu m

enyim

ak teks


2.2 M

erespon

makna yang

terdapat dalam

monolog

pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar, dan

be

rte

rim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

descriptive

dan recount.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 49–50,

53–54.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

3

40'

•M

onolog recount.

•K

osakata yang

terkait dengan

topik yang dipilih.


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•D

ecide w

hether

the statem

ents

are true (T

) or

false (F

) based

on the text in Task

D. C

orrect the

false ones.

•Listen to your

teacher and

choose A

, B

, C

or

D for the correct

answ

er.

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

13.

Menyam

paikan teks

yang dibacakan guru

menggunakan kata-

kata yang tersedia

secara lisan.

14.

Menentukan

pernyataan yang

tersedia benar atau

salah berdasarkan

teks yang dibacakan

guru pada kegiatan

sebelum

nya.

15.

Menyim

ak m

onolog

yang dibacakan guru,

lalu m

em

ilih jaw

aban

yang benar.

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Be

rb

ic

ara

3.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

m

akn

a d

alam

p

ercakap

an

tran

saksio

nal d

an

in

terp

erso

nal lisan

p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

se

kita

r.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

3.1

M

en

gu

ng

-

ka

pka

n m

akn

a

da

la

m

pe

rca

ka

pa

n

tra

nsa

ksio

na

l

(to

g

et th

in

gs

do

ne

) d

an

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(b

erso

sia

lisa

si)

se

de

rh

an

a

de

ng

an

me

ng

gu

na

ka

n

•P

ercakapan

transaksional dan

interpersonal yang

mem

uat

ungkapan:

mengakui dan

mengingkari fakta,

serta m

em

beri

selam

at.

1.M

emba

ca p

erca

kapa

ndi

buk

u de

ngan

lafa

lya

ng b

enar

, la

lum

empe

raga

kann

yade

ngan

tem

an.

2.M

elen

gkap

ipe

rcak

apan

-pe

rcak

apan

soa

lde

ngan

ung

kapa

n-un

gkap

an y

ang

ters

edia

di d

alam

kota

k.

•M

elakukan

berbagai tindak

tutur dalam

w

acana

lisan transaksional/

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

seperti: m

engakui

dan m

engingkari

fakta, serta

mem

beri selam

at.

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes tulis

•U

njuk kerja

•Isian

•R

ead and practice

the dialogs w

ith

proper

pronunciation.

•C

om

plete each

dialog w

ith the

correct expressions

in the box. T

hen,

practice the

com

plete dialogs

with a friend.

•B

uku P

R

Bahasa Inggris

SM

P/M

Ts

VIIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 47–49.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku lain

yang relevan.

3

40'


•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes unjuk

kerja

ra

ga

m b

ah

asa

lisa

n se

ca

ra

aku

ra

t, la

nca

r,

da

n b

erte

rim

a

un

tu

k

be

rin

te

ra

ksi

de

ng

an

lin

gku

ng

an

se

kita

r ya

ng

me

lib

atka

n

tin

da

k tu

tu

r:

me

min

ta

,

me

mb

eri,

me

no

la

k ja

sa

,

me

min

ta

,

me

mb

eri,

me

no

la

k

ba

ra

ng

,

me

ng

ak

ui,

me

ng

in

gk

ari

fa

kta

, d

an

me

min

ta

d

an

me

mb

eri

pe

nd

ap

at.

3.2 M

em

aham

i

dan m

erespon

percakapan

transaksional

(to get things

done) dan

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

(bersosialisasi)

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

lisan secara

akurat, lancar,

•M

engem

bangkan

wacana

transaksional/

in

te

rp

erso

na

l

pendek m

enjadi

sebuah obrolan

atau interaksional

yang lebih panjang.

3.M

empe

raga

kan

perc

akap

an-

perc

akap

an y

ang

suda

h le

ngka

p de

ngan

tem

an.

4.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

bena

r be

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

-pe

rcak

apan

yan

g ad

adi

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

5.M

engu

rutk

an k

alim

at-

kalim

at a

cak

men

jadi

perc

akap

an-

perc

akap

an y

ang

urut

.6.

Mem

pera

gaka

npe

rcak

apan

-pe

rcak

apan

yan

gsu

dah

urut

den

gan

tem

an.

7.M

enen

tuka

n ap

akah

pern

yata

an-p

erny

ataa

nso

al b

enar

ata

u tid

akbe

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

-pe

rcak

apan

yan

g ad

adi

keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a.

8.S

ecar

a in

divi

dum

embu

at p

erca

kapa

nbe

rdas

arka

n sa

lah

situ

asi y

ang

ters

edia

.9.

Den

gan

bant

uan

tem

an,

mem

pera

gaka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

gsu

dah

dibu

atny

a di

depa

n ke

las.

•U

njuk kerja

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•M

enyusun

kalim

at

acak

•U

njuk kerja

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•U

raian

•U

njuk kerja

•C

hoose the

correct answ

er

based on the

dialogs in Task B

.

•R

earrange the

sentences into

proper dialogs,

then practice

them

w

ith

a friend.

•D

ecide w

hether

the follow

ing

statem

ents are

true (T

) or false

(F

) based on the

dialogs in Task D

.

Correct the false

ones.

•C

reate a dialog

based on of the

situations below

.

Practice it w

ith

a friend in front of

the class.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men


dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar yang

melibatkan

tindak tutur:

mengundang,

menerim

a dan

menolak ajakan,

menyetujui/tidak

menyetujui,

mem

uji, dan

mem

beri

selam

at.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•B

uku P

R

Bahasa Inggris

SM

P/M

Ts

VIIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 61.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku lain

yang relevan.

1

40'

Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Be

rb

ic

ara

4.

Me

ng

un

gk

ap

ka

n m

ak

na

d

ala

m te

ks

lis

an

fu

ng

sio

na

l d

an

m

on

olo

g p

en

de

k s

ed

erh

an

a y

an

g b

erb

en

tu

k descriptive

d

an

recount u

ntu

k

berin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

terd

ekat.

4.1 M

engung-

kapkan m

akna

dalam

bentuk

teks lisan

fungsional

pendek

(m

isalnya

undangan,

pesan singkat,

pengum

um

an)

sederhana

dengan

•Teks fungsional

pendek lisan

: lost

and found

announcem

ents.

1.

Mem

baca dan

mem

aham

i lost and

found announcem

ent

yang tersedia.

2.

Menceritakan kem

bali

isi pengum

um

an

tersebut dengan kata-

kata sendiri.

•Tes lisan

•M

engungkapkan

makna/gagasan

dalam

teks

fungsional pendek

lisan berbentuk lost

and found

announcem

ents.

dengan benar dan

be

rte

rim

a.

•U

raian

•R

etell the lost and

found

announcem

ents

below

using your

ow

n w

ords.


•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 11–12.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

lisan secara

akurat, lancar,

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

4.2 M

engung-

kapkan m

akna

dalam

m

onolog

pendek

sederhana

dengan

menggu-nakan

ragam

bahasa

lisan secara

akurat, lancar,

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

descriptive

dan recount.

3.

Mengidentifikasi

pernyataan benar/

salah berdasarkan

pengum

um

an yang

ada di kegiatan

sebelum

nya.

4.

Mem

buat lost and

found announcem

ent

tentang benda-benda

yang ada di gam

bar,

lalu m

em

bacakan

pengum

um

an

tersebut.

5.

Menyim

ak teks yang

diba

cakan guru

, lalu

menirukannya.

6.

Mem

buat data tentang

topik utam

a teks

tersebut.

7.

Menceritakan kem

bali

topik teks yang ada di

kegiatan sebelum

nya

dengan kata-kata

sendiri berdasarkan

data yang telah dibuat.

8.

Melengkapi teks

dengan kata-kata

yang tersedia di dalam

kotak.

9.

Mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

benar berdasarkan isi

teks yang ada di

kegiatan sebelum

nya.

•M

engungkapkan

makna/gagasan

dalam

m

onolog

descriptive dengan

ragam

bahasa lisan

secara benar,

lancar, dan

be

rte

rim

a.

•D

ecide w

hether

the statem

ents

are true (T

) or

false (F

) based on

the text in Task A

.

Correct the false

ones.

•S

uppose you

have lost or found

the follow

ing

things. H

ow

do

you describe

them

? M

ake

a lost or found

announcem

ent

about each thing.

•Listen to your

teacher and

repeat after him

/

her. M

ake a list of

data about the

description of

Sydney O

pera

House.

•R

etell the text in

Task A

based on

the data you have

made before.

•C

om

plete the text

with the correct

words in the box.

•C

hoose the

correct answ

er

based on the text

in Task C

.

•Tes tulis

•Tes lisan

•Tes tulis

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•P

ernyataan

benar/salah

•U

raian

•U

raian

•U

njuk kerja

•Isian

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•M

onolog

descriptive

.

•F

rasa yang

berkaitan dengan

topik teks yang

dip

ilih

.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

•D

escribe the

place in the

picture orally. F

ind

the reference

about it in the

Internet or your

book.

•W

hat is the place

that you have

visited recently?

Tell your friends

about it.

•U

njuk kerja

•U

njuk kerja

•Tes unjuk

kerja

•Tes unjuk

kerja

10.

Berm

onolog tentang

deskripsi tem

pat yang

ada di gam

bar.

11.

Berm

onolog tentang

deskripsi tem

pat yang

baru saja dikunjungi

sisw

a.

Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Me

mb

ac

a

5.

Mem

ah

am

i m

akn

a teks tu

lis fu

ng

sio

nal d

an

esai p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a b

erb

en

tu

k descriptive

d

an

recount yan

g b

erkaitan

d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

se

kita

r.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

5.1 M

em

baca

nyaring

berm

akna teks

tulis fungsional

dan esei

berbentuk

descriptive dan

recount

pendek dan

sederhana

dengan

ucapan,

tekanan dan

intonasi yang

berterim

a yang

be

rka

ita

n

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

•Teks tulis

fungsional pendek

berbentuk: iklan

(a

dve

rtise

me

nt).

•Teks descriptive

.

1.

Mem

baca dan

mem

aham

i teks tulis

fungsional, lalu

me

mp

ela

ja

ri

penjelasan tentang

bentuk teks itu.

2.

Mem

baca nyaring

iklan tersebut dengan

lafal dan intonasi yang

benar.

3.

Mem

baca nyaring teks

descriptive yang ada

di buku dengan lafal

dan intonasi yang baik

dan benar.

4.

Mem

betulkan

pelafalan sisw

a yang

masih salah.

•M

em

baca nyaring

secara berm

akna

teks fungsional

pendek (iklan) dan

wacana descriptive.

•N

on tes

•Tes lisan

•Tes lisan

•U

raian

objektif

•M

em

baca

nyaring

•M

em

baca

nyaring

•R

ead the text and

understand the

explanation.

•R

ead the text

aloud w

ith proper

pronunciation and

intonation.

•R

ead the text w

ith

proper

pronunciation and

intonation.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 56–57,

60, 62–63.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'


•M

engidentifikasi

makna gagasan

dalam

teks tulis

fungsional pendek

berbentuk: iklan

(a

dve

rtise

me

nt).

•M

engidentifikasi

makna gagasan

dalam

teks tulis

fungsional pendek

berbentuk: iklan

(a

dve

rtise

me

nt).

•Teks tulis

fungsional pendek

berbentuk: iklan

(a

dve

rtise

me

nt).

•B

erbagai teks

descriptive.

•Tata bahasa yang

terkait dengan

jenis teks, yaitu:

Wh-questions dan

in

de

fin

ite

pronouns.

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•U

raian

objektif

•U

raian

objektif

•U

raian

objektif

•M

enjodoh-

kan

5.

Mem

baca dan

mem

aham

i iklan-iklan

soal.

6.

Mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

tepat berdasarkan

iklan yang terkait.

7.

Mem

baca teks

descriptive tulis dan

mem

pelajari struktur

serta penjelasannya.

8.

Mem

baca dan

mem

pelajari m

acam

-

macam

question

words.

9.

Mem

baca dan

mem

pelajari bentuk

indefinite pronouns.

10.

Menjodohkan

deskripsi suatu tem

pat

dengan gam

bar

tem

pat yang sesuai.

11.

Menyebutkan nam

a

tem

pat-tem

pat

tersebut.

•C

hoose the

correct answ

er

based on the

texts.

•R

ead the text and

try to understand

its generic

structure.

•R

ead the

follow

ing dialog

and understand

the explanation.

•R

ead the

follow

ing dialogs

and understand

the explanation.

•M

atch each

description w

ith

the correct

picture, then w

rite

the nam

e of each

place.

5.2 M

erespon

makna dalam

teks tulis

fungsional

pendek

sederhana

(m

isalnya

undangan,

kartu ucapan,

pesan singkat,

pengum

um

an,

pesan tertulis)

secara akurat,

lancar dan

berterim

a yang

be

rka

ita

n

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar.

5.3 M

erespon

makna dan

langkah

retorika dalam

esei pendek

sederhana

secara akurat,

lancar dan

be

rte

rim

a

yang berkaitan

dengan

lingkungan

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

descriptive dan

recount.

•Tes tulis

•N

on tes

•N

on tes

•N

on tes

•Tes tulis

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 62–63.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

1

40'

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan

Pariw

ara

hal. 50, 52,

57–58.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

3

40'

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

12

Melengkapi kalim

at-

kalim

at soal dengan

Wh-questions yang

sesuai.

13.

Melengkapi kalim

at-

kalim

at soal dengan

indefinite pronoun

yang benar.

14.

Mem

baca dan

mem

aham

i tek

descriptive yang

tersedia.

15.

Mem

ilih jaw

aban yang

benar berdasarkan

teks yang terkait.

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Isian

•Isian

•P

ilih

an

ga

nd

a

•C

om

plete the

utterances w

ith

correct

Wh-questions.

•C

om

plete the

sentences w

ith

correct indefinite

pronouns.

•C

hoose A

, B

, C

or

D for the correct

answ

er.

Stan

dar K

om

peten

si:

Men

ulis

6.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

m

akn

a d

alam

teks tu

lis fu

ng

sio

nal esai p

en

dek sed

erh

an

a b

erb

en

tu

k descriptive d

an

recount u

ntu

k b

erin

teraksi d

en

gan

lin

gku

ng

an

sekitar.

Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k d

an

Uraian

M

ateri

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

6.1 M

engung-

kapkan m

akna

dalam

bentuk

teks tulis

fungsional

pendek

(m

isalnya

undangan,

kartu ucapan,

pesan singkat,

pengum

um

an,

pesan tertulis)

sederhana

•Teks tulis

fungsional pendek

berbentuk: iklan

(a

dve

rtise

me

nt).

1.

Mem

baca dan

mem

aham

i situasi soal.

2.

Secara berpasangan

mem

buat iklan yang

menarik berdasarkan

situasi tersebut.

3.

Secara m

andiri,

mem

buat iklan yang

menarik tentang objek

wisata yang ada di

sekitar tem

pat tinggal

sisw

a.

•M

enulis teks tulis

fungsional pendek

berbentuk iklan

(a

dve

rtise

me

nt)

dengan baik dan

be

rte

rim

a.

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•U

raian

•U

raian

•In pairs, m

ake

an attractive

advertisem

ent

based on the

situation.

•C

reate an

attractive

advertisem

ent

about a tourist

spot in your

hom

etow

n.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan P

ariw

ara

hal. 63.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'


Ko

mp

eten

si

Da

sa

r

Materi P

oko

k/

Pem

belajaran

Keg

iatan

P

em

belajaran

In

dikato

r

Alo

kasi

Wa

ktu

Su

mb

er B

elajar

Pen

ilaian

Te

kn

ik

Ben

tu

k

In

stru

men

Co

nto

h

In

stru

men

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

tulis secara

akurat, lancar

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkunga

n

sekitar.

6.2 M

engung-

kapkan m

akna

dan langkah

retorika dalam

esei pendek

sederhana

dengan

menggunakan

ragam

bahasa

tulis secara

akurat, lancar

dan berterim

a

untuk

berinteraksi

dengan

lingkunga

n

sekitar dalam

teks berbentuk

descriptive

dan recount.

•B

erbagai teks

descriptive.

•M

enulis teks-teks

berbentuk

descriptive dengan

langkah-langkah

retorika yang benar

serta tata bahasa

yang benar dan

be

rte

rim

a.

4.

Menyusun kalim

at-

kalim

at acak m

enjadi

paragraf yang runtut.

5.

Menulis kem

bali teks

yang sudah urut yang

ada di kegiatan

sebelum

nya dengan

kata-kata sendiri.

6.S

ecar

a m

andi

ri,m

enul

is t

eks

desc

riptiv

e te

ntan

gko

ta k

elah

irann

ya t

aute

mpa

t fa

vorit

nya

men

ggun

akan

pert

anya

an p

andu

anya

ng t

erse

dia.

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•Tes tulis

•M

enyusun

kalim

at

acak

•E

sai

•E

sai

•R

earrange the

sentences into

proper

paragraphs.

•R

ew

rite the text in

Task A

using your

ow

n w

ords.

•W

ork individually

to describe your

hom

etow

n or your

favorite place.

Use the follow

ing

questions as

guidelines to

prepare your

description.

•B

uku P

R

Ba

ha

sa

Inggris S

MP

/

MTs V

IIIA

Intan P

ariw

ara

hal. 59.

•K

am

us

Inggris–

Indonesia dan

Indonesia–

Inggris.

•B

uku-buku

lain yang

relevan.

2

40'


SIL

AB

US

Un

it 4

Rec

ou

nt

Nam

a S

eko

lah

:S

MP

/MT

s . .

.K

elas

/Sem

este

r:

VIII

/1M

ata

Pel

ajar

an:

Bah

asa

Ing

gri

sU

nit

:4

Gen

re:

Rec

ount

Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n1.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

per

caka

pan

tra

nsa

ksio

nal

dan

in

terp

erso

nal

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

sek

itar

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

3 4

0'1.

1 M

eres

pons

mak

na y

ang

terd

apat

dal

ampe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l(t

o ge

t thi

ngs

done

) da

nin

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

yang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur:

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri,m

enol

ak ja

sa,

mem

inta

,m

emb

eri,

men

ola

kb

aran

g,

men

gaku

i,m

engi

ngka

rifa

kta,

dan

mem

inta

dan

mem

beri

pend

apat

.

•P

erca

kapa

n-pe

rcak

apan

tran

saks

iona

l dan

inte

rper

sona

l yan

gm

emua

t un

gkap

anm

emin

ta,

mem

beri,

men

olak

bara

ng d

anm

engu

ndan

g,m

ener

ima

dan

men

olak

aja

kan.

•B

erea

ksi a

tau

mer

espo

ns d

enga

nbe

nar

terh

adap

tinda

k tu

tur:

mem

inta

, m

embe

ri,m

enol

ak b

aran

gda

n m

engu

ndan

g,m

ener

ima

dan

men

olak

aja

kan.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 67

–71.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1.M

emah

ami

perc

akap

anda

lam

gam

bar

sert

abe

rbag

ai u

ngka

pan

yang

dip

elaj

ari.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

yang

ber

kaita

n de

ngan

ungk

apan

yan

gdi

pela

jari.

3.M

enyi

mak

dan

men

iruka

n du

ape

rcak

apan

yan

gdi

baca

kan

guru

, la

lum

empe

raga

kann

yade

ngan

tem

an.

4.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru

berd

asar

kan

perc

a-ka

pan

yang

tela

h di

-pe

rden

gark

an p

ada

kegi

atan

seb

elum

nya.

5.M

elen

gkap

i pe

rcak

apan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an u

tuh

yang

diba

caka

n gu

ru.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•U

raia

n

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•R

ead

the

dial

ogan

d st

udy

the

expl

anat

ion.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ure

and

answ

er t

hequ

estio

ns.

•R

ead

and

prac

tice

the

dial

ogs

belo

w.

•Yo

ur t

each

er w

illas

k yo

u so

me

ques

tions

abo

utdi

alog

s in

Tas

k A

.A

nsw

er h

is/h

erqu

estio

ns o

rally

.

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

ogs

whi

lelis

teni

ng to

you

rte

ache

r.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k d

anU

raia

n M

ater

iK

egia

tan

Pem

bel

ajar

anIn

dik

ato

rA

loka

siW

aktu

Su

mb

er B

elaj

ar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

6.M

empe

raga

kan

perc

akap

an d

i keg

iata

nse

belu

mny

a ya

ng t

elah

leng

kap.

7.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

yang

ter

sedi

abe

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

gdi

baca

kan

guru

.

8.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

gdi

baca

kan

guru

.

•U

njuk

kerja

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•P

ract

ice

the

dial

ogs

in T

ask

Cw

ith y

our

frie

nd.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her,

and

then

answ

er t

hequ

estio

ns o

rally

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

choo

se A

, B, C

or

D fo

r th

e co

rrec

tan

swer

.

1.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

perc

akap

antr

ansa

ksio

nal

(to

get t

hing

sdo

ne)

dan

inte

rper

sona

l(b

erso

sial

isas

i)se

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r ya

ngm

elib

atka

ntin

dak

tutu

r:m

eng

un

dan

g,

men

erim

a d

anm

eno

lak

ajak

an,

men

yetu

jui/

tidak

men

yetu

jui,

mem

uji,

dan

mem

beri

sela

mat

.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

end

eng

arka

n2.

Mem

aham

i m

akn

a d

alam

tek

s lis

an f

un

gsi

on

al d

an m

on

olo

g p

end

ek s

eder

han

a b

erb

entu

k de

scrip

tive

dan

rec

ount

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

id

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

sek

itar

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 82

–83.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

2 4

0'2.

1 M

eres

pons

mak

na y

ang

terd

apat

dal

amte

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

: sho

rtm

essa

ges.

1.M

emah

ami c

onto

h da

npe

njel

asan

ten

tang

shor

t m

essa

ge li

san.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

yang

ber

kaita

n de

ngan

shor

t m

essa

ge.

3.M

enyi

mak

sho

rtm

essa

geya

ngdi

baca

kan

guru

, la

lum

enja

wab

per

tany

aan.

4.M

emba

ca s

hort

mes

sage

yang

ters

edia

, la

lum

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru

seca

ra li

san.

5.M

enyi

mak

sho

rtm

essa

geya

ngdi

baca

kan

guru

, la

lum

elen

gkap

i kar

tu y

ang

ters

edia

.

6.M

enyi

mak

sho

rtm

essa

geya

ngdi

baca

kan

guru

,m

enul

isny

a, la

lum

emba

caka

n ha

siln

ya.

•M

ampu

mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

tek

slis

an f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

sed

erha

nabe

rben

tuk

shor

tm

essa

ges

seca

raak

urat

, lan

car,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi d

alam

kont

eks

kehi

dupa

nse

hari-

hari.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•D

ikte

•R

ead

the

text

and

stud

y th

eex

plan

atio

n.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

answ

er t

hequ

estio

ns.

•R

ead

the

text

,th

en a

nsw

er y

our

teac

her’s

ques

tions

ora

lly.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

com

plet

e th

eca

rd.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

writ

edo

wn

the

mes

sage

. Rea

dyo

ur w

ork

alou

d.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

7.M

emba

ca d

anm

emah

ami c

onto

hda

n pe

njel

asan

tek

sre

coun

tlis

an.

8.M

enga

mat

i gam

bar

dan

men

cerit

akan

riway

at h

idup

pahl

awan

dal

amga

mba

r se

cara

sing

kat.

9.M

enyi

mak

mon

olog

reco

unt

yang

diba

caka

n gu

ru,

lalu

men

jela

skan

isin

ya.

10.

Men

jaw

ab p

erta

nyaa

nbe

rdas

arka

n m

onol

ogya

ng d

ibac

akan

gur

upa

da k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

11.

Mel

engk

api t

eks

deng

an k

ata-

kata

yang

ses

uai

berd

asar

kan

mon

olog

yang

dib

acak

an g

uru.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•R

ead

the

mon

olog

and

stud

y th

eex

plan

atio

n.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ure.

Tel

l brie

flyab

out t

he m

an.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

mak

eso

me

note

s if

nece

ssar

y. W

hat

does

he/

she

tell

you

abou

t?

• A

nsw

er th

efo

llow

ing

ques

tions

bas

edon

the

mon

olog

inTa

sk A

.

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her

and

com

plet

e th

e te

xt.

Rea

d yo

ur w

ork

alou

d.

2.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

yan

gte

rdap

at d

alam

mon

olog

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r da

lam

teks

ber

bent

ukde

scrip

tive

dan

reco

unt.

•M

onol

og r

ecou

nt.

•K

osak

ata

yang

terk

ait t

opik

yan

gdi

pilih

.

•M

eres

pons

mak

naya

ng t

erda

pat

dala

m m

onol

ogpe

ndek

sed

erha

nase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a da

lam

teks

reco

unt.

3 4

0'•

Buk

u P

RB

ahas

aIn

ggris

SM

P/

MT

s V

IIIA

Inta

nP

ariw

ara

hal.

73, 7

6–77

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

12.

Men

yim

ak k

alim

at-

kalim

at y

ang

diba

caka

n gu

ru,

lalu

men

ulis

nya.

13.

Men

ulis

kal

imat

-ka

limat

yan

g te

lah

dipe

rden

gark

an p

ada

kegi

atan

seb

elum

nya

di b

awah

gam

bar

yang

sesu

ai.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•D

ikte

•U

raia

n

•Li

sten

to y

our

teac

her.

Writ

edo

wn

his/

her

sent

ence

s.

•La

bel t

he p

ictu

res

belo

w u

sing

the

prop

er s

ente

nces

in T

ask

D.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a3.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am p

erca

kap

an tr

ansa

ksio

nal

dan

inte

rper

son

al li

san

pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i den

gan

lin

gku

ng

anse

kita

r.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

3.1

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

perc

akap

antr

ansa

ksio

nal

(to

get t

hing

sdo

ne)

dan

inte

rper

sona

l(b

erso

sial

isas

i)se

derh

ana

deng

an m

eng-

guna

kan

raga

mba

hasa

lisa

nse

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

yang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur:

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri,m

enol

ak ja

sa,

mem

inta

,m

emb

eri,

men

ola

kb

aran

g,

men

gaku

i,m

engi

ngka

rifa

kta,

dan

mem

inta

dan

mem

beri

pend

apat

.

•P

erca

kapa

n ya

ngm

elib

atka

n tin

dak

tutu

r m

emin

ta,

mem

beri,

men

olak

bar

ang

dan

men

gund

ang,

men

erim

a da

nm

enol

ak a

jaka

n.

1.M

empe

raga

kan

perc

akap

an d

enga

nla

fal d

an in

tona

si y

ang

tepa

t.

2.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

perc

akap

an y

ang

ada

di k

egia

tan

sebe

lum

nya.

3.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

npe

rcak

apan

yan

g ad

a.

4.M

elen

gkap

ipe

rcak

apan

den

gan

kata

-kat

a ya

ngte

rsed

ia d

i dal

amko

tak.

5.M

empe

raga

kan

perc

akap

an t

erse

but

deng

an t

eman

.

6.M

embu

at p

erca

kapa

nbe

rdas

arka

n si

tuas

iya

ng t

erse

dia,

lalu

mem

pera

gaka

nnya

bers

ama

tem

an.

•M

elak

ukan

berb

agai

tin

dak

tutu

r da

lam

wac

ana

lisan

tran

saks

iona

l/in

terp

erso

nal

sepe

rti:

mem

inta

,m

embe

ri, m

enol

akba

rang

dan

men

gund

ang,

men

erim

a da

nm

enol

ak a

jaka

n.

•M

enge

mba

ngka

nw

acan

atr

ansa

ksio

nal/

inte

rper

sona

lpe

ndek

men

jadi

sebu

ah o

brol

anat

au in

tera

ksio

nal

yang

lebi

h pa

njan

g.

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•Is

ian

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•P

ract

ice

the

dial

ogs

belo

ww

ith y

our

frie

nd.

•A

nsw

er t

hequ

estio

ns b

ased

on th

e di

alog

s in

Task

A o

rally

.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or D

for

the

corr

ect

answ

er.

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

ogs

with

the

suita

ble

expr

essi

ons

inth

e bo

xes.

Pra

ctic

e th

emw

ith y

our

frie

nd.

•M

ake

dial

ogs

base

d on

the

situ

atio

ns b

elow

.P

ract

ice

them

.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

a ha

l.71

–72.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

2 4

0'


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

3.2

Men

g-un

gkap

kan

mak

na d

alam

perc

akap

antra

nsak

sion

al (

toge

t thi

ngs

done

)da

n in

terp

erso

nal

(ber

sosi

alis

asi)

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

g-gu

naka

n ra

gam

baha

sa li

san

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, dan

bert

erim

a un

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

yang

mel

ibat

kan

tinda

k tu

tur:

men

gund

ang,

men

erim

a da

nm

enol

ak a

jaka

n,m

enye

tuju

i/tid

akm

enye

tuju

i,m

emuj

i, da

nm

embe

ri se

lam

at.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:B

erb

icar

a4.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

lisan

fu

ng

sio

nal

dan

mo

no

log

pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

yan

g b

erb

entu

k de

scrip

tive

dan

rec

ount

un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i d

eng

an l

ing

kun

gan

ter

dek

at.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 83

–84.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 78

–79.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1 4

0'

2 4

0'

4.1

Men

gung

kap-

kan

mak

nada

lam

ben

tuk

teks

lisa

nfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar.

4.2

Men

gung

kap-

kan

mak

nada

lam

mon

olog

pend

ekse

derh

ana

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

lisan

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

dala

mte

ks b

erbe

ntuk

desc

riptiv

e da

nre

coun

t.

•Te

ks li

san

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

: spo

ken

mes

sage

.

•M

onol

og r

ecou

nt.

1.M

emba

ca p

esan

lisa

nya

ng t

erse

dia

deng

anuc

apan

yan

g be

nar.

2.M

emba

ca p

esan

lisa

nya

ng t

erse

dia

deng

anuc

apan

yan

g be

nar,

lalu

ber

tany

a ja

wab

berd

asar

kan

teks

ters

ebut

.

3.M

embu

at p

esan

lisa

nbe

rdas

arka

n si

tuas

iya

ng t

erse

dia,

lalu

mem

baca

kann

ya d

ike

las.

4.M

elak

ukan

mon

olog

berd

asar

kan

teks

yan

gte

rsed

ia d

enga

n ka

ta-

kata

sen

diri.

5.M

embu

at k

alim

atte

ntan

g su

atu

peris

tiwa

lam

pau

berd

asar

kan

gam

bar

seca

ra li

san.

6.M

embu

at k

alim

atte

ntan

g su

atu

kegi

atan

berd

asar

kan

gam

bar

seca

ra li

san.

•M

engu

ngka

pkan

mak

na d

alam

bent

uksp

oken

mes

sage

deng

anla

ncar

dan

bert

erim

a.

•M

elak

ukan

mon

olog

dal

am t

eks

berb

entu

kre

coun

tde

ngan

rag

amba

hasa

lisa

n se

cara

lanc

ar d

anbe

rter

ima.

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s un

juk

kerja

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•U

raia

n

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

raia

n

•U

njuk

ker

ja

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•R

ead

the

text

sw

ith p

rope

rpr

onun

ciat

ion.

•R

ead

the

text

with

prop

erpr

onun

ciat

ion.

The

n, a

sk a

ndan

swer

que

stio

nsba

sed

on th

e te

xt.

•M

ake

sim

ple

mes

sage

s ba

sed

on th

e si

tuat

ions

belo

w. D

eliv

eryo

ur m

essa

ges

infr

ont o

f the

cla

ss.

•R

ead

the

text

.D

eliv

er a

mon

olog

base

d on

the

text

.

•Te

ll ab

out t

hepi

ctur

es u

sing

sent

ence

s in

the

past

con

tinuo

uste

nse.

•Te

ll ab

out t

hepi

ctur

es u

sing

sent

ence

s w

ithsu

itabl

e re

latin

gve

rbs.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

emb

aca

5.M

emah

ami m

akn

a te

ks t

ulis

fu

ng

sio

nal

dan

esa

i pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

ber

ben

tuk

desc

riptiv

e d

an re

coun

t yan

g b

erka

itan

den

gan

lin

gku

ng

anse

kita

r.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 80

, 82.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 84

–85.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

a da

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.

1 4

0'

1 4

0'

5.1

Mem

baca

nyar

ing

berm

akna

tek

stu

lis f

ungs

iona

lda

n es

eibe

rben

tuk

desc

riptiv

e da

nre

coun

tpe

ndek

dan

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

uca

pan,

teka

nan,

dan

into

nasi

yan

gbe

rter

ima

yang

berk

aita

nde

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

5.2

Mer

espo

nsm

akna

dal

amte

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ekse

derh

ana

seca

ra a

kura

t,la

ncar

, da

nbe

rter

ima

yang

berk

aita

nde

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

•Te

ks f

ungs

iona

lpe

ndek

tulis

:in

vita

tion

card

s.

•Te

ks r

ecou

nt.

1.M

emba

ca c

onto

h da

nm

emah

ami

penj

elas

ante

ntan

gin

vita

tion

card

s.2.

Mem

baca

nya

ring

kart

u un

dang

ande

ngan

lafa

l, te

kana

n,da

n uc

apan

yan

gbe

nar.

3.M

emba

ca n

yarin

g te

ksre

coun

tte

ntan

gpa

hlaw

an n

asio

nal

deng

an la

fal,

teka

nan,

dan

ucap

an y

ang

bena

r.

4.M

enja

wab

per

tany

aan

berd

asar

kan

kart

uun

dang

an y

ang

ters

edia

.

5.M

emili

h ja

wab

an y

ang

tepa

t be

rdas

arka

nte

ks.

•M

emba

ca n

yarin

gse

cara

ber

mak

naw

acan

a pe

ndek

sede

rhan

a ya

ngbe

rben

tuk

kart

uun

dang

an d

an t

eks

reco

unt

deng

anla

fal,

teka

nan

dan

ucap

an y

ang

lanc

arda

n be

rter

ima.

•M

eres

pons

mak

naya

ng t

erda

pat

dala

m t

eks

fung

sion

al p

ende

kbe

rben

tuk

invi

tatio

nca

rds

deng

anbe

nar.

•N

on te

s

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s lis

an

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•M

emba

cany

arin

g

•M

emba

cany

arin

g

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•R

ead

the

text

and

stud

y th

eex

plan

atio

n.

•R

ead

the

biog

raph

y of

Muh

amm

adYa

min

and

ans

wer

the

ques

tions

.

•R

ead

the

text

and

answ

er t

hequ

estio

ns.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or

D fo

r th

e co

rrec

tan

swer

.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

3 4

0'5.

3 M

eres

pons

mak

na d

anla

ngka

h re

torik

ada

lam

ese

ipe

ndek

sede

rhan

ase

cara

aku

rat,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

a ya

ngbe

rkai

tan

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

dala

mte

ks b

erbe

ntuk

decr

iptiv

eda

nre

coun

t.

•Te

ks r

ecou

nt.

•T

he p

ast

cont

inuo

uste

nse.

•R

elat

ing/

linki

ngve

rbs.

•R

efle

xive

pron

ouns

(-s

elf)

.

6.M

emba

ca c

onto

h da

npe

njel

asan

ten

tang

teks

reco

unt.

7.M

emba

ca p

erca

kapa

nda

n m

emah

ami

penj

elas

an t

enta

ngth

e pa

st c

ontin

uous

tens

e,re

latin

g/lin

king

verb

s, d

an r

efle

xive

pron

ouns

(-s

elf)

.

8.M

enga

mat

i gam

bar-

gam

bar

pahl

awan

, la

lum

engi

dent

ifika

sina

ma-

nam

a m

erek

abe

rdas

arka

n na

ma-

nam

a ya

ng te

rsed

ia d

ida

lam

kot

ak.

9.M

enja

wab

pert

anya

an-

pert

anya

an y

ang

ters

edia

ber

dasa

rkan

teks

soa

l.

10.

Mel

engk

api k

alim

atde

ngan

ben

tuk

kata

kerja

yan

g te

pat

berd

asar

kan

kata

-kat

ake

rja y

ang

tela

hte

rsed

ia d

i dal

amta

nda

kuru

ng.

11.

Mem

ilih

jaw

aban

yan

gte

pat.

•M

engi

dent

ifika

sim

akna

gag

asan

(idea

sion

al)

dan

info

rmas

i fak

tual

dala

m te

ks,

mai

nid

eas,

supp

ortin

gid

eas,

deta

ils.

•N

on te

s

•N

on te

s

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•U

raia

nob

jekt

if

•M

enjo

doh-

kan

•Ja

wab

ansi

ngka

t

•Is

ian

•P

iliha

nga

nda

•R

ead

the

text

and

stud

y th

eex

plan

atio

n.

•R

ead

the

dial

ogs

and

pay

atte

ntio

nto

the

bold

-typ

edse

nten

ces.

Stu

dyth

e ex

plan

atio

n.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ures

of t

heIn

done

sian

hero

es. W

ho a

reth

ey?

•R

ead

the

hist

ory

of M

uham

mad

Yam

in a

ndan

swer

the

ques

tions

.

•C

ompl

ete

the

dial

ogs

with

the

wor

ds in

bra

cket

sin

cor

rect

form

s.

•C

hoos

e A

, B, C

or D

for

the

corr

ect

answ

er.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 73

–76,

79–8

1.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.


Sta

nd

ar K

om

pet

ensi

:M

enu

lis6.

Men

gu

ng

kap

kan

mak

na

dal

am t

eks

tulis

fu

ng

sio

nal

esa

i pen

dek

sed

erh

ana

ber

ben

tuk

desc

riptiv

e d

an re

coun

t un

tuk

ber

inte

raks

i den

gan

ling

kun

gan

sek

itar

.

Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 85

.•

Kam

usIn

ggris

–In

done

sia

dan

Indo

nesi

a–In

ggris

.•

Buk

u-bu

kula

in y

ang

rele

van.

•B

uku

PR

Bah

asa

Ingg

ris S

MP

/M

Ts

VIII

AIn

tan

Par

iwar

aha

l. 81

.

1 4

0'

2 4

0'

6.1

Men

gung

kap-

kan

mak

nada

lam

ben

tuk

teks

tulis

fung

sion

alpe

ndek

sede

rhan

ade

ngan

men

ggun

akan

raga

m b

ahas

atu

lis s

ecar

aak

urat

, la

ncar

,da

n be

rter

ima

untu

kbe

rinte

raks

ide

ngan

lingk

unga

nse

kita

r.

6.2

Men

gung

kap-

kan

mak

na d

anla

ngka

h re

torik

ada

lam

ese

ipe

ndek

sede

rhan

a

•Te

ks tu

lisfu

ngsi

onal

pend

ek:

invi

tatio

nca

rds.

•Te

ks r

ecou

nt.

•R

elat

ing

verb

s.

•R

efle

xive

pron

ouns

.

1.M

embu

at s

urat

unda

ngan

berd

asar

kan

situ

asi

yang

ter

sedi

a.

2.M

embu

at k

alim

atm

engg

unak

anre

latin

gve

rbs

berd

asar

kan

gam

bar-

gam

bar

yang

ters

edia

.

•M

enul

is b

erba

gai

teks

unt

ukko

mun

ikas

i seh

ari-

hari

sepe

rti

invi

tatio

n ca

rds

deng

an b

enar

dan

bert

erim

a.

•M

enul

is b

erba

gai

teks

teru

tam

a ya

ngbe

rben

tuk

reco

unt

deng

an la

ngka

hre

torik

a da

n st

rukt

urte

ks y

ang

bena

rda

n be

rter

ima.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

n

•U

raia

n

•M

ake

invi

tatio

nca

rds

base

d on

the

situ

atio

nsbe

low

.

•Lo

ok a

t the

pict

ures

. Mak

ese

nten

ces

usin

gsu

itabl

e re

latin

gve

rbs

and

the

wor

ds p

rovi

ded.


Ko

mp

eten

siD

asar

Mat

eri P

oko

k/P

emb

elaj

aran

Keg

iata

n P

emb

elaj

aran

Ind

ikat

or

Alo

kasi

Wak

tuS

um

ber

Bel

ajar

Pen

ilaia

n

Tekn

ikB

entu

kIn

stru

men

Co

nto

hIn

stru

men

deng

anm

engg

unak

anra

gam

bah

asa

tulis

sec

ara

akur

at,

lanc

ar,

dan

bert

erim

aun

tuk

berin

tera

ksi

deng

anlin

gkun

gan

seki

tar

dala

mte

ks b

erbe

ntuk

desc

riptiv

e da

nre

coun

t.

3.M

embu

at li

ma

kalim

atm

engg

unak

anre

flexi

ve p

rono

uns,

lalu

mem

baca

nya

deng

an p

elaf

alan

yang

ben

ar.

4.M

enul

is t

eks

reco

unt

tent

ang

sala

h sa

tupa

hlaw

an I

ndon

esia

,la

lu m

emba

cany

any

arin

g.

•Te

s tu

lis

•Te

s tu

lis

•U

raia

n

•E

sai

•M

ake

five

sent

ence

s us

ing

refle

xive

pron

ouns

. Rea

dyo

ur w

ork

with

prop

erpr

onun

ciat

ion.

•W

rite

the

life

ofon

e of

the

Indo

nesi

anhe

roes

. Rea

dyo

ur w

ork

alou

d.

•K

amus

Ingg

ris–

Indo

nesi

ada

nIn

done

sia–

Ingg

ris.

•B

uku-

buku

lain

yan

gre

leva

n.


Objectives:

At the end of this unit you willbe able to:1. ask for and give opinions,2. agree and disagree about

something,3. create short functional texts

(short descriptions),4. describe a particular person

using spoken English,5. write short functional texts

(labels of products),6. write descriptive texts about

particular people, and7. use the simple present tense,

adjectives and the presentcontinuous tense.

All people must have their own idol. What about you? Who isyour idol? What will you say to describe him/her? Of course, there aremany things you can describe, such as his/her physical appearances,characteristics, hobby, family, etc.

Then, what type of texts should you use to describe him/her?The answer is a descriptive text. In this unit you will learn aboutdescriptive texts, completed with the generic structure andcharacteristics.

46 UNIT 1 Descriptive

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

1.1 Expressions

Asking for and Giving Opinions

What do you thinkof this book?

Well, it seemsinteresting.

You’re right.

The sentence “What do you think of this book?” is the expression of asking foran opinion. Meanwhile, the sentence “Well, it seems interesting.” is the expression ofgiving an opinion.

Here are some other examples of asking for and giving opinions.

Asking for Opinions

What do you think of/about . . .?What’s your opinion about . . .?Please tell me your opinion about . . . .What about . . .?Do you have any opinion about . . .?Do you think it’s a good idea?

Giving Opinions

I think . . . .Well, in my opinion, . . . .In my view, . . . .I just can say . . . .I suppose . . . .I guess . . . .


The sentence “Sorry, I disagree with you.” is the expression of disagreeing.Meanwhile, the sentence “O.K.” is the expression of agreeing.

Here are some other expressions of agreeing and disagreeing.

Agreeing

I think so.I agree completely.I do agree with you.It’s a good idea.I’m with you.I have the same opinion.That’s just what I am thinking.In my opinion, you’re right.I couldn’t agree more.You are right./Exactly!/Sure.

Disagreeing

I don’t think so.I’m sorry, but I have to disagree.Sorry. I disagree with you.Sorry. I think it’s not a good idea.I don’t agree with you.Sorry, I have another opinion.I couldn’t agree less.I refuse to believe that.I’m sure I cannot agree that.I wonder if there is a mistake.

Answer the questions below.

1. Is there one of your friends who has a new hair style?Contoh jawaban: Yes, there is.

2. What will you say to show your opinion about his/her new hair style?Contoh jawaban: I will say, “I think your new hair style makes you prettier.”

3. Is there a new rule in your classroom or school? What is it?Contoh jawaban: Yes, there is. It is a rule of wearing black shoes every day.

Agreeing or Disagreeing

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

Do you agree if we go tothe bookstore by bus?

Sorry, I disagreewith you.

What aboutgoing by taxi? O.K.


A. Listen to your teacher.Write down the expressions you have heard.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. I agree with your plan.2. I totally agree with your opinion.3. I don’t agree with you in this case.4. I think we should warn the boy.5. I can’t agree with your ridiculous idea.6. I don’t think Beni will join us.7. What do you think of my new shoes?8. In my opinion, Sandra is the best student.9. What’s your opinion about my new dress?

10. What about climbing a mountain next holiday?

4. Do you agree with the rule?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.

5. What will you say to show your agreement?Contoh jawaban: I will say, “I agree with the rule.” to show agreement.

Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. What do you think of my presentation?2. I think you did it well.3. I think you need to be more confident.4. Do you agree if we make a study club?5. Absolutely, I agree with your idea.

B. Listen to your teacher.State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:

Indah : Have you done the math assignment, Vina?Vina : No, I haven’t. I think it’s very difficult. What about you?Indah : Me neither. Um . . . what about doing the assignment together?Vina : That’s a good idea. When will we do it?Indah : What if we do it this afternoon at about four?Vina : No problem. Where?Indah : I’ll wait for you in my house.Vina : O.K.


1. ______ Vina and Indah have done the math assignment.2. ______ Vina thinks that the math assignment is easy.3. ______ Vina and Indah are going to do the math assignment together.4. ______ Vina agrees to do the assignment at about five.5. ______ They will do the assignment at Indah’s house.

Jawaban:1. F. They haven’t done the math assignment.2. F. She thinks that the math assignment is difficult.3. T4. F. She agrees to do the assignment at about four.5. T

C. Listen to your teacher.Fill in the blanks based on the dialog you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Reta : Indra, (1) what do you think of the drama performance last night?Indra : Do you mean the drama at the farewell party?Reta : Yeah.Indra : Well, (2) in my opinion, it was great. The actors gave their best performance.Reta : But, I think (3) the performance was not perfect.Indra : Why?Reta : Did you notice the sound system? (4) It did not work well, you know.Indra : (5) You are right. The sound sometimes was so loud that we couldn’t hear the dialogs

clearly.

Variasi:A. Match the words with their correct meanings in the box.

a. kadang-kadang b. dengan jelas c. perpisahan d. memperhatikane. aktor/pemain f. percakapan g. pendapat h. sempurnai. pementasan j. keras

1. performance 2. farewell 3. opinion 4. actor 5. perfect6. notice 7. sometimes 8. loud 9. dialog 10. clearly

Jawaban:1. i 2. c 3. g 4. e 5. h 6. d 7. a 8. j 9. f 10. b

B. Make sentences using the words in Task A.Contoh jawaban:1. The children gave their best performance on their first show.2. Adinda arranges a farewell party before she moves out.3. Everyone agrees the opinion that the test is very difficult.4. Tora Sudiro is a multi-talented actor.5. Mother has checked everything to make sure the party will be perfect.6. Did you notice the girl passed by a minute ago?7. Sometimes Linda and I see a film together.8. The music is too loud and it’s really annoying.9. We practiced hard for the dialog because it is the climax of the drama.

10. Can you explain your reason clearly?


Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. What are Reta and Indra talking about?2. In what occasion was the drama performed?3. What is Indra’s opinion about the performance?4. Reta said, “But, I think the performance was not perfect.” What does it mean?5. What happened with the sound system in the performance?

Jawaban:1. The drama performance at the farewell party.2. At a farewell party.3. He thinks that it was great. The actors showed their best performance.4. She gives her opinion/She shows her disagreement.5. Sometimes the sound was so loud that audience couldn’t hear the dialogs.

D. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialog in Task C.Answer the questions orally.

Variasi:

A. Listen to your teacher.Fill in the blanks based on the dialog you have heard.


Mr. Ardi : Listen, all! The football competition is only one month left. (1) What do you think ifwe practice it three times a week?

Andi : (2) I agree, Sir. There are some skills we need to improve if we want to win thecompetition.

Mr. Ardi : (3) You’re right, Andi. I think we need to improve our defense. Any other opinions?Dodi : (4) We all agree with this idea, Sir. Three times a week is not a big deal. Right, guys?Others : (5) Absolutely.

B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A.1. What are the speakers talking about?

Jawaban: They are talking about practicing football for the competition.2. When will the competition be held?

Jawaban: Next month.3. Mr. Ardi said, “What do you think if we practice it three times a week?”

What does it mean?Jawaban: He asks for an agreement.

4. According to Andi, what skill do they need to improve?Jawaban: They need to improve their defense.

5. The others said, “Absolutely.” What does it mean?Jawaban: They agree with Dodi’s opinion.


E. Listen to your teacher.Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.


Dewa : Putri, do you like shopping in themall?

Putri : Yeah. I like it.Dewa : Anyway, there’s a new mall near the

town square. Have you ever beenthere?

Putri : Do you mean Mutiara Mall, Dewa?Dewa : That’s right.Putri : Yes, I’ve been there.Dewa : What do you think of it?Putri : It’s big and modern. I like the place.

1. What are the speakers talking about?A. A new shop.B. A new mall.C. A town square.D. A mail.Jawaban: BDalam percakapan tersebut Dewa danPutri membicarakan tentang sebuah malbaru di kota mereka (a new mall). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukanmerupakan hal yang dibicarakan.

2. Where is the new mall?A. Near the town park.B. Near the town hall.C. Near the town square.D. Near the town market.Jawaban: CMal yang baru terletak di dekat alun-alunkota. Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat Dewa, ”Anyway, there’s a new mallnear the town square.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi percakapan.

3. Why does Putri like the mall? It is ________.A. bigB. modernC. big and modernD. big and beautifulJawaban: CPutri menyukai mal tersebut karena mal itubesar dan modern. Hal itu diketahuiberdasarkan kalimat terakhir Putri, ”It’s bigand modern. I like the place.”.

4. Putri said, “I like the place.”What does it mean?A. She agrees with an idea.B. She disagrees with an idea.C. She asks for an opinion.D. She gives an opinion.Jawaban: DKalimat Putri tersebut artinya ”Sayamenyukai tempat itu.”. Kalimat tersebutmerupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat(giving an opinion).

5. Dewa said, “What do you think of it?”What does it mean?A. He asks for an opinion.B. He gives an opinion.C. He agrees with an opinion.D. He disagrees with an opinion.Jawaban: AKalimat ”What do you think of it?” artinya”Bagaimana pendapatmu tentang maltersebut?”. Kalimat tersebut merupakanungkapan meminta pendapat (asking foran opinion).


Variasi:

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.


Tomi : Rika, Dion, our school will celebrate its anniversary soon. In your opinion, what ifwe hold a school bazaar?

Rika : I agree with the idea. You know, some of our friends are good at making handicrafts.I believe many students will be interested in buying their crafts.

Dion : Moreover, we can use the event for fund raising. We can donate the money to theflood victims. What do you think?

Rika : I like your idea. Let’s propose our program to the Principal.

1. What are the speakers talking about?A. Celebrating the school anniversary.B. Arranging a fund raising program.C. Helping the flood victims.D. Holding a school bazaar to celebrate the school anniversary.Jawaban: DKalimat soal menanyakan tentang apa yang dibicarakan dalam percakapan tersebut.Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa kunci ’celebrating the school anniversary’ yang artinya’merayakan hari jadi sekolah’ dan ’holding a school bazaar’ yang artinya’menyelenggarakan bazar sekolah’. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa percakapan tersebuttentang penyelenggaraan bazar sekolah untuk merayakan hari jadi sekolah (holdinga school bazaar to celebrate the school anniversary).

2. Tomi said, “In your opinion, what if we hold a school bazaar?”What does it mean?A. He expresses his opinion. B. He asks for someone’s agreement.C. He asks for other’s help. D. He expresses his agreement.Jawaban: BKalimat ”In your opinion, what if we hold a school bazaar?” artinya ”Menurut pendapatmu,bagaimana kalau kita mengadakan bazar sekolah?”. Kalimat tersebut diucapkan untukmeminta persetujuan seseorang (asking for someone’s agreement).

3. Rika said, “I agree with the idea.” What does it mean?A. She shows her agreement. B. She shows her disagreement.C. She asks for an opinion. D. She gives something.Jawaban: AKalimat ”I agree with the idea.” artinya ”Saya setuju dengan gagasan itu.”. Ungkapantersebut digunakan untuk memberi persetujuan (showing an agreement). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena bukan ungkapan untuk memberi persetujuan.

4. What is Dion’s opinion about the school bazaar?A. They can use the event for entertainment.B. They can use the event for education.C. They can use the event for fund raising.D. They can use the event for practicing.Jawaban: CMenurut Dion, kegiatan bazar sekolah dapat digunakan untuk mengumpulkan dana (fundraising). Hal itu sesuai dengan ucapan Dion, ”Moreover, in my opinion, we can use theevent for fund raising.”.


5. Tomi said, “Rika, Dion, our school will celebrate its anniversary soon.”The underlined word can be best replaced by ________.A. respect B. performC. commemmorate D. provideJawaban: CKata ’celebrate’ artinya ’merayakan’. Kata ini dapat diganti dengan kata ’commemmorate’yang artinya memperingati. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyamenghormati, (B) artinya mementaskan, dan (D) artinya menyiapkan.

A. Read and practice the dialogs with proper pronunciation.

Dialog 1Butet : Fishing is a boring activity, Mirza.Mirza : I don’t think so, Butet. It is boring if you don’t know the secret.Butet : What do you mean?Mirza : Actually, fishing is interesting. Just enjoy the calm situation and possibly with the scenery.Butet : In that case, I think you are right. But, it probably takes much time to get only one fish,

doesn’t it?Mirza : It does, but don’t you know something? In fact, fishing teaches us about patience.Butet : How can?Mirza : When fishing, you cannot be in a hurry. In other words, to achieve your goal, you can’t do it

hurriedly.Butet : Is that so? I think I’ll try your advice then.

Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Dialog 2Maya : Didit, I heard that we will have a modeling contest to commemorate our anniversary. What

do you think of it?Didit : Well, actually I don’t agree. In my opinion, that’s useless. We’d better arrange other useful

contests.Maya : What do you mean by other useful contests?Didit : We can have English speaking contests, cooking contests or sports competition.Maya : But I think a modeling contest is also useful. Those boys or girls, who are interested in

modeling, can show their talents.Didit : It can be. However, as students, it’s better for us to compete more in educational skills.

B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 11. What is Butet’s opinion about fishing?

Jawaban: He thinks that fishing is boring.2. Mirza said, “I don’t think so, Butet.” What does it mean?

Jawaban: He disagrees with Butet’s opinion.3. According to Mirza, what is the secret of making fishing interesting?

Jawaban: Just enjoy the calm situation and possibly with the scenery.


4. Why can fishing teach us about patience?Jawaban: Because when fishing, we cannot be in a hurry.

5. Does Butet decide not fishing anymore? How do you know?Jawaban: No, he doesn’t. He said, “I think I’ll try your advice then.” It means he will try to

enjoy fishing.

Dialog 21. What are Maya and Didit talking about?

Jawaban: They are talking about a modeling contest.2. What will the modeling contest be held for?

Jawaban: It is held to commemorate their school anniversary.3. What kinds of contests does Didit think are better than the modeling contest?

Jawaban: English speaking contests, cooking contests or sports competition.4. Why does Maya think that a modeling contest is also beneficial?

Jawaban: Because those boys or girls, who are interested in modeling, can show their talents.5. What is Didit’s opinion about the better competition for students?

Jawaban: Students are better to compete in educational skills.

Variasi:

A. Find the words in the box vertically, horizontally and diagonally based on theirdefinitions.

1. not interesting, dull2. a thing that other people must not know3. holding the attention4. to get pleasure from something5. the natural features of an area6. the ability to accept suffering without

complaining7. the need or wish to get something done

quickly8. causing great interest or enthusiasm9. a date that is exactly a year or a number

of years after an event10. a natural skill or ability at something

1. boring 2. secret3. interesting 4. enjoy5. scenery 6. patience7. hurry 8. exciting9. anniversary 10. talent

Jawaban:


B. Complete the sentences with the words in Task A.1. Waiting is really a ________ thing. No one likes it.2. Everyone has their own ________, like singing or painting. All we have to do is to

develop it into something valuable.3. We need to have more ________ if we have a complicated problem. Never take any

decision in a hurry.4. The movie is not ________. The plot is awful.5. This is a ________. Please don’t tell it to anyone.6. I like staying in a village. I can ________ the fresh air.7. My school will celebrate its 50th ________ this month.8. Many tourists like to go to Bali. It really has a beautiful ________.9. It seems you look in a ________. Where are you going?

10. Diving in Bunaken is really ________. I feel so happy and want to go there again.

Jawaban:1. boring 2. talent 3. patience 4. interesting5. secret 6. enjoy 7. anniversary 8. scenery9. hurry 10. exciting

C. Read the dialog with proper pronunciation.Answer the questions based on the dialog.

Tiara : Listen, next month is a long holiday. What if we go camping?Soni : I think that’s a good idea. O.K., no problem. What about you, Rina?Rina : Well, in my opinion, it will be better if we arrange a study tour to museums or other

historical places. I think that it is more beneficial to broaden our knowledge.Tiara : Hm, I think we have different opinions about spending the holiday. We’d better

discuss it with the class.

Questions:

1. When will the children have a long holiday?Jawaban: Next month.

2. What’s Soni’s opinion about going camping?Jawaban: He thinks camping is a good activity.

3. Does Rina agree with Tiara’s opinion? Why?Jawaban: No, she doesn’t. Because she thinks that it is better to have a study tour to

museums or other historical places.

C. Complete the dialog with the correct words in the box.Then, practice the complete dialog with your friend.

a. I agree with itb. What’s your opinion about itc. I think it can reduce the traffic jamd. Have you heard that we will start our lesson earliere. In my view, everything will be easy if they are used to do it

Candra : Hi, Dinda. (1) ________?Dinda : Yeah. We will start our lessons at 6:30 a.m.Candra : (2) ________?Dinda : Well, (3) ________.


Candra : What’s your reason?Dinda : (4) ________. Moreover, people say that students will be fresh and fit to learn.Candra : Do you think so? What about the students who live far from here? It will be very difficult

for them.Dinda : Of course, they must wake up earlier than usual. (5) ________.

Jawaban:1. d 2. b 3. a 4. c 5. e

Variasi:


a. I see b. Reallyc. What do you think d. do you know what time it ise. What about its book collections

Rika : Dian, (1) ________?Dian : Um . . . it’s almost two o’clock. Why?Rika : Well, I’m afraid I will arrive home late. You know, I need to go to the bookstore first.Dian : (2) ________. Wait a minute! I know the nearest bookstore.Rika : (3) ________?Dian : Despite it is small, I think the store has many collections of books. I’m sure you will find

the book you need.Rika : (4) ________?Dian : No doubt. I’ll take you there. (5) ________?Rika : O.K., then. Thanks.Dian : Anytime. All right, let’s go then.Rika : O.K.

Jawaban:1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c

D. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task C.

1. What are Candra and Dinda talking about?Jawaban: They are talking about the new rule of starting lessons earlier.

2. Does Dinda agree with the rule?Jawaban: Yes, she does.

3. What did she say to show her agreement or disagreement?Jawaban: She said, “I agree with it.”

4. Why does Dinda agree with the rule?Jawaban: Because it can reduce the traffic jam, and students will be fresh and fit to learn.

5. Why does Candra disagree with the rule?Jawaban: Because it will be difficult for the students who live far from school.


E. Make a dialog based on the guideline.Then, practice the dialog.

Contoh jawaban:Mira : What do you think of living in a village?Neni : Living in a village? Well, it’s interesting.Mira : Why do you have such an opinion?Neni : You know, living in a village is peaceful. The air is also clean and fresh.Mira : But, I disagree. In my opinion, living in a village is boring.Neni : Do you think so? But why?Mira : Living in a village is far from public places. It’s lack of facilities.Neni : I think it’s not a big deal. People can reach the public places easily by public transports.

Student A Student B

asks B’s opinion about living in a village.

asks why.

says his/her disagreement. Argues thatliving in a village is boring.

explains that living in a village is far frompublic places.

says that it’s interesting.

tells that living in a village is peaceful.The air is clean and fresh.

asks the reason.

says that people can reach public placeseasily by public transports.

Variasi:

Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog.Then, practice the dialog.

Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:Dino : So, do you agree if we have a school band?

Hendy : Why?

Dino : Hendy, I heard that we will have a school band. What do you think of it?

Hendy : I think it won’t happen if they can manage their time well.

Dino : Maybe you’re right, but I have a different opinion. I disagree with it.

Hendy : School band? Wow! It’s great!

Dino : In my opinion, joining a band will make students forget their study. They willspend most of their time playing music.

Hendy : Sure. Students who have talent in music can play in the band.

Dino : I hope you’re right.

3

6

1

8

5

2

7

4

9


F. Make dialogs based on the situations.Then, practice the dialogs.

1. There is a park in your town. The park is dirty. You ask your friend’s opinion about it. Whatwould both of you say?

2. You have an idea to collect some donation for the victims of flood. Your friend agrees with theidea. What would both of you say?

Contoh jawaban:1. You : Do you like spending your time in the park?

Your friend : No, I don’t. What about you?You : Neither do I. I don’t like to go there because it’s dirty. People litter everywhere.Your friend : Yeah. I think it’s all because many rubbish bins are broken. They cannot be

used anymore.You : Well, I think the government must pay attention to the cleanliness of the park.Your friend : You’re right. However, the visitors are also responsible for keeping the park clean.

2. You : You know, floods happen in many areas recently.Your friend : You’re right. Floods always cause some destructions. Many people suffer from

them.You : That’s right. Listen, I have an idea. What about collecting some donation for the

victims?Your friend : It’s great!You : Will our friends agree with our idea?Your friend : I think they will. Why don’t we talk about it with our teacher?You : A good idea.

Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.1. Your father got a promotion. He was promoted to be a production manager. However, it

means he has to move and work in another town. Your father asks for your opinion if all ofyou move out to the town. What would your father say? How would you respond to it?

2. The Principal has an idea that all students must join the scouts. You and your friends arediscussing about the idea. Some of you agree, but the others don’t. How would theconversation happen?

3. You want to buy a mobile phone. You ask your brother’s opinion about which mobile phoneyou should buy, the new or used one. What would the two of you say?

4. You and your family have moved into a new house. You want to make a small pond in frontof the house. Your sister agrees with your idea. What would the two of you say?

Contoh jawaban:1. Father : Dear, you know, I’ve got a promotion as a production manager in Bandung. What

do you think if we move there?Lani : I have no problem, Dad. For me, the important thing is we are still a family, no

matter where we are.Father : Thank you, dear.

2. Principal : Students, what if you all join the scouts? It is a good activity for you, isn’t it?Student 1 : It is, Sir. I agree with you. This activity can train us to be more confident and

independent.Student 2 : That’s right, Sir.Student 3 : I’m sorry, Sir. I disagree with you. Not all of us like to be scouts. Please give

us freedom to join the activity we like. We have different interests.


3. You : I want to buy a mobile phone, but I’m confused.Your brother : Why?You : I’m confused whether I will buy the new one or the used one. What is

your opinion about it?Your brother : In my opinion, it’s better to buy a new one.You : But I don’t have much money to buy a new one.Your brother : You can choose a new mobile phone which you can afford.You : Will you help me choose it?Your brother : No big deal.

4. You : Dian, do you agree if we make a small pond?Your sister : A small pond? It’s great! But, where will we make it?You : In the front yard. You know, we still have some space there.Your sister : O.K. Can I keep some fish in the pond?You : Of course, you can. But I think we must discuss it with father and mother

first.Your sister : O.K. I hope they will agree with our idea.

Spoken Text

1.2 Genre

Read the monolog and understand the explanation.Hello, everybody. Now, I’m going to tell you about my neighbor.Well, . . . I have a new neighbor, Mr. Rendra. He lives next to my house. He lives with his

wife and his two sons, Andi and Dodik. Mr. Rendra is a civil servant and Mrs. Rendra isa housewife. Um . . . Mr. Rendra is a hard worker. Besides working as a civil servant, he alsoruns a small business. His wife often helps him run the business.

Mr. Rendra’s family is always happy. They love each other. They always shareeverything together. Mrs. Rendra takes good care of her sons. Although Mr. Rendra is busy,he never forgets to give attention to his two sons.

Mr. Rendra’s family is friendly. You know, . . . they get on well with their neighbors. Theyare also helpful. They often help the poor. Of course, all people here know and like them.

The text above is a descriptive text in spoken form. In spoken form, we use some fillers,such as you know, well, um . . ., er . . ., etc.


Written Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Identification I have a new neighbor named Mr. Rendra.

Description

Mr. Rendra lives next to my house. He lives with his wife andtwo sons, Andi and Dodik. Mr. Rendra is a civil servant andMrs. Rendra is a housewife. Besides, Mr. Rendra also runsa small business. His wife often helps him run the business.

Mr. Rendra’s family is always happy. They love each other.They always share everything together. Mrs. Rendra takes goodcare of her sons. Although Mr. Rendra is busy, he never forgetsto give attention to his two sons.

Mr. Rendra’s family is friendly. They get on well with theirneighbors. They are also helpful. They often help the poor. Allpeople here know them and like them.

The text above is a descriptive text in written form.A descriptive text is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing.The structure of a descriptive text consists of:● Identification: identifies the person, place or thing to be described.● Description : describes parts, qualities and characteristics of the person, place or thing.The language features of a descriptive text are: use mostly the simple present tense anduse adjectives to describe the person, place or thing.

Grammar Section

The Simple Present Tense

Read the dialog and understand the explanation.

I usually jog withsome of my friends.

What do you usuallydo on Sunday

mornings?

May I join?

Sure.

My New Neighbor


The sentences “What do you usually do on Sunday mornings?” and “I usually jog withsome of my friends.” are in the simple present tense.

You use the simple present tense to talk about habitual actions and facts, or say somethingyou know about a person or thing.

Patterns:

(+) Subject + verb(-s/es) + object

Examples:● Plants need water and sunlight to grow.● Diah cleans her room every morning.

(–) Subject + don’t/doesn’t + verb base + object

Examples:● Cows and goats don’t eat meat.● The Sun doesn’t go round the Earth.

(?) Do/Does + subject + verb base + object + ?

Examples:● Do penguins live in Antarctic?● Does the river flow into the sea?


Adjectives

What do youthink of these

flowers? I think they arebeautiful and fragrant.

The words beautiful and fragrant are adjectives.An adjective describes nouns (people or things).


There are many kinds of adjectives.1. Adjectives that tell us the color of things.

Examples:● white ● black ● red ● blue● orange ● yellow ● green ● pink

2. Adjectives that tell us about the size of people or things.Examples:● large ● huge ● tall ● long● thin ● little ● tiny ● narrow

3. Adjectives that tell us the quality of people or things.Examples:● beautiful ● handsome ● warm ● popular● important ● young ● anxious ● strange

4. Adjectives that tell us the place or country where a person or thing comes from orbelongs to (adjectives of origin).Examples:● Chinese ● Italian ● French ● Dutch● Indonesian ● Javanese ● English ● Malay

5. Adjectives that tell us what type of thing something is, or what material it is made of(classifying adjectives).Examples:● financial ● medical ● chemical ● mathematical● wooden ● electric ● gold ● steel

Adjectives often come before the noun they describe.Examples:● a small boy ● a brave knight● cheerful children ● sharp scissors

If a noun phrase has more than one adjective, look at the order below.

Article

aaaa

Size

smallbighugelarge

Adjectives

Age

oldnew

Color

blackwhitebrowngray

Material

ironplasticwooden

Thing

chairspooncupboardbox

Adjectives can come after the person or thing they describe later in the sentence.Examples:● The flowers are fragrant.● The math test is difficult.● The car is expensive.● The wife is very faithful.


The Present Continuous Tense


I am looking at thebrochure. It is

informative, right?

What are youlooking at?

The sentences “What are you looking at?” and “I am looking at the brochure.” are in thepresent continuous tense.

You use the present continuous tense to talk about actions in the present, or things that aregoing on or happening at the moment of speaking.

The adverbs of time that you can use in the present continuous tense are: now, at themoment, at present, right now.

Patterns:

(+) Subject + is/am/are + verb-ing + . . . .

Examples:● I am listening to the music now.● The girls are discussing their problems.

(–) Subject + is/am/are + not + verb-ing + . . . .

Examples:● Delia is not swimming in the swimming pool.● The children are not doing their homework now.

(?) Is/Am/Are + subject + verb-ing + . . .?

Examples:● Is Mr. John teaching in Class VIIID now?● Are Neta and her friends visiting a museum at the moment?



1. What is your favorite thing?Contoh jawaban: A computer.

2. Describe your favorite thing briefly.Contoh jawaban: Well, . . . I like my computer so much. I have one at home and I often use it

to do my assignments. Besides, I often use it to play games. You know, it isa desktop, so I can’t bring it everywhere. Let me tell you what. The CPU isbig with white casing. There is a DVD writer on it. It has 17 inch monitor, soI can see my work on the monitor quite clear and easy. One thing I likeabout my computer is that it has a rubber keyboard. It’s so flexible, youknow. Besides, it’s waterproof.

A. Listen to your teacher.What does he/she talk about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:

Do you like collecting stickers? If you do, how many stickers do you have?Well, Rio’s hobby is collecting stickers. He has many stickers in different shapes, sizes,

colors and designs. Do you know when he started his hobby? He started collecting stickersafter his uncle gave him a set of dinosaur stickers. Since then, he likes to collect stickers.

Um . . . to add his stickers collection, Rio often buys interesting stickers which he likes.He also often exchanges some of his stickers with his friends’. On his birthdays, he usually getsstickers or sticker albums for presents. Guess what his favorite sticker is! His favorite one is thesticker which has the face of a bear. The bear has eyes that can move. Well, he got this stickerfrom his brother who studies abroad.

Adapted from: Week by Week English Practice Papers

Jawaban:The monolog is about Rio’s hobby, that is collecting stickers.

Variasi:Read the words aloud and find out their meanings.1. collect 2. shape 3. size 4. design5. add 6. exchange 7. face 8. bear9. move 10. abroad

Jawaban:1. mengumpulkan 2. bentuk 3. ukuran4. pola, bentuk 5. menambahkan 6. menukarkan7. wajah 8. beruang9. bergerak-gerak 10. ke luar negeri


B. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the monolog you haveheard in Task A.

1. ______ The monolog is about Rio’s hobby.2. ______ Rio’s hobby is collecting stamps.3. ______ Rio started to collect the stickers after his uncle gave him a set of flower stickers.4. ______ To add his collection, Rio often buys stickers which are interesting.5. ______ Rio never exchanges his stickers with his friends’.

Jawaban:1. T2. F. His hobby is collecting stickers.3. F. He started to collect stickers after his uncle gave him a set of dinosaur stickers.4. T5. F. He often exchanges his stickers with his friends’.

Variasi:Guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.

1. ______ On his birthdays, he often gets stickers or sticker albums.2. ______ Rio’s favorite sticker is the one which has the face of a bear.3. ______ The bear in the sticker has a mouth that can move.4. ______ Rio got the bear sticker from his brother.5. ______ Rio’s brother lives in another town.

Jawaban:1. T2. T3. F. The bear in the sticker has eyes that can move.4. T5. F. Rio’s brother studies abroad.

C. Look at the picture and listen to the teacher.Answer the questions based on the monolog you have heard.


Do you know Daniel Radcliffe? You know, he acts as HarryPotter in Harry Potter’s films.

Well, . . . Daniel Radcliffe is my idol. His full name is DanielJacob Radcliffe. However, he is usually called Dan. He was born inFulham, London, July 23, 1989. He has dark straight hair. The colorof his eyes is blue. Um . . . he is about 168 cm tall. Many people likehim because he is an interesting and a humorous person.

Actually, I know him since his first appearance in “Harry Potterand the Sorcerer Stone’’. I think he is a good actor.

Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

Picture source:www.enjoyfrance.com


Questions:1. What is the monolog about?

Jawaban: It is about the description of Daniel Radcliffe.

2. What is Daniel Radcliffe’s role in Harry Potter’s films?Jawaban: He acts as Harry Potter.

3. What is his complete name?Jawaban: His complete name is Daniel Jacob Radcliffe.

4. Where was he born?Jawaban: In Fulham, London.

5. When was he born?Jawaban: On July 23, 1989.

6. How is his hair?Jawaban: He has dark straight hair.

7. What is the color of his eyes?Jawaban: His eyes are blue.

8. How tall is he?Jawaban: He is 168 cm tall.

9. Why do people like him?Jawaban: Because he is an interesting and a humorous person.

10. When does the speaker first know him?Jawaban: Since his first appearance in “Harry Potter and the Sorcerer Stone’’.

Variasi:


Teks yang dibacakan guru:Last week my father bought a horse. He said that it is a female Arabian horse. He also

said that Arabian horses are intelligent and have great stamina. That’s why he decided tobuy one. You know, it is large and slender. The horse is about 1.5 m tall, and can run veryfast.

I really like the horse. It has large nostrils, big eyes, but a small head and muzzle. Andyou know, it has a silky, flowing mane, a short back and broad shoulders. And about its legs. . . er . . . it has long ones. No wonder it can run fast.

Adapted from: http://www.enchantedlearning.com/subjects/mammals/horse/Arabianprintout.shtml(December 11, 2006)

1. What kind of horse is it?Jawaban: It is a female Arabian horse.

2. Why did the speaker’s father want to buy the horse?Jawaban: Because Arabian horses are intelligent and have great stamina.

3. How tall is it?Jawaban: It is 1.5 m tall.

4. How are the horse’s nostrils?Jawaban: They are large.

5. How do you describe its mane?Jawaban: The horse has a silky, flowing mane.


D. Fill in the blanks while listening to your teacher.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Well, look at this! It is my new (1) backpack. It is a (2) birthdaypresent from my sister. It is quite big, right?

As you see, my backpack has red and black (3) colors. It is made of(4) nylon. Um . . . it has two main (5) zipper pockets and one pocket at thefront side. I put my books in the main zipper (6) pockets. Meanwhile,I usually put my (7) stationery in the pocket at the front side.

Er . . . my backpack is (8) quite big. Although it is not (9) handy, I liketo bring it to school every day. To make it (10) different from others, I puta sticker on the back.

A. Read the text.Deliver a monolog based on the text.

Anggun Cipta Sasmi is an Indonesian singer and songwriter withFrench citizenship.

Anggun was born in Jakarta, April 29, 1974. She is the secondchild of Darto Singo, a Javanese artist, and Dien Herdina, a housewifewho was from a noble Javanese family. Although she was born inJakarta, she was raised in Yogyakarta. During her early years, shewas influenced by the rock music of native Javanese artists and rock& roll singers and bands, such as Elvis Presley, Metallica and ThePolice. Anggun began performing at age 7 and recorded her childalbum two years later.

Anggun reached her great career in Indonesia. She was known as a singer with a hat becauseshe always wore it on her performance. She had a dream to take her talent to an internationallevel. Then, she decided to move to London with his first husband, Michel de Gea. She started herinternational career since then.

In her career, Anggun has released many albums. Some of them are Dunia Aku Punya, AnakPutih Abu-Abu, Nocturno, Anggun C. Sasmi . . . Lah!!!, Yang Hilang, Snow on the Sahara, Au nomde la lune, Anggun and Elevation.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anggun (December 20, 2008)

Contoh jawaban:Hello, friends. Do you know Anggun Cipta Sasmi? Well, you may know her as Anggun.

Her first international debut album, Snow on the Sahara, was highly appreciated in Europe, as wellas in Indonesia. You know, Anggun is a very talented young woman. She is not only a singer, butalso a songwriter. She wrote most of her songs. It’s amazing, isn’t it?

Anggun was born on April 29, 1974 as a second child. She comes from an artist family sinceher father, Darto Singo, was a Javanese artist. Meanwhile, her mother, Dien Herdina who camefrom a Javanese family, was only a housewife. Though Anggun was born in Jakarta, she wasraised in Javanese cultural city, Yogyakarta.

Let me tell you. Anggun has shown her talent in music since her early ages. Her firstperformance was at age 7 and two years later she recorded her child album. She liked to listen torock music of native Javanese artists and also rock & roll singers and bands, such as Elvis Presley,

Picture source: forum.detik.com


Metallica and the Police. All the artists and bands have influenced her music genre and characterup to now.

Some years later Anggun appeared as one of the most promising singers in Indonesia. Peoplerecognized her as a singer with a hat on every performance. Frankly, she had a great career in ournational music industry. However, she had a dream to be an international singer. So, she moved tohis first destination European city, London to pursue her dream with her husband, Michel de Gea.Well, she started her international career since then. Now, Anggun lives in Paris, French and holdsFrench citizenship.

Up to now, Anggun has released national and international albums. There are Dunia AkuPunya, Anak Putih Abu-Abu, Nocturno, Anggun C. Sasmi . . . Lah!!!, Yang Hilang, Snow on theSahara, Au nom de la luna, Anggun and Elevation.

Variasi:

A. What are the words based on the definitions below?Find the answers in the text.One dash (_) represents one letter.

1. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who sings2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who composes songs as a profession3. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = being a citizen, especially of a particular country4. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who draws or paints pictures, produces sculptures, etc.5. _ _ _ _ _ = having a high social rank, especially from birth6. _ _ _ _ _ _ = associated with the place and circumstances of one’s birth7. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a job or profession, especially one with opportunities for

progress or promotion8. _ _ _ _ _ = an ambition or ideal9. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = happening or existing between two or more nations

10. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = to make something available to the public

Jawaban:1. singer 2. songwriter3. citizenship 4. artist5. noble 6. native7. career 8. dream9. international 10. release

B. Make sentences using the words in Task A.Contoh jawaban:1. Rihanna is a very popular singer now.2. Dewiq is a talented songwriter as well as a singer.3. A foreign person can get Indonesian citizenship if he/she has lived in Indonesia for at

least five years permanently, right?4. Many artists are involved in the art performance.5. My grandfather comes from a noble Javanese family.6. I join the English course because it is taught by a native speaker.7. Linda pursues her career as a journalist.8. My brother has a dream to be an astronaut someday.9. The international art festival is followed by 35 countries.

10. Sheila on 7 has just released their new album.


B. Find the data about this man, then describe him orally in front of the class.

Birth name : Barack Hussein Obama IIBorn : August 4, 1961

Honolulu, Hawaii, U.S.A.Achievement : The first African American PresidentSpouse : Michelle Obama (m. 1992)Children : Malia Ann (b. 1998), Sasha (b. 2001)Residence : White House, Washington D.C.Alma mater : Occidental College, Columbia University,

Harvard Law SchoolInterests : Playing basketball, writing, spending time with kidsFavorite singers : Miles Davis, John Coltrane, Bob Dylan, Stevie Wonder,

Johann Sebastian Bach (cello suites) and The FugeesFavorite Movies : Casablanca, Godfather I & II, Lawrence of Arabia and

One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s NestFavorite Books : Song of Solomon (Toni Morrison), Moby Dick, Shakespeare’s

Tragedies, Parting the Waters, Gilead (Robinson), Self-Reliance(Emerson), Lincoln’s Collected Writings

Favorite TV Shows : Sports centerFavorite Quotations : “The Arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends towards justice.”

Source: – http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barack_Obama (December 19, 2008)– http://www.facebook.com/barackobama (December 19, 2008)

Contoh jawaban:

The data:

The monolog:Do you know Barack Obama? Yeah, . . . he is the 44th President of the United States of

America.Barack Hussein Obama II was born in Honolulu, Hawaii, the United States of America on

August 4, 1961. He is the first African American to be elected President of the United States.As we know, Barack Obama is married to a woman named Michelle. He has two daughters

named Malia Ann and Sasha. Do you know where they live now? Of course, they live in thepresidential house called the White House, Washington D.C.

Picture source:www.papermag.com


Obama is very interested in playing basketball, writing and spending his time with kids. Um . . .he is also fond of music. Some of his favorite singers are Miles Davis, John Coltrane, Bob Dylan,Stevie Wonder, Johann Sebastian Bach (cello suites) and The Fugees. Besides, he is interested inseeing films and reading books. His favorite movies are Casablanca, Godfather I & II, Lawrence ofArabia and One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest. Meanwhile, his favorite books are Song of Solomonby Toni Morrison, Moby Dick, Shakespeare’s Tragedies, Parting the Waters, Gilead (Robinson),Self-Reliance (Emerson), Lincoln’s Collected Writings. Talking about television programs, he iskeen on sports center program.

Well, do you know what his favorite quotation is? It is “The Arc of the moral universe is long,but it bends towards justice.” O.K. That’s all about Barack Obama. Thank you for listening.

Variasi:

A. Deliver a monolog based on the data provided.

Name : Mandy MooreBirth Date : April 10, 1984Birth Place : Nashua, New Hampshire, U.S.A.Birth Name : Amanda Leigh MooreEducation : Bishop Moore Catholic High School in Orlando, FloridaNationality : AmericanOccupation : Actress, singerClaim to fame : Her route to fame started when she was named the National Anthem Girl

because she sang The Star-Spangled Banner for all major sports teams.

Source: http://www.netglimse.com/celebs/pages/mandy_moore/index.shtml (July 25, 2007)

Contoh jawaban:Hi, friends, I guess you know the person I’m going to talk about. Although not much maybe.

Well, she is Mandy Moore. She is a well-known actress and also a singer. This girl was born onApril 10, 1984 in Nashua, New Hampshire, U.S.A. Older than you, of course. Her birth name isAmanda Leigh Moore. She used to study in Bishop Moore Catholic High School in Orlando,Florida. Do you know her origin? Well, she is an American. And . . . you know what. She becamefamous because she was named the National Anthem Girl. She got it because she sang TheStar-Spangled Banner for all major sports teams. Well, . . . that’s all about her. Thank you forlistening.

B. Create a monolog based on the picture.Contoh jawaban:

Look at my T-shirt! What do you think of it? It’s nice, isn’t it?Well, it is my new T-shirt. It is dark blue, my favorite color.

As you see, it has short sleeves.Er . . . I like the T-shirt very much. Can you guess the

reason? Yeah. There’s a picture of Spiderman on the front side.You know, Spiderman is my idol. He is my super hero. SinceI was a child, I have always adored him. Once I dreamed ofbecoming Spiderman. Actually, it is only one of my collectionwhich deals with Spiderman. This T-shirt is special. Do you knowwhy? It’s a birthday gift from my pen pal.


A. Read the text with proper pronunciation.Identify the structure of the text.

My Barbie Doll

I have a Silkstone Barbie Doll. It is a birthday present from my mother.My Silkstone Barbie Doll is made of a very hard vinyl that mimics porcelain. The doll seems just

a bit taller than other Barbie dolls. It has a permanent model’s pose. Its right arm is bent for placementon the hip. Its left leg is bent at the knee. The doll has joints at the neck, shoulders, hips and waist.The knees do not bend on the doll: the position is permanent. The bent “on the hip” arm can make thedolls a bit difficult to dress.

The outfits for my Silkstone Barbie Doll are full of details and are made of fine fabrics. The dollis completed with extra clothing and accessories.

The doll is very beautiful. I like playing with it. It always accompanies me when I am lonely.When I sleep, I always put it beside me. It is really my best friend.

Adapted from: http://collectdolls.about.com/od/dollprofiles/p/silkstonebarbie.htm (December 18, 2008)

Jawaban:

Identification I have a Silkstone Barbie Doll. It is a birthday present from my mother.

Description

My Silkstone Barbie Doll is made of a very hard vinyl that mimicsporcelain. The doll seems just a bit taller than other Barbie dolls. It hasa permanent model’s pose. Its right arm is bent for placement on thehip. Its left leg is bent at the knee. The doll has joints at the neck,shoulders, hips and waist. The knees do not bend on the doll: theposition is permanent. The bent “on the hip” arm can make the dollsa bit difficult to dress.

The outfits for my Silkstone Barbie Doll are full of details and aremade of fine fabrics. The doll is completed with extra clothing andaccessories.

The doll is very beautiful. I like playing with it. It alwaysaccompanies me when I am lonely. When I sleep, I always put it besideme. It is really my best friend.

Variasi:

Read the words and find out their meanings.1. doll 2. present 3. mimic 4. permanent 5. pose6. bent 7. hip 8. knee 9. joints 10. shoulder

11. waist 12. outfit 13. fabric 14. accompany 15. lonely

Jawaban:1. boneka 2. hadiah 3. meniru 4. tetap, kekal5. sikap, lagak 6. bengkok 7. pinggul 8. lutut9. persendian 10. bahu 11. pinggang 12. pakaian

13. kain, barang tenunan 14. menemani 15. sepi, kesepian

My Barbie Doll


B. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A.

1. ______ The doll has joints at the necks, shoulders, hips and arms.2. ______ The bent “on the hip” arm can make it difficult to dress.3. ______ The doll’s outfits are made of harsh fabrics.4. ______ The doll has no accessories.5. ______ The doll always accompanies the writer when she is lonely.

Jawaban:1. F. It has joints at the necks, shoulders, hips and waist.2. T3. F. They are made of fine fabrics.4. F. It is completed with some accessories.5. T

Variasi:Guru dapat memberikan tambahan soal sebagai berikut.

1. ______ The text talks about the writer’s Barbie doll.2. ______ The doll is a birthday present from the writer’s father.3. ______ The doll is made of soft vinyl.4. ______ The doll has a permanent model’s pose.5. ______ Its right arm is bent for placement on its hip.

Jawaban:1. T2. F. It is a birthday present from the writer’s mother.3. F. It is made of hard vinyl.4. T5. T

C. Read the text and answer the questions.

My Best Friend

My class is moving to the ground floor this year. This is because we have a new classmate.Her name is Chen Chen. She uses a wheelchair to get about.

Two of my friends and I have volunteered to help Chen Chen. We help to carry her bag andpush her wheelchair. We help her to the canteen and the toilet. The four of us are often together.Some people call us the gang of four.

Chen Chen is very good at her studies. She often helps us with our homework. My friends andI learn a lot from her. As a result, our grades in school have also improved. I feel that Chen Chen isa very special girl. Although she is handicapped in her movements, she never complains. In fact,she is always cheerful.

When she sees us playing games during P.E. lessons, she would cheer us on. She says shelikes to watch basketball and football. She thinks it is a pity she cannot play the games. Sometimesshe has dreams that she is a champion basketball player.

However, she says she can do something else even though she cannot play basketball.She wants to be a scientist when she grows up.

Source: Primary English Cloze Passages 4


Questions:

1. What is the text about?Jawaban: The writer’s friend named Chen Chen.

2. What is the purpose of the text?Jawaban: To describe a particular person.

3. Why does the writer’s class move to the ground floor?Jawaban: Because they have a new handicapped classmate.

4. What does Chen Chen use to get about?Jawaban: She uses a wheelchair.

5. What do the writer and her friends do to help Chen Chen?Jawaban: They help to carry her bag and push her wheelchair. They also help her to the

canteen and the toilet.6. What do people usually call the writer and her three friends?

Jawaban: People usually call them the gang of four.7. How is Chen Chen?

Jawaban: She is handicapped, but she is good at her studies.8. Why is Chen Chen a special girl?

Jawaban: Because she is handicapped in her movements but she never complains. She isalways cheerful.

9. What does Chen Chen do when she sees the writer and her friends do P.E. lessons?Jawaban: She cheers her friends on.

10. What does Chen Chen want to be when she grows up?Jawaban: She wants to be a scientist.

Variasi:

A. Find the antonyms of the following words in the text in Task C.Then, make sentences using the answers.

1. old >< ________ 2. bad >< ________3. common >< ________ 4. sad >< ________5. hate >< ________

Jawaban:1. new 2. good 3. special4. cheerful 5. like

Contoh jawaban (kalimat):1. My father bought me a new bicycle.2. Your paper work is very good and neat.3. On Donna’s birthday, I will give her a special gift.4. Lina looks cheerful because today is her birthday.5. I like cooking and gardening very much.

B. Read the text and answer the questions.In the water around New York City is a very small island called Liberty Island. On Liberty

Island there is a very special statue called the Statue of Liberty. It is one of the most famoussights in the world.

The Statue of Liberty was a gift from the people of France to the people of the UnitedStates. The statue was made by a French sculptor named Frederic Auguste Bartholdi. Theinner support system was designed by Gustave Eiffel, the same man who made the famousEiffel Tower in Paris.


Liberty, of course, means freedom and the Statue of Liberty was given to the UnitedStates to celebrate the one-hundredth anniversary of the U.S. Independence from England.The statue was built in France, taken apart piece by piece, and then rebuilt in the UnitedStates. It was opened for the public on October 28, 1886.

As you might expect, the statue is very big. Visitors can ride an elevator from the groundto the bottom of the statue. If they want to, they can then walk up the 168 steps to reach thehead of the statue where they can look out and enjoy the beautiful sight of the city of NewYork.

Source: Intermediate Reading PracticesQuestions:1. Where is Liberty Island located?

Jawaban: In the water around New York City.2. What is special about the island?

Jawaban: There is a very special statue called the Statue of Liberty.3. Who gave the statue?

Jawaban: The people of France.4. Who made the statue?

Jawaban: A French sculptor named Frederic Auguste Bartholdi.5. Who designed the inner support system?

Jawaban: Gustave Eiffel.6. What does liberty mean?

Jawaban: It means freedom.7. Why was the statue given to the U.S. people?

Jawaban: To celebrate the one-hundredth anniversary of the U.S. Independence fromEngland.

8. How was the process of building the statue? Explain it.Jawaban: The statue was built in France, taken apart piece by piece, and then rebuilt in

the United States. It was opened for the public on October 28, 1886.9. How many steps should visitors walk to reach the head of the statue?

Jawaban: Up to 168 steps.10. How is the statue like?

Jawaban: It is big and has an elevator from the ground to the bottom.

D. Complete the text with the correct words in the box, then read it aloud.

a. medals b. degree c. authored d. officer e. marriedf. overseas g. blessed h. army i. excellent j. retired

General (Ret.) Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono, or SBY, is an Indonesian(1) ________ military general and the sixth President of Indonesia.

Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono was born in Pacitan, East Java, onSeptember 9, 1949. He is the son of Raden Soekotjo and Siti Habibah.His father, Raden Soekotjo was also an Indonesian army (2) ________.

Since SBY was a child, he always wanted to be in the (3) ________.During his 27-year distinguished military service, President Yudhoyono tookan extensive range of training, education and courses, both in Indonesia and(4) ________. President Yudhoyono also held numerous important posts andpositions as troop and territorial commander, staff officer, trainer and lecturer.

Picture source:www.indonesia.go.com


For his outstanding service, the President was decorated with 24 (5) ________ and awards,including the Bintang Dharma, the Bintang Mahaputera Adipurna and the Bintang RepublikIndonesia Adipurna, the highest national medal for (6) ________ service beyond the calls of duty.

President Yudhoyono is a keen reader and has (7) ________ a number of books and articlesincluding: Transforming Indonesia: Selected International Speeches (2005), Peace Deal with Acehis just a Beginning (2005), The Making of a Hero (2005), Revitalization of the Indonesian Economy:Business, Politics and Good Governance (2002) and Coping with the Crisis–Securing the Reform(1999). Taman Kehidupan (Garden of Life) is his anthology published in 2004.

President Yudhoyono is (8) ________ to Madam Ani Herrawati. The couple is (9) ________with two sons. The oldest is First Lieutenant Agus Harimurti Yudhoyono, who graduated top in hisclass from the Military Academy in 2000 and is now serving at the elite 305th Airborne Battalion ofthe Army Strategic Reserves Command (KOSTRAD). The youngest, Edhie Baskoro Yudhoyono,earned his (10) ________ in Economics from Curtin University, Australia.

Source: http://www.presidenri.go.id/index.php/eng/profile/ (December 19, 2008)

Jawaban:1. j 2. d 3. h 4. f 5. a6. i 7. c 8. e 9. g 10. b

Variasi:

A. Answer the questions based on the text in Task D.1. What is the text about?

Jawaban: The description of Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono.

2. Who is Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono?Jawaban: He is an Indonesian retired military general and the sixth President of Indonesia.

3. Where was SBY born?Jawaban: In Pacitan, East Java.

4. When was SBY born?Jawaban: On September 9, 1949.

5. What are SBY’s parents’ names?Jawaban: They are Raden Soekotjo and Siti Habibah.

6. What did Raden Soekotjo do?Jawaban: He was an Indonesian army officer.

7. What was SBY’s dream since he was a child?Jawaban: He always wanted to be in the army.

8. What did SBY do during his 27-year distinguished military service?Jawaban: He took an extensive range of training, education and courses, both in

Indonesia and overseas. He also held numerous important posts and positionsas a troop and territorial commander, a staff officer, a trainer and a lecturer.

9. According to the text, how many medals has SBY got?Jawaban: He has got 24 medals.

10. What is the Bintang Republik Indonesia Adipurna medal?Jawaban: It is the highest national medal for military service beyond the calls of duty.

11. How many books and articles has SBY written?Jawaban: He has written six books and articles.

12. When was SBY’s anthology entitled Taman Kehidupan published?Jawaban: It was published in 2004.


E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.

Peter is the youngest in our family. He isfourteen years old and four years youngerthan me. He has long, straight hair, brighteyes and a friendly smile. Sometimes he israther naughty at home, but he usually doeswhat he is asked to do.

Peter is interested in sports very much,and at school he plays football and tennis.He is the best badminton player in our family.

1. What is the text mostly about?A. Peter.B. Peter’s hobby.C. Peter’s family.D. Peter’s elder brother.Jawaban: ATeks tersebut merupakan teks descriptiveyang mendeskripsikan Peter. Dalam tekstersebut dijelaskan usia Peter, ciri-ciri fisik,watak, serta hobinya.

2. From the text we know that Peter is________.A. the writer’s youngest brotherB. the writer’s elder brotherC. a naughty boyD. a friendly boy

Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimatpertama paragraf satu, ”Peter is theyoungest in our family.” yang artinya ”Peteradalah anak bungsu di keluarga kami.”.

3. “Peter is interested in sports verymuch, and at school he plays footballand tennis.” The underlined phrase canbe replaced by ________.A. dislike sportB. really likes sportC. hates sport very muchD. finds sport not really entertainingJawaban: BFrasa ’is interested in sports very much’artinya ’sangat tertarik pada bidangolahraga’. Frasa tersebut memiliki maknayang sama dengan frasa ’really likes sport’yang artinya benar-benar menyukaiolahraga.

4. Based on the text we know that thewriter is ________ years old.A. fourteenB. sixteenC. eighteenD. nineteen

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

13. Whom is SBY married to?Jawaban: He is married to Ms. Anni Herrawati.

14. Where did Agus Harimurti Yudhoyono graduate from?Jawaban: He graduated from the Military Academy.

15. Where did Edhie Baskoro Yudhoyono get his degree?Jawaban: He got his degree from Curtin University, Australia.

B. Read the words below.Find out their synonyms in the text in Task D.

1. written = ________ 2. abroad = ________3. very good = ________ 4. army = ________5. famous = ________ 6. large = ________7. top = ________ 8. enthusiastic = ________9. got = ________ 10. title = ________

Jawaban:1. authored 2. overseas 3. excellent 4. military5. distinguished 6. extensive 7. highest 8. keen9. earned 10. degree


Jawaban: CDalam kalimat kedua paragraf satuterdapat kalimat ”He is fourteen years oldand four years younger than me.” yangartinya ”Dia (Peter) berusia empat belastahun dan empat tahun lebih mudadaripada saya.”. Jadi, usia penulis 14 + 4 =18 (eighteen).

5. ”He is fourteen years old . . . than me.”The underlined word refers to ________.A. PeterB. the writerC. the writer’s brotherD. the writer’s familyJawaban: BKata ganti orang ’me’ artinya ’saya’, yangmerujuk pada orang pertama tunggal, yaitupenulis (the writer) teks itu sendiri.

F. Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives in the box.

1. The weather is very ________ here. We must wear our jackets or sweaters.2. The river is not ________. We can see the bottom clearly.3. Mr. Anwar’s family lives in a very ________ condition. They often have nothing to eat.4. This watch is very sophisticated. It must be ________.5. Iwan lives ________ from here. We can reach his house by bus.

Jawaban:1. e 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. d

a. poor b. expensive c. deep d. far e. cold

Variasi:

A. Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives in the box.

a. kind b. sad c. fatd. generous e. beautiful

1. Eddy is ________. That’s why, everyone likes him.2. The princess is very ________. No wonder many princes want to propose her.3. Didi is ________. He really wants to reduce his weight.4. Rara is ________. She’s just got 5 in her test.5. Mr. Herman is very ________. He likes to help others in need.

Jawaban:1. a 2. e 3. c 4. b 5. d

B. Find the antonyms of the adjectives below.Then, make sentences using the answers.

1. big >< ________ 2. dark >< ________3. heavy >< ________ 4. long >< ________5. diligent >< ________ 6. dull >< ________7. clean >< ________ 8. low >< ________9. noisy >< ________ 10. difficult >< ________

Jawaban:1. small 2. bright 3. light 4. short 5. lazy6. sharp 7. dirty 8. high 9. quiet 10. easy


G. Correct the sentences below.

Example:Ice is hot. Ice is not hot. It is cold.

1. Salt is sweet.2. A teller works in a hospital.3. Americans speak Indonesian.4. A fish can fly.5. Oceans are shallow.

Jawaban:1. Salt is not sweet. It is salty.2. A teller doesn’t work in a hospital. He/she works in a bank.3. Americans don’t speak Indonesian. They speak English.4. A fish cannot fly. It can swim.5. Oceans are not shallow. They are deep.

Variasi:

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.

1. The earth is square.2. Cows eat meat.3. A shark is small.4. A nurse works at school.5. Canadians speak Chinese.

Jawaban:1. The earth is not square. It is round.2. Cows do not eat meat. They eat grass.3. A shark is not small. It is big.4. A nurse doesn’t work at school. She works at hospital.5. Canadians do not speak Chinese. They speak French and English.

Contoh jawaban (kalimat):1. We live in a small house.2. The room is very bright after I switch on some lamps.3. This suitcase is light. I only put a few things in it.4. The students only have short time to finish their assignments.5. Tony is a lazy boy. He rarely does his homework. What a naughty boy!6. Please take me a sharp knife to chop this meat.7. The park is very dirty. People litter everywhere.8. David and his friends climbed a high mountain last year.9. I prefer living in a village to living in a town because it is quiet.

10. The test was easy. I could answer all questions well.


H. Change the words in brackets into the present continuous tense.

1. Mirna (sit) on the chair now.2. The boys (learn) to make a paper craft.3. I (read) a Harry Potter novel.4. We (raise) our money to help the victims of Situ Gintung.5. The man (clean) the yard at the moment.Jawaban:1. Mirna is sitting on the chair now.2. The boys are learning to make a paper craft.3. I am reading a Harry Potter novel.4. We are raising our money to help the victims of Situ Gintung.5. The man is cleaning the yard at the moment.

A. Write a descriptive text based on the data.

Birth Name : Robyn Rihanna FentyFamous Name : RihannaBorn : February 20, 1988Origin : Saint Michael, BarbadosFather : Ronald FentyMother : Monica FentyBrothers : Rorrey Fenty, Rajad FentyGenre(s) : Pop, R&B, reggaeOccupation(s) : Singer, model, fashion designerYears active : 2005–presentAlbums : Music of the Sun (2005), A Girl like Me (2006),

Good Girl Gone Bad (2007)Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rihanna (December 19, 2008)

Picture source:www.photobucket.com

Variasi:Choose the correct words or phrases in brackets to complete the sentences.1. I ________ (am playing/play) chess with my friend now.2. Devi ________ (is taking/takes) a math course twice a week.3. Hesti and her brother ________ (are going/go) to school on foot every day.4. The teachers ________ (are discussing/discusses) the school problems in their room

right now.5. Dodi and his sister usually ________ (are watching/watch) television in the evening.6. Now the little girl ________ (is singing/sings) some beautiful songs on the stage.7. The rich man always ________ (is helping/helps) the poor.8. Nirina ________ (is practicing/practices) her English every day.9. Hendra ________ (is making/makes) a kite now.

10. Karen and Silva ________ (are studying/study) in their room at the moment.

Jawaban:1. am playing 2. takes 3. go 4. are discussing 5. watch6. is singing 7. helps 8. practices 9. is making 10. are studying


Contoh jawaban:Robyn Rihanna Fenty, known as Rihanna, is a Barbadian singer, model and fashion designer.

She was born in Saint Michael, Barbados, on February 20, 1988 to parents Ronald Fenty andMonica Fenty. She has two brothers named Rorrey Fenty and Rajad Fenty.

People know Rihanna as a pop, R&B and reggae singer. Rihanna started her career in 2005with her album Music of the Sun. She has released three albums. They are Music of the Sun(2005), A Girl like Me (2006) and Good Girl Gone Bad (2007).

If you’re interested to know more information about Rihanna, you can visit her website atwww.thisisrihanna.com.

B. Write a descriptive text based on the picture.Find some relevant resources to get the information about him.

Picture source:www.detiksport.com

Contoh jawaban:Yohannes Christian John, known as Chris John, is an Indonesian famous

boxer. He is the WBA featherweight boxing champion.Chris John was born in Jakarta, September 14, 1979. Now, he stays in

Semarang. He started boxing in his early childhood and was trained by hisfather Johan Tjahjadi (a k a Thjia Foek Sem), a former amateur boxer.

He is the third Indonesian to win a boxing world title, following EllyasPical and Nico Thomas. John turned professional in 1997 and is known as“Thin Man” before he proclaimed his new nick name “The Dragon” that heuses until today.

Besides a professional boxer, Chris John is also a member of thenational wushu team. He often represents Indonesia in some multi-eventgames, like the South East Asian Games or the Asian Games.Source: – http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chris_John_(boxer) (December 19, 2008)

– http://www.boxrec.com/media/index.php?title=Human:78475 (December 19, 2008)

Variasi:

Write a descriptive text about one of your belongings.Contoh jawaban:

I have an interesting dictionary. I think it is interesting because it is a visual dictionary. I cansee the parts of things and their names in English.

My dictionary is very thick. It is hard covered and has about 3000 pages. To keep it, I give ita plastic wrap.

I like reading the dictionary. Sometimes, I color the pictures with crayons or color pencils.It makes the dictionary colorful. To make it different from my friends’, I also put a sticker on thefirst page and put my signature on the last page.


1.3 Short Functional Texts: Short Descriptions and Labels

Spoken Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.Ladies and gentlemen, I want to show you a new magic com. It is special. Do you knowwhy? Besides cooking rice, we can make porridge at the same moment. It can also be usedto cook some vegetables. It’s economical, right?

The text above is a short description about something. It uses the simple present tense.

Written Text


SELECTIONFacial Cotton

Made of selected absorbent cotton,SELECTION facial cotton is gentle and soft to delicate skin

and provides extra absorbency and retains wetness

For your beautiful, healthyand natural skin care

The text above is a label of a product.A label is a piece of paper etc. that is attached to something and gives information aboutit. The purpose of a label is to describe or give information about something briefly.

Source: Selection Facial Cotton



1. Suppose you want to sell a product. Describe the product briefly.Contoh jawaban: Look! We have a new product. It’s a mobile phone with new style and

modern technology.

2. Have you ever noticed the label of a product?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have./No, I haven’t.

3. Do you think that the product has an interesting label?Contoh jawaban: Yes, it is./No, it isn’t.


Now, I’ll tell you about this set of computer. It is a computer with its memory of onegigabytes and 80 gigabytes in capacity. This computer is completed with some parts. They area monitor, a CPU, a black keyboard, a yellow optical mouse, two speakers and a printer. Thecomputer has been installed with some programs, especially Windows Office.

A. Listen to your teacher.What is it about?

Jawaban: It’s about the description of a set of computer.

B. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in task A.

1. ______ The purpose of the text is to describe or give information about something.2. ______ The capacity of the computer is one gigabytes.3. ______ The optical mouse is yellow.4. ______ The computer is completed with one speaker.5. ______ The computer has not been installed with some programs.

Jawaban:1. T2. F. Its capacity is 80 gigabytes.3. T4. F. It is completed with two speakers.5. F. It has been installed with some programs, especially Windows Office.


A. Describe a thing based on the data below.

Massaco Blender

Voltage 220 VWattage 200 WCapacity container 1000 mlCapacity mill 50 grContainer material plasticWeight 2 kg

Contoh jawaban:Now, I’ll show you a new blender. It is Massaco Blender. It is 220 V and 200 W. The capacity

container is 1000 ml, while its capacity mill is 50 grams. The container is made of plastic.Therefore, this blender is not heavy. It’s about two kilograms in weight.

B. Look at the picture and find some references about it.Describe it briefly.

Contoh jawaban:We have a new product. It is an LCD monitor. This monitor is

black. It is 17 inch wide. It is completed with a user’s guide CD,a power cord and a 15-pin D-Sub Signal cable. Don’t worry about thesetting. This monitor is easy to set up.

CUSSONS Baby

With almond milk

Natural Care SoapCares & Protects

Specially formulated to clean baby’s soft and smooth skin.Enriched with Almond Milk, a natural moisturizer, its rich and soft

lather helps care for baby’s delicate and healthy skin.

A. Read the text.State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

Source: Cussons Baby Soap

Picture source: www.alibaba.com


Statements:1. ______ The text is a label of baby powder.2. ______ The product is enriched with almond milk.3. ______ Almond milk is a natural moisturizer.4. ______ The product is specially made to clean baby’s hair.5. ______ Its powder helps care for baby’s delicate and healthy skin.

Jawaban:1. F. It’s a label of baby soap.2. T3. T4. F. It is specially made to clean baby’s skin.5. F. Its soft lather helps care for baby’s delicate and healthy skin.

Variasi:

Read the text.Answer the questions.

TANAM JAGUNGVermicelli

Ingredients:Modified corn starch and water

How to Cook:1. Put vermicelli into boiling water about 2–3 minutes.2. Drain the vermicelli.3. Vermicelli is ready to be cooked, stir fried or made soup.

Best Before: 311009

Batch Number: 1234560

Source: Tanam Jagung Vermicelli

Questions:1. What is the text about?

Jawaban: It is about the label of vermicelli.2. What is the product made of?

Jawaban: It is made of modified corn starch and water.3. How long do we put vermicelli into boiling water?

Jawaban: About 2–3 minutes.4. What can we do with the vermicelli?

Jawaban: We can fry it or make it into soup.5. When should we use the vermicelli?

Jawaban: Before October 31, 2009.


B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.

Easy to fry, quickly expand and save theoil usage. Easy to serve, sun-drying isnot needed. Fried crackers can be storedin a jar. Can be served as a snack andtopping of many various dishes.

Ingredients:Fresh garlic, selected tapioca flour, freshvegetables, sugar, egg and salt.

Pour enough frying oil into a pan andwait until the oil is sufficiently hot. Then,drop the crackers in, after a while turnthem over until they fully expand. Takethem out from the pan and lay them onabsorbent paper.

1. What is the text about?A. Frying oil.B. Fresh garlic.C. Fried crackers.D. Various dishes.Jawaban: CTeks tersebut merupakan label kerupukgoreng (fried crackers). Hal itu ditunjukkandengan kalimat ”Fried crackers can bestored in a jar.” yang artinya ”Kerupukgoreng dapat disimpan di toples.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukanmerupakan benda yang dimaksud dalamlabel.

2. Which statement is NOT correctaccording to the text?A. These crackers can be served as

a snack.B. It is not difficult to serve fried

crackers.C. We need a lot of hot oil to cook

these crackers.D. The crackers will expand fast when

the frying oil is hot.Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Jawaban: CPernyataan pada pilihan jawaban(C) artinya kita memerlukan banyakminyak panas untuk menggoreng kerupuk.Pernyataan tersebut tidak sesuai dengankalimat ”Easy to fry, quickly expand andsave the oil usage.” yang artinya ”Mudahdigoreng, cepat mengembang dan hematpenggunaan minyak.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena sesuai denganteks.

3. The crackers contain the followingingredients, except ________.A. eggB. saltC. fresh garlicD. corn flourJawaban: DKerupuk tersebut menggunakan bahan-bahan seperti bawang segar, tepungtapioka pilihan, sayuran segar, gula, telur,dan garam. Jadi, yang tidak termasukbahan pembuatan kerupuk tersebut adalahtepung jagung (corn flour).

4. When should we drop the crackers into thefrying pan?A. When the oil is sufficiently hot.B. When we pour the oil into the pan.C. When the oil hasn’t been hot yet.D. When we turn on the stove.Jawaban: AKita seharusnya memasukkan kerupuk kedalam panci penggorengan ketika minyakgoreng cukup panas. Hal itu disimpulkanberdasarkan kalimat ”. . . and wait until theoil is sufficiently hot. Then, drop thecrackers in, . . . .”.

5. “. . . and lay them on absorbent paper.”The word ‘them’ refers to ________.A. the oilB. the vegetablesC. the garlicD. the fried crackersJawaban: DKata ’them’ pada kalimat tersebutmengacu pada kerupuk goreng (friedcrackers).


Write the label of a product that you use daily, such as shampoo, soap, cosmetics, etc.

Contoh jawaban:

SUNSILKAnti-dandruff

Shampoowith citrus-cream

AZPTOenergizers

Netto 90 ml

Source: Sunsilk Shampoo

Variasi:

A. Rearrange the sentences into a proper label.

With Essential Oil

Available in 2 categories:Energizing & Refreshing:

for Lemon, Orange & Apple fragranceRelaxing & Soathing:

for Rose & Jasmine fragrance

STELLAAroma therapy

Caution:Avoid from eye contact. Keep away

from children.Danger! Pressurized content, may explode

at temperature of above 50 degreesCelcius.

Keep in a cool and dry place.Do not puncture and expose to open

flame or incinerate.

STELLA Aromatherapy,A room freshener with aromatherapy

that brings the invigorating scent,relaxation and long lasting freshness.

Direction:Shake well before spraying.

Source: Stella Room Freshener


STELLAAroma therapy

With Essential Oil

STELLA Aromatherapy,A room freshener with aromatherapythat brings the invigorating scent,

relaxation and long lasting freshness.

Available in 2 categories:Energizing & Refreshing:

for Lemon, Orange & Apple fragranceRelaxing & Soathing:

for Rose & Jasmine fragrance

Direction:Shake well before spraying.

Caution:Avoid from eye contact. Keep away from children.

Danger! Pressurized content, may explode at temperature of above 50 degrees Celcius.Keep in a cool and dry place. Do not puncture and expose to open flame or incinerate.

Jawaban:

B. Look at the pictures.Make labels for the products.

1. 2.

Contoh jawaban:

1.

HERODENT

with Delta Bristles

New technology Delta Bristles can reach and remove the stainand plaque effectively.

The handle is specially designed for the better grip and control of brushing movement.More effective for removing plaques on teeth even to reach wisdom teeth.

Customer service0800-99-9876543(Free of charge)


BATCajuput Oil

CompositionCajuput oil 100%

IndicationGood for relieving stomachache, flatulence, nausea, insectbites/mosquito and itches.

DirectionRub at the affected areas.

Write a descriptive text about your idol.Use some illustrations to support your writing.

Read and memorize the words.Use them whenever you speak English.

absorbent : pengisapcivil servant : pegawai negeridelicate : lembut, sulitdistinguished : terhormat, terkenalexpose : membuka

handicapped : cacatincinerate : membakarpressurized : yang diberi tekanan udarapuncture : menusuk, membocorkanretain : menahanscent : bau, wangi-wangianstarch : tepung, kanjivolunteer : tenaga sukarela

2.


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3.

Lou : Tell me about your hometown, Joyce.Joyce : It’s a small town. And I think it’s a very

boring place.Lou : Why?Joyce : Well, there’s nothing exciting to do.

No good restaurants. No nightlife ofany kind. I really get bored there.

Lou : Oh, that’s too bad.Joyce : Yeah, but lots of people love it

because it’s so pretty.Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa

Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

1. What is the dialog about?A. A small town.B. A very boring place.C. Lou’s hometown.D. Joyce’s hometown.Jawaban: DDalam percakapan tersebut Lou berkata”Tell me about your hometown, Joyce.”.Dalam kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya Joycemenjelaskan bahwa menurut pendapatnya,kota kelahirannya sangat membosankanmeskipun banyak orang mengatakanbahwa tempat tersebut indah.

2. Joyce said, “And I think it’s a very boringplace.” What does it mean?A. She gives her opinion.B. She asks for an opinion.C. She asks for an agreement.D. She gives an agreement.Jawaban: AKalimat ”And I think it’s a very boringplace.” artinya ”Dan menurut saya tempatkelahiran saya adalah tempat yang sangatmembosankan.”. Kalimat tersebutmerupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat(give an opinion). Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena bukan merupakanmaksud ungkapan yang sesuai.

3. Why do many people love Joyce’shometown? Because ________.A. it’s bigB. it’s so prettyC. it’s modernD. it’s smallJawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimatterakhir Joyce, ”Yeah, but lots of peoplelove it because it’s so pretty.”. Jadi, alasanmengapa banyak orang menyukai kotatersebut adalah karena kota tersebutsangat indah.


Mita : Shelly, we will have a camping on thenext holiday. Do you agree with theidea?

Shelly : That’s great! Where will we camp?Mita : In Puncak.Shelly : It’s nice. Anyway, how do we go there?Mita : By car. Andi will ask his father to

drive us to the camping area.Shelly : I see. Um . . . what about the tents?Mita : Don’t worry. We can borrow my

brother’s.

4. Shelly said, “That’s great!” What does itmean?A. She shows her agreement.B. She shows her disagreement.C. She asks for an opinion.D. She denies an offer.Jawaban: AKalimat Shelly ”That’s great!” artinya ”Itubagus!”. Kalimat tersebut menunjukkanbahwa Shelly menyetujui ide Mita untukberkemah (Shelly shows her agreement).

5. What will they do next holiday?A. They will borrow tents.B. They will go to Puncak.C. They will camp in Puncak.D. They will camp in a camping area.Jawaban: CDalam percakapan tersebut Mitamengajak Shelly untuk berkemah diPuncak dan Shelly menyetujuinya. Jadi,yang akan dilakukan Mita dan Shelly pada


liburan mendatang adalah berkemah diPuncak (they will camp in Puncak). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena kurangspesifik.

6. How will they go to the camping area?A. By Mita’s car.B. By Shelly’s car.C. By Andi’s car.D. By bus.Jawaban: CSaat Shelly bertanya bagaimana merekaakan berangkat ke Puncak, Mitamenjawab, ”By car. Andi will ask his fatherto drive us to the camping area.” yangartinya ”Dengan naik mobil. Andi akanmeminta ayahnya untuk mengantar kita ketempat kemah.”. Jadi, mereka akan pergike Puncak dengan naik mobil Andi.

For questions 7 to 12, choose the correctexpressions to complete the dialog.

Rizal : Linda, what are you doing?Linda : (7) ________ in this stamp album.Rizal : By the way, (8) ________?Linda : Yes, I do. I have collected some. Look

at these! (9) ________, right?Rizal : Yes. Anyway, why do you like collecting

stamps?Linda : (10) ________. I have many stamps

from around the world. (11) ________?Rizal : I don’t like it.Linda : But why?Rizal : Well, I don’t get many letters from my

friends.Linda : (12) ________ by exchanging your

stamps with your friends’.

7. A. I arrange these stampsB. I’m arranging some stampsC. I have arranged these stampsD. I will arrange these stampsJawaban: BDalam kalimat sebelumnya Rizal bertanya,”Linda, what are you doing?” yang artinya”Linda, apa yang sedang kamu lakukan?”.Kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk thepresent continuous tense. Jadi, responsyang tepat juga harus menggunakanbentuk the present continuous tense. Diantara keempat pilihan jawaban, kalimatyang menggunakan bentuk the present

continuous tense adalah (B) I’m arrangingsome stamps yang artinya saya sedangmenata prangko-prangko ini. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidakmenggunakan bentuk tense yang tepat.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya saya mengaturprangko-prangko ini, (C) artinya saya telahmengatur prangko-prangko ini, dan (D)artinya saya akan mengatur prangko-prangko ini.

8. A. are you collecting some stampsB. what about collecting some stampsC. what do you like to collectD. do you like collecting themJawaban: DJawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat respons Linda yang mengatakan,”Yes, I do.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakanjawaban pertanyaan ya/tidak (yes/noquestion). Di antara keempat pilihanjawaban, kalimat yang merupakan yes/noquestion adalah pilihan jawaban (A) dan(D). Karena jawaban menggunakanauxiliary ’do’, kalimat tanya yang tepatadalah (D) do you like collecting themyang artinya apakah kamu sukamengoleksi prangko-prangko itu.

9. A. They are niceB. They aren’t niceC. Are they niceD. It is niceJawaban: ADalam kalimat sebelumnya Lindamengatakan, ”Look at these!”. Kalimattersebut menunjukkan banyak prangko.Jadi, subjek yang sesuai untuk kalimatsesudahnya adalah they. Sementara itu,kalimat yang tepat berbentuk afirmatif.Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah(A) They are nice.

10. A. Yes, I doB. I keep them in this stamp albumC. It’s very interesting, you knowD. I have collected themJawaban: CDalam kalimat sebelumnya Rizal bertanyadengan menggunakan kata why yangartinya mengapa. Kata tersebutmenanyakan alasan. Di antara keempat


pilihan jawaban, kalimat yangmenunjukkan alasan adalah pilihanjawaban (C) yang artinya hal itu sangatmenarik. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak menunjukkan alasan.

11. A. What are you doingB. What do you collectC. Do you agree with the ideaD. What about youJawaban: DJawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat respons Rizal, ”I don’t like it.”.Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapanmemberi informasi. Jadi, kalimat Lindayang tepat adalah pilihan jawaban (D)What about you yang artinya bagaimanadengan kamu. Kalimat tersebutmerupakan ungkapan meminta informasi.

12. A. That’s the problemB. I think you can collect themC. I think you’re rightD. You’re rightJawaban: BArti dari kalimat soal adalah ”. . . dengansaling bertukar prangko dengan teman-temanmu.”. Kalimat yang paling tepatuntuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalahI think you can collect them yang artinyaSaya pikir kamu dapat mengoleksinya(prangko-prangko).

Read the text and answer questions 13 to 17.

Mr. Warsidi has a garden in his front yard,and he likes to work there. He says it is fun.Today he is planting flowers in the garden.There is also an old mango tree in the yard.He always cuts the leaves and the branches intaking care of it. He said that the flowers mustget more sun. Mr. Warsidi often involves hischildren to take care of the garden together.By doing this, they will understand how to takecare of their environment. Many people tellMr. Warsidi how beautiful his garden is.Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High

School (SMP/MTs)

13. What is the text about?A. Mr. Warsidi.B. Mr. Warsidi’s garden.C. Mr. Warsidi’s children.D. Mr. Warsidi’s yard.Jawaban: BSecara keseluruhan, teks tersebutmembahas tentang kebun Pak Warsidi(Mr. Warsidi’s garden). Dalam tekstersebut dijelaskan bahwa kebun PakWarsidi terletak di halaman depan. Adapohon mangga di kebunnya. Dalam tekstersebut dijelaskan pula bahwa PakWarsidi selalu merawat kebunnya. Diajuga menyuruh anak-anaknya untuk ikutmerawat kebun tersebut.

14. What is the purpose of the text?A. To retell an event.B. To entertain the readers.C. To tell the steps of doing something.D. To describe a particular place.Jawaban: DTeks tersebut merupakan teks descriptive.Tujuan dari teks descriptive itu adalahmendeskripsikan suatu tempat, dalam halini kebun Pak Warsidi. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)merupakan tujuan teks recount, (B)merupakan tujuan teks narrative, dan(C) merupakan tujuan teks procedure.

15. The following are what Mr. Warsidi does totake care of his garden, except ________.A. he makes the fence for his gardenB. he involves his children in taking care

of the gardenC. he makes his flowers get more sunD. he cuts the leaves and branchesJawaban: ADalam teks tersebut dijelaskan bahwausaha Pak Warsidi untuk merawatkebunnya adalah dengan caramemangkas daun-daunan dan batang,membuat bunganya mendapat lebihbanyak sinar matahari (dengan caramemangkas daun dan batang), sertamengajak anak-anaknya untuk merawatkebun tersebut. Jadi, hal yang tidakdilakukan Pak Warsidi untuk merawatkebunnya adalah dengan memasangpagar di kebunnya.


16. “He says it is fun.” (Sentence 2)What does the word ‘it’ refer to?A. The front yard.B. The garden.C. Working in his garden.D. Planting flowers.Jawaban: CKata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacupada kalimat sebelumnya ”. . ., and helikes to work there.”. Jadi, yang dianggapmenyenangkan adalah bekerja di kebun(working in the garden). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena bukan merupakankata acuan yang tepat.

17. “By doing this, they will understand how totake care of their environment.”The bold-typed words have a similarmeaning to ________.A. keep B. cleanC. make D. washJawaban: AKata ’take care of’ artinya merawat. Katatersebut memiliki makna yang samadengan kata ’keep’ yang artinya menjaga.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak memiliki makna yang sama. Cleanartinya membersihkan, make artinyamembuat, dan wash artinya mencuci.


18. How long should we beat the ice cream athigh speed?A. For three minutes.B. For three hours.C. For five to ten minutes.D. For four to five hours.Jawaban: CKita seharusnya mengaduk campuran eskrim selama 5–10 menit (for five to tenminutes). Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat pada langkah pertama ”Beat athigh speed for 5–10 minutes (or usinga hand whisk) until the mixture is foamyand thick.”.

19. Where should we keep the ice cream?A. In a wet place.B. In a cool place.C. In a dry place.D. In a moist place.Jawaban: DJawaban diketahui berdasarkan kalimatterakhir ”Store in a cool dry place.” yangartinya ”Simpan di tempat yang sejuk dankering.”.

20. “Add choco chips . . . .” (Step 2)The word ‘add’ has an opposite meaning to________.A. increaseB. reduceC. mixD. removeJawaban: BKata ’add’ artinya ’menambahkan’. Katatersebut memiliki makna berlawanandengan kata reduce yang artinyamengurangi. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena bukan merupakan antonimkata add. Increase artinya meningkatkan,mix artinya mencampurkan, dan removeartinya memindahkan.

Pondan Magic Ice Cream

Chocolate Flavor Choco Chips

How to Prepare:1. Mix Pondan Magic Ice Cream with

precisely 300 cc ice water. Beat at highspeed for 5–10 minutes (or usinga hand whisk) until the mixture isfoamy and thick.

2. Add choco chips (found inside the box)and mix well. Pour ice cream mixtureinto plastic container.

3. Freeze for 4–5 hours in freezer.4. Ready to serve.

Store in a cool dry place. Avoid sunlight.

Source: Pondan Magic Ice Cream


B. Change the words in brackets tocomplete the text.

I ________ (1. have) an aunt. Her name________ (2. be) Aulia Mayasari. She and herhusband ________ (3. live) in Yogyakarta.Although their house ________ (4. be) small,they ________ (5. be) always happy.

My aunt ________ (6. work) as a checkerin a grocery store. She ________ (7. work) fivedays a week, eight hours a day. Her job________ (8. be) to charge the customers fortheir groceries. She ________ (9. use) a cash

register to calculate the cost of the groceries.Then, she ________ (10. collect) the moneyfrom the customers.

Adaped from: Easy Does It

Jawaban:1. have 2. is3. live 4. is5. are 6. works7. works 8. is9. uses 10. collects

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 1. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model.

Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi

kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.




Budi : It’s a very exciting day.Dani : Yes, it is. I’m having so much fun.Budi : Which is the most exciting game for you

here?Dani : Well, I must say that roller coaster is the

most exciting game in Dufan.Budi : Yes, I agree. The roller coaster gave me

an unforgettable experience. I think Iwant to ride it again.

Dani : Me too.Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII

Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

1. Where does the dialog happen?A. At home.B. In Dufan.C. At school.D. In the park.

2. What does Dani think about the rollercoaster?A. It is the most exciting game.B. It is a challenging game.C. It is a boring game.D. It is the worst game.

3. Budi said, “Yes, I agree.”What does it mean?A. He asks for an opinion.B. He gives his opinion.C. He shows his agreement.D. He asks for an agreement.


Rio : Andra, our school will have a new rule.Andra : Really? What is the rule?Rio : We mustn’t go out of school during the

break. Do you think it’s a good idea?Andra : No, I don’t think so.Rio : Why?Andra : It will be boring if we just stay in our

school at the break.Rio : I see.

4. What is the dialog about?A. A new rule at school.B. A new classmate.C. A new classroom.D. A new teacher.

5. Rio said, “Do you think it’s a good idea?”What does it mean?A. He gives an opinion.B. He asks for an opinion.C. He shows his agreement.D. He shows his disagreement.

6. Why does Andra disagree with the newrule?A. Because he will be tired.B. Because he cannot go outside.C. Because he cannot be free.D. Because he will be bored.


Reni : Look at the car! What do you think ofit?

Maya : Well, it’s very beautiful.Reni : You’re right. There are some

accessories on the car that make itcolorful and . . . amazing.

Maya : Do you think it is difficult to decoratethe car?

Reni : I think so. People who worked on itmight take some days to decorate it.

Maya : I see. It must be a hard work.

7. What are the speakers talking about?A. A beautiful car.B. Reni’s car.C. Maya’s car.D. A car decoration.

8. Maya said, “Well, it’s very beautiful.”What does it mean?A. She expresses her wish.B. She expresses her plan.C. She shows her agreement.D. She gives her opinion.


9. What makes the car colorful and amazing?A. The bright color of the car.B. The decorations on the car.C. The accessories on the car.D. The beautiful shape of the car.

For questions 10 to 16, choose the correctsentences to complete the dialog.

Hedi : Hey, (10) ________?Kiki : Well, I am listening to Umbrella.Hedi : I see. Is it Rihanna’s song?Kiki : (11) ________.Hedi : Do you like the song?Kiki : Yeah. (12) ________. The song is

energetic.Hedi : (13) ________?Kiki : She is one of my idols.Hedi : Why do you like her?Kiki : (14) ________. Don’t you think so?Hedi : (15) ________. Besides, her dance

while singing is attractive.Kiki : (16) ________.

10. A. what do you listen toB. what will you listen toC. what are you listening toD. what have you listened to

11. A. You’re beautifulB. You’re diligentC. You’re cleverD. You’re right

12. A. I don’t like it.B. It’s one of my favorite songs.C. It’s not a good song.D. I dislike it.

13. A. Do you like RihannaB. Do you know RihannaC. What is your favorite songD. What is the title of Rihanna’s latest album

14. A. She is cruelB. Her songs are not interestingC. Her songs are boringD. She has a beautiful voice and sings

beautifully

15. A. You’re not certainB. She’s greatC. I think soD. I like her

16. A. I agree with your opinionB. She is also beautifulC. I think it’s not interestingD. I disagree with your opinion


Frank Lampard is a famous football player.He is a football player from Chelsea FC.

Frank Lampard is an English. This number8 player plays football as a midfielder. He wasborn on June 21, 1978 in Romford, England.He is 183 cm tall and 79 kg weight. He is cuteand very talented in playing football. Becauseof his excellent play, this man is also a memberof the Three Lions England National squad.Even, now he holds the position as a captain.

Adapted from: http://www.goal.com/id-id/Giocatore.aspx?IdPersona=1642 (January 30, 2007)

17. What is the purpose of the text?A. To tell the steps of doing or making

something.B. To describe a particular person.C. To describe a particular thing.D. To entertain the readers.

18. What is Frank Lampard?A. He is an artist.B. He is a football coach.C. He is a referee.D. He is a football player.

19. How old is he?A. Thirty one years old.B. Thirty two years old.C. Thirty three years old.D. Thirty four years old.

20. What is Lampard’s position in the ThreeLions England National squad?A. A striker. B. A midfielder.C. A captain. D. A goalkeeper.

21. “Frank Lampard is a famous football player.”The synonym of the word ‘famous’ is________.A. talentedB. familiarC. handsomeD. skillful



The Candy Woman is an elderly woman.I call her the Candy Woman because she sellscandies. However, she sells a special kind ofcandy that is not usually found in shops. Hers isa homemade sticky, golden-brown andtranslucent substance. It looks and tastes likehoney, although it is harder and can be twinedround a stick.

The Candy Woman usually comes ataround one o’clock in the afternoon and staysuntil evening. She sits on a low stool that shebrings along and places her pail of golden-brown sweet in front of her. Now and then, sherings her bell to attract passers-by.

I wonder where she comes from. She lookscheerful and is quite neat and well-groomed.I do not think that she needs to earn a living byselling sweets. Maybe it is the way of passingtime. She may be bored sitting at home anddoing nothing. Perhaps she enjoys the hustleand bustle of the place.

Adapted from: Primary English Cloze Passages 4

22. Why does the writer call the woman theCandy Woman?A. Because the woman likes candies.B. Because the woman often buys

candies.C. Because the woman sells candies.D. Because the woman makes candies.

23. How do her candies taste?A. They taste like sugar.B. They taste like mangoes.C. They taste like salt.D. They taste like honey.

24. When does the Candy Woman usually gohome?A. In the morning.B. In the afternoon.C. In the evening.D. At night.

25. What does the Candy Woman do to attractthe passers-by?A. She sits on a low stool.B. She rings her bell.C. She places her pail of candies in front

of her.D. She comes at around one o’clock.

26. The following are the characteristics of theCandy Woman, except ________.A. she is cheerfulB. she is quite neatC. she is well-groomedD. she looks poor


27. The text is about ________.A. baby’s soapB. baby’s shampooC. baby’s powderD. baby’s toothpaste

28. What is the purpose of the text?A. To inform about something.B. To persuade someone to do something.C. To tell a procedure of doing something.D. To gain the readers’ attention.

CUSSONSBaby

With Pro-vitamin B5

Gentle carePowder

Cares and protects

Cussons Baby Powder is enriched withPro-Vitamin B5

which is beneficial for healthy skin,leaving skin soft, smooth and comfortable.

Ingredients: Talc, perfume, panthenol

Source: Cussons Baby Powder


29. Why is the product beneficial for healthy skin?A. Because it is gentle.B. Because it is soft.C. Because it is smooth.D. Because it is enriched with Pro-Vitamin

B5.

30. “. . . which is beneficial for healthy skin,. . . .”The bold-typed word has the oppositemeaning to ________.A. uselessB. usefulC. goodD. bad

B. Complete the text with the words inbrackets.Tika ________ (1. be) a diligent girl. She

usually ________ (2. get up) at five o’clock inthe morning. Then, she ________(3. takea bath). After that, she ________ (4. wear) heruniform. Next, she ________ (5. have) herbreakfast and goes to school.

Tika ________ (6. get) lessons at schoolfrom seven to about a quarter past twelve. Afterschool, she ________ (7. have) lunch with hissister. After taking a nap for a while, she________ (8. recall) what she has studied atschool. No wonder she always ________(9. get) the first rank in her class. Her parents________ (10. be) proud of her.


Jawaban Review Unit 1

A. Pilihan Ganda

1. B. Dalam percakapan tersebut Daniberkata ”Well, I must say that rollercoaster is the most exciting game inDufan.”. Dalam kalimat sebelumnyaBudi bertanya dengan menggunakankata here. Kata tersebut mengacupada Dufan. Jadi, percakapantersebut terjadi di Dufan. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks percakapan.

2. A. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat Dani, ”Well, I must say thatroller coaster is the most excitinggame in Dufan.”. Jadi, menurut Dani,roller coaster merupakan permainanyang paling menyenangkan di tempattersebut. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan isipercakapan.

3. C. Kalimat ”Yes, I agree.” artinya ”Ya,saya setuju.”. Kalimat tersebutmenunjukkan ungkapan persetujuan(show an agreement).

4. A. Secara keseluruhan, percakapantersebut membahas tentang peraturanbaru di sekolah (a new rule at school),yaitu peraturan bahwa siswa dilarangkeluar sekolah saat jam istirahat.

5. B. Kalimat ”Do you think it’s a goodidea?” artinya ”Apakah kamuberpendapat bahwa itu ide bagus?”.Kalimat tersebut merupakanungkapan meminta pendapat (askingfor an opinion).

6. D. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat terakhir Andra, ”It will beboring if we just stay in our school atthe break.” yang artinya ”Akan sangatmembosankan jika kita hanya beradadi sekolah saat jam istirahat.”.

7. A. Secara keseluruhan percakapantersebut membicarakan tentangsebuah mobil yang bagus (a beautifulcar). Hal itu dikuatkan oleh kalimat

awal Reni, ”Look at the car! What doyou think of it?”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena bukan merupakantopik yang dibahas dalam percakapantersebut.

8. D. Kalimat ”Well, it’s very beautiful.”artinya ”Mobil tersebut sangatbagus.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakanungkapan memberi pendapat (givean opinion).

9. C. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat Reni, ”There are someaccessories on the car that make itcolorful and . . . amazing.” yangartinya ”Ada beberapa asesoris padamobil itu yang membuat mobiltersebut kelihatan berwarna dan . . .mengagumkan.”.

10. C. Dalam kalimat selanjutnya Kikiberkata, ”Well, I am listening toUmbrella.” yang artinya ”Saya sedangmendengarkan lagu Umbrella.”.Kalimat tersebut menggunakanbentuk the present continuous tense.Jadi, kalimat tanya sebelumnya jugamenggunakan the presentcontinuous tense. Di antara keempatpilihan jawaban, yang menggunakanbentuk the present continuous tenseadalah pilihan jawaban (C) yangartinya apa yang sedang kamudengarkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak menggunakantense yang sesuai.

11. D. Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Hedimenanyakan apakah Umbrella adalahjudul lagu Rihanna. Jadi, responsyang tepat adalah mengiyakankalimat tersebut, yaitu you’re right.

12. B. Saat Hedi bertanya apakah Kikimenyukai lagu Umbrella, Kikimenjawab dengan mengucapkan”Yeah.”. Kalimat tersebutmenunjukkan bahwa Kiki menyukailagu tersebut. Jadi, dapat dipastikanbahwa Umbrella merupakan salahsatu lagu favorit Kiki.


13. A. Dalam kalimat berikutnya sebagairespons dari kalimat tersebut, Kikiberkata, ”She is one of my idols.”.Jadi, ungkapan yang tepat untukdiucapkan Hedi adalah ungkapanmeminta pendapat Kiki tentangRihanna. Di antara keempat pilihanjawaban, yang merupakan ungkapanyang sesuai dengan konteks adalahpilihan jawaban (A) yang artinyaapakah kamu menyukai Rihanna.

14. D. Kalimat soal merupakan respons Kikiterhadap pertanyaan Hedi tentangalasan mengapa Kiki menyukaiRihanna. Karena menyukai Rihanna,dapat dipastikan bahwa Kikimenunjukkan kelebihan Rihanna. Diantara keempat pilihan jawaban yangmerupakan alasan logis mengapa Kikimenyukai Rihanna adalah karenaRihanna mempunyai suara yangbagus dan bernyanyi dengan bagus.

15. C. Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Kikibertanya, ”Don’t you think so?”.Kalimat tersebut merupakanungkapan meminta persetujuanbahwa Rihanna mempunyai suarayang bagus dan bernyanyi denganbagus. Berdasarkan kalimatsesudahnya yang menunjukkankelebihan Rihanna lainnya, ungkapanyang tepat diucapkan Hedi adalahungkapan menyetujui pendapat Kiki,yaitu I think so.

16. A. Hedi menyetujui pendapat Kikitentang Rihanna dan diamenambahkan kalau tariannya saatmenyanyi itu menarik. Karena Kikimempunyai pendapat positif tentangRihanna, dapat disimpulkan kalau Kikisetuju dengan pendapat Hedi tentangmusik Rihanna. Jadi, ungkapan yangtepat diucapkan Kiki adalah I agreewith your opinion.

17. B. Teks tersebut merupakan teksdescriptive yang mendeskripsikanFrank Lampard. Jadi, tujuan tekstersebut adalah mendeskripsikan

seseorang secara khusus (describea particular person), yaitu FrankLampard.

18. D. Jawaban dapat disimpulkanberdasarkan kalimat pertama paragrafsatu ”Frank Lampard is a famousfootball player.”. Jadi, Frank Lampardadalah seorang pemain sepakbola(a football player).

19. A. Frank Lampard lahir pada tahun 1978.Jadi, usia dia saat ini adalah 31 tahun(2009–1978 = 31).

20. C. Jawaban diketahui berdasarkankalimat keenam dan ketujuh paragrafdua, ”. . . this man is also a member ofthe Three Lions England Nationalsquad. Even, now he holds theposition as a captain.”.

21. B. Kata ’famous’ artinya ’terkenal’. Katatersebut memiliki makna yang samadengan kata familiar, yang juga berartiterkenal. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyaberbakat, (C) artinya tampan, dan(D) artinya mahir.

22. C. Alasan mengapa penulis memanggilwanita tersebut dengan sebutanCandy Woman adalah karena wanitatersebut menjual gula-gula. Hal itudiketahui berdasarkan kalimat keduaparagraf satu, ”I call her the CandyWoman because she sells candies.”.

23. D. Pada kalimat terakhir paragraf satuterdapat kalimat ”It looks and tasteslike honey, . . . .”. Jadi, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa gula-gula tersebutmemiliki rasa seperti madu.

24. C. Wanita penjual gula-gula tersebutbiasanya pulang pada petang hari.Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat pertama paragraf dua, ”. . .and stays until evening.” yang artinya”. . . dan berjualan sampai petanghari.”. Jadi, wanita penjual gula-gulatersebut pulang pada petang hari.


25. B. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat terakhir paragraf dua, ”Nowand then, she rings her bell to attractpassers-by.”. Jadi, yang dilakukanwanita tersebut untuk menarik orang-orang yang lewat adalah dengan caramembunyikan loncengnya.

26. D. Ciri-ciri yang tidak sesuai untuk wanitapenjual gula-gula tersebut adalah diatampak miskin (she looks poor).Pilihan jawaban yang lain merupakanciri-ciri penjual permen itu, yangsesuai dengan kalimat-kalimat dalamparagraf tiga, ”She looks cheerful andis quite neat and well-groomed. I donot think that she needs to earna living by selling sweets.” yangartinya ”Dia tampak riang dan cukuprapi dan berpakaian bagus. Saya pikirdia tidak perlu mencari nafkah denganmenjual gula-gula.”.

27. C. Dalam teks tersebut terdapat frasa’Cussons Baby Powder’. Jadi, dapatdisimpulkan bahwa teks tersebutadalah tentang bedak bayi (baby’spowder). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai denganteks.

28. A. Teks tersebut merupakan labelsebuah bedak bayi. Tujuan labeltersebut adalah memberi tahu tentangsesuatu, dalam hal ini bedak bayitersebut. Pada label tersebutdijelaskan keunggulan bedak bayi itu.

29. D. Alasan mengapa produk tersebutberguna untuk kulit yang sehat adalahkarena produk tersebut diperkayadengan pro-vitamin B5. Hal itu sesuaidengan kalimat ”Cussons BabyPowder is enriched with Pro-VitaminB5 which is beneficial for healthy skin,leaving skin soft, smooth andcomfortable.”.

30. A. Kata ’beneficial’ artinya ’bermanfaat’.Kata tersebut memiliki makna yangberlawanan dengan kata uselessyang berarti tidak bermanfaat.

B. Isian

1. is 2. gets up3. takes a bath 4. wears5. has 6. gets7. has 8. recalls9. gets 10. are


Objectives:

At the end of this unit you willbe able to:1. ask for, give and refuse to

give help,2. compliment someone,3. create short functional

texts (announcements),4. tell past experiences using

spoken English,5. write short functional texts

(letters),6. write recount texts about

past experiences, and7. use the simple past tense

and the present perfecttense in spoken and writtenrecount texts.

You just experienced a wonderful or terrible thing or event. Then,you want others to know about it. How do you tell or compose yourstory?

What type of texts should you use? You will find the answer inthis unit. Further, learn more about the text and the grammar used inthe text.

102 UNIT 2 Recount

2.1 Expressions

The sentence “Please . . . help me” and “Would you help me find my ruler?” are used toask for help. Meanwhile, the sentence “O.K., don’t worry.” and “O.K.” are the responses.To ask for help you can use the word ‘could’ or ‘would’ in order to be more polite.

Here are some other expressions you can use to ask for help and their responses.

Asking for Help

Can you help me, please?Please do me a favor?Could you help me?Do me a favour, will you?

Giving Help

No problem.Sure. What should I do?Of course.O.K.

It seems you are introuble. Need any

help?2

Asking for and Giving or Refusing to Give Help

1

Ugh . . . ugh . . . !Hey! Whathappened?

O.K., don'tworry. I'll

chase it away.

Please . . . helpme. There is

a mouse!Yeah. Would youhelp me find my

ruler? I lost it!

O.K.

Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.

Refusing to Give Help

Sorry, I can’t.I’m afraid I can’t.Sorry. I have things to do.Sorry. I’m busy right now.

Complimenting

Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.

You have a largeand comfortable

house.1

Thanks.

2

You look beautiful inthat dress. Let me take

a picture of you.

Yeah, . . . justlike that.

Do I? Thanks. Whatpose is good for

me?


Remember Unit 1, then answer the questions below.

1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 1?Contoh jawaban: The expressions of asking for and giving opinions, agreeing and disagreeing.

2. Suppose you want to know your friend’s opinion on the composition you have made.What would you say?Contoh jawaban: I would say, “What do you think of my composition?”

3. You and your friend are planning to have a trip. You suggest a trip to Danau Batur, Bali.Your friend disagrees. What does he/she say?Contoh jawaban: He/she says, “Sorry, I have to disagree with you. It is too far.”

The sentences “You have a large and comfortable house” and “You look beautiful in thatdress” are used to compliment something or someone.

Here are some other expressions you can use to compliment and the responses.

Complimenting

What a nice dress!What a clever girl/boy!How delicious!Terrific!/Marvelous!/Glamorous!

Responding

Thank you.It’s nice of you to say so.I’m glad you like it.Thanks.

A. Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.

1. Eka : You look so stressful. What happened?Lucy : You know, we are going to have an English test

tomorrow. And . . . I lost my book! Can you helpme look for it?

Eka : Oh, I’ve seen one. It is plastic wrapped. Waita minute! I’ll take it for you.

(A moment later . . . .)Eka : Here it is. Is it yours?Lucy : Yes, it is. Where did you find it?Eka : On the bench at the school park.Lucy : Oh, my! Yeah, I have put it there. Thank you very much, Eka.

Without your help, I don’t know what will happen to metomorrow.

Eka : Don’t mention it.

2. Eka : This is really difficult. I think I need some references.Puput : Do you need some books? I’m going to the library.Eka : No, thank you. I’ll go there and get the books myself.Puput : O.K., then.

104 UNIT 2 Recount

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A.Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:Dialog 11. Why did Lucy feel stressful?2. What book was lost?3. Where did Eka find the book?4. Who had put it there?5. Lucy said, “Can you help me look for it?” What does it mean?

Dialog 21. Where does the dialog take place?2. Who had a problem with the work?3. What did he/she think of his/her work?4. What did he need to do his work?5. Who was going to the library?

Jawaban:Dialog 11. Because she was going to have a test and she lost her book.2. Lucy’s English book.3. On the bench at the school park.4. Lucy herself had.5. She asks for someone’s help.

Dialog 21. In the classroom.2. Eka did.3. He thought it was difficult.4. Some references.5. Puput was.

Variasi:

A. Listen to your teacher.Repeat after him/her.

Dialog 1Shinta : What mark did you get, Ratno?Ratno : Um . . . eight. What about you?Shinta : Seven. May I see your work? I just want to compare it with mine.Ratno : Sure. Here you are.Shinta : Wow, what a good handwriting! Yeah, . . . it is good and easy to read.Ratno : Thanks.

Dialog 2Diah : What happened to you, Mom? You look very tired.Mother : You’re right. You know, I couldn’t sleep well last night and I had to wash many clothes

this morning.Diah : What can I do to make you feel better, Mom?Mother : Oh, you’re really a good child of mine. O.K., just make me a cup of coffee, please.


Diah : Here you are, Mom.Mother : Thank you, dear.Diah : You’re welcome.

Dialog 3Halim : Finally, I finish this project successfully.Udin : Well done! You deserve to get the best.Halim : Thanks.

Dialog 4Mrs. White : Fantastic! Your house is so comfortable.Mrs. Riz : Thank you.Mrs. White : I think your kids will enjoy playing in the yard.Mrs. Riz : I think so.

B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.Dialog 11. Why did Shinta want to see Ratno’s work?

Jawaban: Because she wanted to compare Ratno’s work with hers.2. Shinta said, “Wow, what a good handwriting.” What did she want to express?

Jawaban: She wanted to compliment Ratno for his work.

Dialog 21. What is the dialog about?

Jawaban: It is about Diah’s mother who is feeling tired.2. Who are talking in the dialog?

Jawaban: Diah and her mom (mother and daughter).3. Where does the dialog take place?

Jawaban: At home.4. Why does mother feel tired?

Jawaban: Because she couldn’t sleep well last night and had to wash many clothes thismorning.

5. Mother said, “O.K., just make me a cup of coffee, please.” What does it mean?Jawaban: She asks for Diah’s help to make her a cup of coffee.

Dialog 31. What did Udin say to appreciate Halim’s success?

Jawaban: He said, “Well done! You deserve to get the best.”2. Udin said, “You deserve to get the best.”

What does the word ‘deserve’ in Indonesian mean?Jawaban: It means ‘pantas’.

Dialog 41. Where does the dialog happen?

Jawaban: In Mrs. Riz’s house.2. What did Mrs. White say to appreciate Mrs. Riz’s house?

Jawaban: She said, “Fantastic! Your house is so comfortable.”3. Do you think Mrs. White has come to Mrs. Riz before?

Jawaban: No, I don’t think so.

106 UNIT 2 Recount

C. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialog based on what you have heard.


Raka : You look very tired. What (1) happened?Bagas : Oh, I’m really busy for the coming camping activity.

There are many (2) things to do.Raka : I see. You’re the (3) leader of the camping, aren’t you?Bagas : Yeah, . . . I didn’t know that I would be as busy as this.Raka : Is there no one to help you?Bagas : Yes, there is. But, see, Clara, Handoyo and Umar are

now in the ninth grade. They are busy with their(4) lessons. While Nia, Adi and Ria are still in the seventhgrade. They still need my assistance.

Raka : No wonder you’re so busy. If you want, I can (5) help you.Bagas : Really? Thanks a lot.

Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal yang lain sebagai berikut.

Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:Mathilda : Morning, Cathya.Cathya : Morning, Aunt Mathilda. Want to meet mom?Mathilda : Yeah. We’ve had (1) an appointment to go to Mr. Hans’ party together.Cathya : Please sit down. I think mother is still (2) preparing herself.Mathilda : O.K.Cathya : By the way, you look (3) nice in that dress, Auntie.Mathilda : Do I? Thank you.Cathya : Did you make the dress (4) yourself?Mathilda : No, I have it made.Cathya : Well, here she comes. Have a (5) good day to you both.Mathilda : Thanks.

D. Read the complete dialog in Task C.Then, decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

1. ______ Raka is busy because he is the leader of the camping.2. ______ Bagas at first didn’t think that a camping leader would be very busy.3. ______ There is no one to help Bagas.4. ______ The seventh grade students still need Bagas’ help.5. ______ Raka is willing to help Bagas.

Jawaban:1. F. It is not Raka, but Bagas who is busy with the camping activity.2. T3. F. Some ninth and seventh grade students helped Bagas.4. T5. T


Variasi:

A. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Dialog 1Andre : (1) Excuse me, are there any English stories in this library?Librarian : Yes, there are many. (2) What do you need, short stories, novels or stories for

children?Andre : Children stories, please. Could you tell me where I can find them?Librarian : O.K., please wait a minute. (3) I’ll look for the data. Oh, here it is. They are on

shelf B-37. Over there, near the reading corner.Andre : (4) Thank you.

Dialog 2Mr. Fred : How was your school today?Larry : (5) Great, Dad!Mr. Fred : Would you tell me?Larry : Um . . . I got 9.8 in English. It’s the highest score, you know!Mr. Fred : (6) Well done! I’m very proud of you.Larry : Thanks, Dad.

Dialog 3Mona : Hey! (7) You have a new bag.Winny : Yeah. My uncle gave it to me. He just arrived from Bandung.Mona : (8) It’s beautiful!Winny : It is. Thank you.

Dialog 4Greg : When will you hand in your report?Allan : Today. (9) I have finished it. Look!Greg : (10) Nice work!Allan : Thank you.

B. Answer the questions based on the complete dialogs in Task A.Dialog 11. What did Andre look for?

Jawaban: English stories for children.2. Where are the books?

Jawaban: On shelf B-37.

Dialog 21. What is the relationship between the speakers?

Jawaban: They are father and son.2. Mr. Fred said, “Well done!” What does it mean?

Jawaban: He compliments his son.

Dialog 31. Who gave the new bag?

Jawaban: Winny’s uncle.2. What did Mona say to compliment Winny’s bag?

Jawaban: She said, “It’s beautiful!”

108 UNIT 2 Recount

A. Complete the dialogs with the correct expressions in the boxes.Then, practice the dialogs.

Dialog 1

a. Well, it is my turn now b. Nice to meet you herec. By the way, I heard that you just won a speech contest d. See youe. You are so clever

Eka is queuing at the bank while he meets Andre, his friend.Eka : Hey, Andre! (1) ________.Andre : Oh, hi, Eka. How are you?Eka : Fine, thanks. (2) ________.Andre : I did.Eka : Congratulations! (3) ________.Andre : Thank you. (4) ________. See you.Eka : (5) ________.

Jawaban:1. b 2. c 3. e 4. a 5. d

Dialog 2

a. You’re welcome b. Greatc. What can I do for you d. I am going to buy some flour to make cakese. Well, actually I’m just helping my mom f. We need some help to pack the cakes

On her way to a supermarket, Lucy meets Puput.Lucy : Hi, Puput, where are you going?Puput : Oh, hi, Lucy. (1) _________.Lucy : You’re going to make cakes? (2) _________!Puput : (3) _________. She has just got some order.Lucy : (4) _________?Puput : (5) _________. If you don’t mind, you can help us.Lucy : O.K. I’ll be at your house soon.Puput : Thanks beforehand.

Jawaban:1. d 2. b 3. e 4. c 5. f

Dialog 41. When would Allan hand in his report?

Jawaban: That day.2. Greg said, “Nice work!” What does it mean?

Jawaban: He compliments Allan’s report.


Variasi:

Complete the dialogs with the correct expressions.Then, practice the dialogs.Dialog 1

a. Over there, in the corner. b. You’re welcome.c. What can I do for you, Ma’am? d. Thank you.

Shop assistant : (1) ________Mrs. Karlina : Well, I need a night gown. Where can I find it?Shop assistant : (2) ________Mrs. Karlina : (3) ________Shop assistant : (4) ________

Jawaban:1. c 2. a 3. d 4. b

Dialog 2

a. Wow! Their fur is very soft.b. They are, aren’t they? Thanks.c. You’re welcome.

A : Hi! Your rabbits are cute.B : (1) ________A : May I touch them?B : Please.A : (2) ________B : Yeah!Jawaban:1. b 2. a

B. Choose the correct answers based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 1 is for questions 1 and 2.

1. What happened to Andre?A. He just got a scholarship.B. He just won a speech contest.C. He just won a writing contest.D. He just got the first rank in his class.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I heardthat you just won a speech contest.” yangartinya ”Saya dengar kamu baru sajamemenangkan lomba pidato.” dan jawabanAndre ”I did.” yang artinya ”Ya, betul.”.

2. Eka said, “You are so clever.”What does it mean?A. He is congratulating Andre.B. He is telling Andre information.

C. He is complimenting Andre.D. He is telling Andre the fact about him.Jawaban: C”You are so clever.” yang artinya ”Kamusangat pandai.” adalah ungkapan untukmemuji (compliment).

Dialog 2 is for questions 3 to 5.

3. What was Puput going to buy?A. Some flour. B. Some sugar.C. Some milk. D. Some cakes.Jawaban: ADalam percakapan tersebut Puputmengatakan, ”I am going to buy some flourto make cakes.” yang artinya ”Saya akanmembeli tepung untuk membuat roti.”.

110 UNIT 2 Recount

C. Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Dian : Yeah, . . . you were really like a miserablewoman.

Angelina : Of course. Here it is.Dian : Your acting was very good, Ms. Angelina.Angelina : Was it? Thank’s. I’m glad you like it.Dian : May I have your signature, please?Angelina : Sure.Dian : Thank you.

3

61254

Dialog 1

7

Dialog 2

Ayu : Sure. Here you are.Eka : Hmm . . . for me, this tea is rather bitter.Ayu : Sorry.Eka : Thanks. What about you? Do you need some

sugar for your tea?Ayu : How does it taste?Eka : It’s all right. Can you please pass me

some sugar?Ayu : Eka, here is your tea.Eka : Thank you.Ayu : No, thanks.

7458

36

129

4. How did Lucy compliment Puput?A. By saying, “O.K. I’ll be at your house

soon.”B. By saying, “You’re going to make cakes?”C. By saying, “What can I do for you?”D. By saying, “Great!”Jawaban: DKalimat yang diucapkan Puput, yaitu”Great!” yang artinya ”Bagus!”, adalahungkapan untuk memuji.

5. Puput said, “We need some help to packthe cakes.”What does it mean?A. She is asking for help.B. She is giving help.C. She is refusing an offer of help.D. She is accepting an offer of help.Jawaban: AUngkapan yang dikatakan Puput tersebutartinya ”Kami perlu bantuan untukmengepak kue-kue itu.” dan kalimat Puputsesudahnya adalah ”If you don’t mind . . . .”artinya ”Jika kamu tidak keberatan . . . .”.Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa kalimatPuput tersebut mengungkapkanpermintaan bantuan (asking for help).


D. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C.

Dialog 11. What did Dian think of Ms. Angelina’s acting?

Jawaban: It was very good.2. What did Dian say to express her compliment?

Jawaban: She said, “Your acting was very good, Ms. Angelina.”3. What role did Ms. Angelina take?

Jawaban: As a miserable woman.4. What did Dian ask from Ms. Angelina?

Jawaban: Her signature.

Dialog 21. When does the dialog take place?

Jawaban: During the meal time.2. Who are talking in the dialog?

Jawaban: Brother and sister.3. How is Eka’s tea?

Jawaban: It is rather bitter.4. Eka said, “Can you please pass me some sugar?” What does it mean?

Jawaban: He asks for help.

Shop assistant : I see. Hmm . . . try this. I think thisproduct is good for your cat.

Eka : Yeah, . . . I just want to buy somevitamins for my cat.

Shop assistant : You’re welcome.Eka : Well, it hasn’t had any appetite for

a few days.Shop assistant : Can I help you?Eka : All right. I’ll take it. Thanks.Shop assistant : Oh, what’s wrong with your cat?

Variasi:

A. Rearrange the jumbled sentences into a proper dialog.

5

2

74

163

B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A.1. Where does the dialog take place?

Jawaban: In a pet’s food shop.2. What did Eka buy?

Jawaban: He bought vitamins for his cat.3. What was wrong with his cat?

Jawaban: It hadn’t had any appetite for a few days.4. Did Eka mention certain vitamins?

Jawaban: No, he didn’t.

112 UNIT 2 Recount

E. In pairs, make dialogs based on the pictures and the situations.Use expressions of asking for/giving/refusing to give help and complimenting.Then, practice the dialogs.

1

In a party, suddenly your friend spilled outher tea. She needs something to clean hershirt.

2

Your friend is making a composition althoughhis teacher hasn’t asked him to. Complimenthis diligency.

Contoh jawaban:1. Bunga : Ouch! Oh no, my shirt is dirty. Arman, do you have something to clean this mess?

Arman : Well, I have some tissue paper.Bunga : Can you get me some, please?Arman : Sure. Please wait.Bunga : O.K., thank you.

2. Ida : What are you doing, Son?Soni : Well, I’m making a composition. It is about my holiday experience.Ida : Should you submit it tomorrow?Soni : No, I don’t need to submit it. Our teacher just asked us to practice writing.Ida : You are a dilligent boy! No wonder your English is very good.Soni : Thanks.

Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan gambar-gambar soal lainsebagai berikut.

1 2


F. Make dialogs based on the situations below.Then, practice the dialogs.

1. Suppose you need to go to your friend’s house to borrow something, but you don’t know howto go there. You ask your brother to drive you there. What would both of you say?

2. Your friend seems unwell. He/she asks you to accompany him/her to the sick bay. What wouldthe two of you say?

3. Maya has nice new shoes. Give a compliment for her shoes.

Contoh jawaban:1. You : Don, are you free this evening?

Your brother : Yeah, . . . what’s up?You : Can you drive me to Irna’s house, please? I need to borrow her math book.Your brother : O.K. What time?You : Er . . . what about after dinner?Your brother : O.K.

2. You : Lina, you look different today, not as cheerful as usual. Are you sick?Your friend : I am. Can you help me, Clara?You : Sure. What should I do?Your friend : Would you accompany me to the sick bay?You : Of course. Let’s go.

3. You : What nice shoes!Maya : Thank you.You : Where did you buy them?Maya : In Teens shoestore.

Contoh jawaban:1. Mr. Sarju : Wow, what books are you bringing?

Ms. Diana : Well, I am bringing students’ books. I have just finished correcting them.Mr. Sarju : I see.Ms. Diana : Excuse me, Sir. Could you please help me open the door?Mr. Sarju : Sure.Ms. Diana : Thank you.

2. Irma : Your party is great, Anto! The food is delicious and so is the drink.Rianto : Yeah . . . and we were also satisfied with the dances. They were very attractive.Anto : Oh, thank you very much. I feel relieved because you enjoy this party.

By the way, I really want both of you to sing.Irma : We’d like to, but . . . sorry, we are not confident in such a great party.Rianto : Irma’s right, Anto. Maybe another time.Anto : O.K., then.

Variasi:

Dengan perintah yang sama, guru dapat memberikan situasi-situasi soal yang lain.1. You are doing the dishes. Suddenly someone knocks at the door. You ask your sister to

continue your work. You want to see who he/she is. What would the two of you say?2. Shirley has a cute new pencil sharpener. You like it. Give a compliment for her pencil

sharpener.

114 UNIT 2 Recount

Spoken Text

2.2 Genre

Read the monolog and understand the explanation.Hi, friends. I want to tell you about Calvin and Martin. Well, they are classmates. Last week

they were going to visit a shoe factory with their teacher and other classmates. You know, theywere very excited about the excursion. They were interested in seeing how shoes are made.

The day of having the excursion came. Arriving at school, they saw their classmatescrowding around their teacher, Mrs. Ong. Both of the boys ran to her with their bags. Their bagscontained some sandwiches and drinks.

I tell you what! Mrs. Ong told them, “Students, it’s a pity that the bus has broken down.I don’t know how long it will take for the bus to be repaired or for another bus to replace it.”Hearing this, Calvin and Martin were disappointed.

Mrs. Ong and the students waited for two hours at the school canteen. Finally, Mrs. Ongdecided to postpone the trip. Of course, Calvin and Martin were sad. They ate their foodbefore going home.

Source: Week by Week English Practice Papers.

The text above is a recount text. It is in spoken form. A recount text functions to tell aboutpast events.

Contoh jawaban:1. You : Erna, someone is knocking at the door. I want to see who he/she is. Can you

help me do the dishes? I haven’t finished it yet.Your sister : No problem.You : Thank you.

2. You : Wow, a cute pencil sharpener! May I have a look?Shirley : Sure.You : Thank you. Anyway, did you buy it yourself?Shirley : No, it’s a gift from my brother.

Written Text


Orientation

Calvin and Martin are classmates. Last week they were goingto visit a shoe factory with their teacher and other classmates.They were very excited about the excursion. They were interestedin seeing how shoes are made.


Event

When they reached school, they saw their classmatescrowding around their teacher, Mrs. Ong. They ran to her with theirbags. Their bags contained some sandwiches and drinks.

Mrs. Ong told them that the bus which was supposed to bringthem to the factory had broken down. She didn’t know how long itwould take for the bus to be repaired or for another bus to replaceit. Calvin and Martin were disappointed.

Mrs. Ong and the students waited for two hours at the schoolcanteen. Finally, Mrs. Ong decided to postpone the trip.

Re-orientation Calvin and Martin were sad. They ate their food before going home.

Source: Week by Week English Practice Papers.

Grammar Section

The Simple Past Tense

Look at the picture and read the dialog.Study the explanation.

The text above is a recount text in written form. A recount text tells us about past events.It could be someone’s experiences, someone’s life in the past, the history of something, etc.The main feature of a recount text is the use of the simple past tense.A recount text has certain elements as follows.● Orientation: tells about what happened, where the story happened, who was involved

in the story, when it occured, or why it happened.● Series of events: tell the story. These are usually described in time order.● Re-orientation: is the closure of events (usually optional).

What did you dolast weekend?

Well, I visited myuncle.

The bold-typed sentences use the simple past tense. You use the simple past tense to talkabout actions or situations in the past.Adverbs of time:● yesterday ● just now ● last . . .● a few minutes ago ● this morning ● . . . ago

116 UNIT 2 Recount

Examples:

(+)

Subject

IIndra

Vpastwatchedstudied

Object

TVEnglish

(Adv. of Time)

an hour ago.last night.

(–)

Subject

IIndra

Did not

did notdid not

Vbasewatchstudy

(Adv. of Time)

an hour ago.last night.

Object

a football matchmath

(?)

Did

DidDid

Subject

youIndra

Vbasewatchstudy

(Adv. of Time)

an hour ago?last night?

Object

a football matchEnglish

2. If a sentence uses a noun, an adjective or an adverb, use to be: was/were.Patterns:● Affirmative sentences : Subject + was/were + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time)

● Negative sentences : Subject + was/were + not + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time)

● Interrogative sentences : Was/Were + subject + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time)?

Examples:

(+)

Subject

LinaThe boys

Was/Were

waswere

N/Adj./Adv.

a nurseat school

(Adv. of Time)

two years ago.yesterday.

(–)

Subject

LinaThe boys

Was/Were + not

was notwere not

N/Adj./Adv.

a secretaryat the hospital

(Adv. of Time)

two years ago.yesterday.

(?)Was/Were

WasWere

Subject

Linathe boys

N/Adj./Adv.

a nurseat school

(Adv. of Time)

two years ago?yesterday?

1. If a sentence uses a verb, use Vpast for the positive form and did for the negative andinterrogative sentences.Patterns:● Affirmative sentences : Subject + Vpast + object + (adverb of time)

● Negative sentences : Subject + did not + Vbase + object + (adverb of time)

● Interrogative sentences : Did + subject + Vbase + object + (adverb of time) + ?


The Present Perfect Tense

Look at the picture and read the dialog.Study the explanation.

The dialog uses the present perfect tense.You use the present perfect tense to show:1. a recently completed action,

Example: He has just gone out. (Meaning: He is still out.)2. past actions whose time is not definite,

Example: I have seen it. (Meaning: So I know it.)3. an action beginning in the past and still continuing to

the present,Example: He has worked with us for more than a year.

(Meaning: He still works with us.)4. a repeated action in the past.

Example: I have visited them several times.(Meaning: Possibly, I will visit them again.)

Have you lived herefor a long time?

Yes. Since I wasa child.

Patterns:

(+) Subject + have/has + (adverb*) + past participle + object + (adverb*)

(–) Subject + have/has + not + past participle + object + (adverb*)

(?) Have/Has + subject + past participle + object + (adverb*)?

Note:*) A sentence using the present perfect tense usually has only one adverb of time, either in themiddle or at the end of the sentence.

Here are adverbs in the present perfect tense.

Before the Past Participle

● already (+, ?)● just (+)● ever (?)● never (+) with negative meaning

At the End of Sentences

● already (+, ?)● yet (–, ?)● recently, lately● in the last few days/weeks/months● since + a particular time (+, –, ?);

e.g. since yesterday/last week/you came● for + a duration of time; e.g. for two months

118 UNIT 2 Recount

Remember Unit 1 and answer the questions.

1. What is a descriptive text?Jawaban: It is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing.

2. What elements does it have?Jawaban: It has identification and description.

3. What tense is used in a descriptive text?Jawaban: Present tenses.

4. Give an example of a descriptive text.Jawaban: For example: my rabbit, the frogs in my pond, my father.

Examples:

(+)

Subject

My fatherThe students

Have/Has

hashave

Past Participle

conducteddiscussed

(–)

Subject

My fatherThe students

Have/Has not

has nothave not

Past Participle

conducteddiscussed

(Adv. of Time)

for an hour.since nine o’clock.

Object

a seminarthe proposal

(?)

Have/Has

HasHave

Subject

your fatherthe students

Past Participle

conducteddiscussed

(Adv. of Time)

for an hour?since nine o’clock?

Object

a meetingthe task

(Adv. of Time)

for an hour.since nine o’clock.

Object

a meetingthe task

A. Complete the text while listening to your teacher.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Only a short time after I (1) celebrated my 13th birthday, everything was changing for me.

One day I (2) learned that my voice was becoming deeper and sounding (3) rough. The next fewdays, I was (4) surprised to see hair growing on my face. Then, I found out that my (5) heightwas increasing (6) rapidly. I grew about 10 centimeters in just two months. These changes(7) made me feel awkward and clumsy. The most annoying thing was that I (8) noticed acnestarting to (9) appear on my face. I was (10) wondering, what happened to me.

Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/Mts)


Variasi:

Find the meanings of the words below.Then, make sentences using the words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. deeper = lebih dalam 2. rough = kasar, parau3. increase = meningkat 4. find out = mengetahui5. annoying = mengganggu 6. awkward = aneh, janggal7. clumsy = kikuk 8. acne = jerawat9. appear = muncul 10. rapidly = dengan cepat

Contoh jawaban:1. This swimming pool is deeper than the other one.2. The road in my village is rough.3. The need of gazoline increases day by day.4. Finally, I found out the answer of question 2.5. The loud music is very annoying. I cannot concentrate on my study.6. The man’s attitude looks awkward. Is he new here?7. I felt clumsy on my first experience of being a host.8. My little sister is upset about the acne on her face.9. Slowly but sure, the sun appears behind the horizon.

10. The ants population grows rapidly during the wet season.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the complete text in Task A.Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. How old was the speaker?2. How was his voice?3. How tall did he grow in two months?4. What made the speaker very annoyed?5. What did he feel knowing the changes?

Jawaban:1. 13 years old.2. It was becoming deeper and sounding rough.3. About 10 centimeters.4. The acne which appeared on his face.5. He felt awkward and clumsy.

120 UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi:

A. Listen to your teacher.What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:Let me ask you something. Where did you spend your holiday last Sunday? Did you go to

the beach, to the swimming pool, to the park or to the zoo? Or, . . . did you just stay at home?Um . . . I myself went to the Ragunan Zoo last Sunday. I went there with my family. We

left home at 9 a.m. It took an hour to get there. Well, it was crowded when we arrived.You know, Ragunan Zoo held some attractions during the holiday. There were pony cart

and elephant rides. I enjoyed them both. Have you ever enjoyed elephant ride? You’d better try.Well, we spent two hours there. We saw some animal attractions. They were amazing!

That day I not only felt relaxed but also learned a lot of things.

Jawaban:The monolog tells us about the writer’s experience during his/her holiday in the Ragunan zoo.

B. Complete the statements below based on the monolog in Task A.1. The speaker told his/her experience in ________.2. The speaker went there with ________.3. The speaker arrived at the tourist spot at about ________.4. The situation was ________ when he/she arrived there.5. He/she learned a lot of ________.

Jawaban:1. Ragunan Zoo 2. his/her family 3. 10 a.m.4. crowded 5. things

C. Listen to your teacher.What does he/she tell you about?


Eva was sad. Do you know why? Well, she wanted to go to the movies with her friends.However, she had a high fever. She also had a slight cough and runny nose. Quite suffering,right? So, her mother took her to the clinic immediately. The doctor prescribed some medicinesfor her. He also told her to stay in bed and not go out for a week.

Eva looked out to the window. She saw many people outside. They all seemed to behaving fun. You know, she got more upset. Just then, the bell rang. Her mother opened thedoor. Er . . . just as Eva entered the living room, she saw her friends at the door. They told herthat they chose to visit her and did not go to the movies. They said, “We can always go to themovies when you get well.” Eva smiled broadly. Well, she was glad to have such good friends.They spent the afternoon with her. Eva didn’t feel so sad anymore.

Adapted from: Week by Week English Practice Papers

Jawaban: The monolog is about Eva’s experience when she was sick.


D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text you have heard in Task C.

1. What is the purpose of the monolog?A. To tell past experience.B. To describe something.C. To entertain the listeners.D. To report something.Jawaban: AMonolog tersebut berbentuk recount yangbertujuan untuk menceritakan pengalamanmasa lalu (to tell past experience).

2. Below are what Eva suffered from, except________.A. a high fever B. a slight coughC. a headache D. a runny noseJawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat,”However, she had a high fever. She alsohad a slight cough and runny nose.” yangartinya ”Namun, dia demam tinggi. Diajuga agak batuk dan pilek.”.

3. What made Eva happy finally?A. She got a gift from her friends.B. Her friends visited her.C. Her mom was always by her side.D. She recovered from her sickness soon.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat”. . . her friends at the door. They told herthat they chose to visit her and did not goto the movies . . . . Well, she was glad tohave such good friends.” yang artinya ”. . .teman-temannya berdiri di pintu. Merekamengatakan kepadanya bahwa merekamemilih mengunjunginya dan tidak pergi kebioskop . . . . Ya, dia senang mempunyaiteman-teman seperti itu.”.

Variasi:A. Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B.

Jawaban:1. d 2. g 3. b 4. e 5. a6. h 7. c 8. i 9. j 10. f

A

1. fever2. slight3. runny nose4. have fun5. suffering6. prescribe7. upset8. broadly9. enter

10. get well

B

a. menderitab. pilekc. terganggu, sedihd. demame. bersenang-senangf. sembuhg. agak, ringanh. menulis resepi. dengan lebarj. masuk

B. Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task A.1. For sick people, we usually send a ________ card.2. Dino was ________ because he got a bad mark.3. The little girl smiled ________ when she received a box of chocolate.4. When we ________ the house, we saw some antique things of high value.5. Mr. Karno was absent because he had a ________ headache.

Jawaban:1. get well 2. upset 3. broadly 4. entered 5. slight

122 UNIT 2 Recount

A. Read the two texts below with proper pronunciation.

Text 1Once I lived in a dormitory with some Australian students. There were about twenty of us on

the same floor and there were only two fridges available. Our neighbors were so friendly butproblems first emerged when my Singaporean neighbor put her chopped garlic in the fridge. Allthe Australians complained about the garlic. But the Asians complained about the smell of pasta(noodles) which to us, smelled like a toilet! At last, we decided to wrap garlic and pasta beforeplacing them in the fridge. This taught us to understand and respect each other’s cultures. So, it isnot good to fry ‘ikan asin’ or ‘sambal terasi’ if you live very near Australians!

By: DanielText 2

When I first came to Bali I knew no Indonesian, but I was keen on speaking it. Therefore, usuallyI experimented with sentences by guessing and putting words together. One day I was sitting onthe beach and a lady came up to me offering to sell me a sarong. I wanted to tell her that I had nomoney but I didn't know how, so I decided to guess. “Saya tidak orang,” I said. The lady stared atme in horror and touched me on the arm! Realizing I wasn’t a ghost, she started to laugh and toldme that it was ‘uang’ and that the word for ‘to have’ was ‘punya’. I’ll never forget my Indonesianlesson that day. So the moral is don’t be afraid to make mistakes–it’s a great way of learning!

(Sarah Wood, an Australian exchange teacher working at IALF Bali)

Source: http://www.kangguru.org/kgredifferentponddifferentfish.htm (January 3, 2009)

4. What did the doctor advice her?A. To stay in hospital and not go out for

a few days.B. To stay in bed and not go out for a few

days.C. To stay in hospital and not go out for

a week.D. To stay in bed and not go out for

a week.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat ”The doctor . . . told her to stay inbed and not go out for a week.” yangartinya ”Dokter . . . mengatakankepadanya untuk istirahat dan tidak keluarselama seminggu.”.

5. “You know, she got more upset.”The synonym of the underlined word is________.A. unfitB. unfairC. unhappyD. unhealthyJawaban: CKata ’upset’ sama artinya dengan kataunhappy, yaitu sedih.


Variasi:

A. Read the bold-typed words in the texts you have just read.Which of the words have the following meanings?

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

1. menyukai = keen2. melakukan percobaan = experimented3. asrama = dormitory4. menebak = guessing5. menawarkan = offering6. muncul = emerged7. lemari es = fridge8. bawang putih = garlic9. mengeluh = complained

10. menyentuh = touched11. membungkus = wrap12. menghormati = respect13. memutuskan = decided14. menyadari = realizing15. menatap = stared

B. Complete the sentences with the answers in the previous task.Change the form of the words if necessary.

1. My sister who studies in Yogyakarta lives in a ________.2. Although the man didn’t always have food to eat, he never ________.3. We must ________ our parents and other people.4. Some people believe that ________ is a herb that can heal some kinds of sicknesses.5. The boy didn’t ________ that someone had been following him.6. Can you ________ whom I met today? Mr. Jackson!7. Mr. Andre is smart, no wonder the company has ________ him a high salary.8. Are you ________ on eating hamburgers?9. The problem ________ when there was a new secretary.

10. Would you please ________ the gift using the colorful paper?

Jawaban:1. dormitory 2. complained 3. respect 4. garlic 5. realize6. guess 7. offered 8. keen 9. emerged 10. wrap

C. Read the two texts before once again.Then, answer the questions.

Text 11. Where did the writer live with some Australian students?

Jawaban: In a dormitory.2. How many people lived with the writer in the same floor?

Jawaban: Twenty people.3. How many fridges are available for them?

Jawaban: Two.

124 UNIT 2 Recount

4. What did the writer think of his neighbors?Jawaban: They were friendly.

5. Who put a chopped garlic in the fridge?Jawaban: The writer’s Singaporean neighbor.

6. What did the Australians complain about?Jawaban: The garlic.

7. What did the Asians complain about?Jawaban: The pasta.

8. Why did the Asians complain about it?Jawaban: Because it smelled like toilet.

9. What did the students do to avoid the smell?Jawaban: They wrapped the garlic and pasta before placing them in the fridge.

10. What did the experience teach them?Jawaban: To understand and respect each other’s cultures.

Text 21. Is the writer an Indonesian?

Jawaban: No, she isn’t.2. How do you know?

Jawaban: From her statement that she didn’t know Indonesian.3. What did she do to be able to speak Indonesian?

Jawaban: She experimented with sentences by guessing and putting words together.4. What was the writer doing when a seller came to her?

Jawaban: She was sitting on the beach.5. What did a lady sell?

Jawaban: A sarong.6. Did the writer buy it?

Jawaban: No, she didn’t.7. What did she say to the seller?

Jawaban: She said, “Saya tidak orang.”8. What did she actually mean?

Jawaban: She wanted to tell the seller that she didn’t have money.9. What was the seller’s reaction when the writer told her this?

Jawaban: The seller stared at her in horror and touched her on the arm.10. Why did the seller laugh?

Jawaban: Because she knew that the writer was not a ghost and that she just mademistakes in saying the Indonesian words.

B. Read the texts in Task A once again.Then, retell one of them to the class.

Contoh jawaban:Text 1

Hi, friends! Let me tell you about my experience when I studied in Australia. I lived in a dormitorywith my Australian friends. I lived with about nineteen people on the same floor. Unluckily, we only gottwo fridges here.

At first we lived peacefully, because we all were friendly. One day, we faced a problem. Youknow, I had a Singaporean who love eating chopped garlic. She put it in the fridge. I tell you what! myAustralians friends complained about it. On the other hand, . . . my Asian friends complained aboutthe smell of pasta. We thought it smelled like a toilet! To overcome the problems, we decided to packthe garlic and pasta before we put them into the fridge. This experience taught us to understand and


Variasi:A. Read the text aloud.

Retell it using your own words.Mind your pronunciation and intonation.When Arvan was in hospital, he stayed in the children’s ward. It was a long room with lots

of beds. There were other children in all the beds. Some of them smiled and waved to him.There were lots of things for Arvan to do. First of all, he had a blood test. A nurse took a little

blood from him. She used a needle–it did sting a bit, but it wasn’t too bad. The nurse told Arvanthat the blood test would help the doctor find out how to take care of him.

Then, Arvan was taken to a special room in the X-ray department. A nurse helped him toget up on a table, and asked him to lie there without moving. A giant-sized camera tooka photograph, called an X-ray, of Arvan’s insides. It didn’t hurt at all.

Arvan stayed in hospital for a few days. He made some new friends there, and his mothercame to visit him every day. A teacher came to the ward every day too, and she brought alongsomething for all the children to do. In the afternoon Arvan liked to draw pictures with the otherchildren.

Contoh jawaban:Well, today I will tell you about Arvan’s experience in hospital. Here is the story.Last week, Arvan was sick and he had to stay in the hospital. In hospital he stayed in the

children’s ward with many other children. Do you know a children ward? Yeah, it was a longroom for children with many beds.

Guess what things Arvan did in the hospital! Well, firstly he had a blood test. A nurse tooka little blood from him using a needle. Actually it did sting a bit, but it wasn’t too bad. You know,the blood test would help the doctor find out how to take care of Arvan.

After that, the nurse took Arvan to the X-ray room. She helped him to get up on a table andasked him to lie there. Then, a giant-sized camera took a photograph of Arvan’s insides.

Um . . . Arvan stayed in hospital for several days. He had some new friends there. Hismother visited him every day. His teacher visited him too and brought along something for allthe children. Every afternoon Arvan usually drew pictures with his friends there.

B. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text inTask A.

1. ______ Arvan stayed in a long room for children when he was in hospital.2. ______ There were few beds in the children’s ward.3. ______ Arvan stayed in the room alone.

respect each other’s cultures. So my friends, let me tell you this. Suppose you want to study inAustralia, don’t fry ‘ikan asin’ or ‘sambal terasi’ when you have Australian neighbors!

Text 2Hello, my name is Sarah Wood. You know, on my first trip to Bali I knew nothing about Indonesian.

However, I was interested to talk with the native in Indonesian. So, I tried to talk by guessing andarranging words together.

One day, I sat on the beach to enjoy the scenery. A lady approached me. She sold a sarong.You know what. I had no money at all. I wanted to tell her about it, but I didn’t know what to say.Then I decided to say, “Saya tidak orang.” Guess what! The lady looked confuse. Then, shetouched my arm! She thought I was a ghost. Suddenly she laughed and understood that I was nota ghost. After that, she told me that it was ‘uang’ not ‘orang’ and the English word for ‘punya’ is ‘tohave’. That experience is still in my mind. That’s my story. Funny, isn’t it?

126 UNIT 2 Recount

4. ______ The first thing Arvan should do was that he had to be taken to the X-ray department.5. ______ A nurse took his blood using a needle.6. ______ The doctor used the result of the blood test to tell his disease.7. ______ Every day a teacher came to Arvan’s room and brought something for him and his friends.8. ______ Arvan was very fond of drawing.

Jawaban:1. T2. F. It was a long room with lots of beds.3. F. There were other children in all the beds in the children’s ward.4. F. First of all, Arvan had a blood test.5. T6. F. The doctor used the result of the blood test to find out how to take care of him.7. T8. T

C. Tell your experience based on the following data in front of the class.

Contoh jawaban:Well, last week we went camping at Paradise Mountain. You know, we went there by bus.

We arrived there at about ten o’clock. Then, we took a rest for about half an hour. After that, webuilt tents. It was enjoying because we did it together. Then, the girls prepared lunch and the boyshelped them. At about twelve p.m. we had lunch. Then, our activities began. At about one p.m. wehad to walk through the forest. We all know that we should keep the forest. We may not scratch ortake any exotic flowers. Moreover, we should not litter.

At first, we still had conversations and made jokes. However, when we arrived at the deeperpart in the forest, some girls shouted because they were afraid. They felt relieved after we finallywent out of the forest. Then, we had to cross a river. We did it hand in hand and we were happydoing this. We also played in the water. At about five p.m., we arrived at our camping area. Then,we cooked fried rice. This time, all boys cooked it. Guess what happened! Some were overcooked!At six p.m., we had dinner. Then, we enjoyed the evening and had a bonfire. Some friends sangsongs, and some others had jokes. I myself played the guitar to accompany those who sang. Atabout eleven p.m., we went sleeping.

Adapted from: American Breakthrough 2

Camping at Paradise Mountain

10 a.m. Arrive at Paradise Mountain, then build tents.11 a.m. Prepare lunch.12 a.m.–1 p.m. Have lunch.1 p.m. Walk through the forest.5 p.m. Arrive at the camp base and cook fried rice.6 p.m. Have dinner around the campfire.7 p.m. Enjoy the evening and have a bonfire.

11 p.m. Go sleeping.


Variasi:

A. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper text.Kalimat-kalimat yang diurutkan siswa dan jawaban:

The cat was still alive.

Soon the cat’s leg healed.

Ratna and her father rushed out of the car.

There, the veterinarian washed and bandaged the cat’s injured leg.

Mr. Basudewa was driving Ratna home from school.

Now, Ratna and the cat have become good friends.

Suddenly, a white cat dashed across the street.

So, they took it to the veterinarian.

Mr. Basudewa’s car hit the cat.

Ratna decided to keep the cat as her pet.

B. Retell the proper text in Task A using your own words.Mind your pronunciation and intonation.

Contoh jawaban:Have you ever hit a cat? If you have, what happened then? Now, I’ll tell you Ratna’s

experience.One day, Ratna and her father was driving home from school. Suddenly, a cat crossed the

street and Ratna’s car hit it. Of course, Ratna and her father rushed out of the car. Fortunately,the cat wasn’t dead. Can you guess what they did then? They took the cat to the veterinarian.The veterinarian washed and bandaged the cat’s injured leg. The cat’s leg healed. Then, Ratnakept the cat as her pet. They became good friends.

O.K., that’s all about Ratna and her cat. Thank you for listening.

5

8

4

7

1

10

2

6

3

9

D. Tell your friends your childhood experience.

Contoh jawaban:Well, my mother ever told me that when I was a kid, just around about two years old, I was

nearly drowned. At that time I was playing by the pond in my house, and apparently I slipped andfell in. However, somehow I stood up just enough so my mouth was sticking out above the water.And I didn’t cry out. I was apparently too busy trying to breathe. Eventually, my mother came out.Well, she found me standing in the pond with my head just above the water. Then, she pulled meout before anything bad happened. Luckily, there was nothing serious about me.

Adapted from: Language in Use Intermediate

128 UNIT 2 Recount

A. Read the text with proper pronunciation.

My family likes the sea very much. When we had a holiday last year, we went to a place at theseaside and borrowed a boat from one of our friends. Then, we sailed and fished on the sea allday. We also had races against other boats.

When the sea was rough, we sailed on a small lake near the sea instead. We were verycareful on this lake because there were a lot of sharp rocks there, and the water was shallow. Wedid not want to damage our friend’s boat.

There were not many fish in the lake, but in the sea we caught a lot with a hook, line and smallpieces of bread. The fish were not very big, but they tasted very good. When the weather was fine,we sailed to the land at lunch time, collected pieces of dry wood and fried or grilled our fish overthem on the beach.

There is an island about a mile from our friend’s house, and we sailed to it. The water wasvery clear there, and there was a beautiful beach with white sand and no rocks. We bathed there.It was a lot of fun.

Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

B. Make sentences using the words in Task A.Contoh jawaban:1. My trip to the seaside yesterday was enjoyful.2. Would you like to see a horse race with me?3. Be careful of the rough wave on the beach.4. We like to play in the river near my house because it is clear and shallow.5. Let’s go fishing. Don’t forget to bring your hook.6. Ms. Irna likes to collect pins from wherever country she goes.7. Please grill the fish after I spread the seasoning on it.8. Please take me a sharp knife to chop this meat.9. The earthquake damaged many houses in the village.

10. The people who live in the remote island are isolated.

Variasi:A. Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B.

Jawaban:1. d2. f3. g4. a5. h6. b7. e8. j9. c

10. i

A

1. seaside2. race3. rough4. shallow5. hook6. collect7. grill8. sharp9. damage

10. island

B

a. dangkalb. mengumpulkanc. merusakkand. tepi laute. memanggangf. perlombaang. kasar, kerash. kaili. pulauj. tajam


C. Identify the structure of the text in Task A.

Jawaban:

Orientation

My family likes the sea very much. When we had a holiday lastyear, we went to a place at the seaside and borrowed a boat fromone of our friends. Then, we sailed and fished on the sea all day. Wealso had races against other boats.

Series of Events

When the sea was rough, we sailed on a small lake near thesea instead. We were very careful on this lake because there werea lot of sharp rocks there, and the water was shallow. We did notwant to damage our friend’s boat.

There were not many fish in the lake, but in the sea we caughta lot with a hook, line and small pieces of bread. The fish were notvery big, but they tasted very good. When the weather was fine,we sailed to the land at lunch time, collected pieces of dry wood andfried or grilled our fish over them on the beach.

There is an island about a mile from our friend’s house, and wesailed to it. The water was very clear there, and there was a beautifulbeach with white sand and no rocks. We bathed there. It was a lot offun.

B. Choose the correct answer based on the text in Task A.

1. How did the writer get a boat?A. By renting it.B. By buying it.C. By borrowing it from a friend.D. By borrowing it from a fisherman.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat keduaparagraf satu, ”When we had a holiday lastyear, we went to a place at the seaside andborrowed a boat from one of our friends.”yang artinya ”Saat kami liburan pada tahunlalu, kami pergi ke sebuah tempat dipinggir pantai dan meminjam perahu darisalah seorang teman.”.

2. What did the writer and his family dowhen the sea was rough?A. They sailed on a small lake.B. They sailed on a small river.C. They stopped sailing.D. They went to the harbor.

Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat, ”When the sea was rough, wesailed on a small lake near the seainstead.”.

3. Below are what the writer used to catchfish, except ________.A. hookB. lineC. breadD. wormJawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini tepat karena worm(cacing) tidak disebutkan dalam teks,khususnya pada kalimat ”There were notmany fish in the lake, but in the sea wecaught a lot with a hook, line and smallpieces of bread.” yang artinya ”Tidakbanyak ikan di danau itu, tetapi di laut kamimenangkap banyak ikan dengan pancing,tali pancing, dan potongan-potongan roti.”.

130 UNIT 2 Recount

4. Which statement is NOT TRUE about thelake?A. There were a lot of sharp rocks there.B. The water was shallow.C. It was near the writer’s friend’s house.D. There were not many fish in the lake.Jawaban: CPernyataan ini benar karena tidakdijelaskan dalam teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)dan (B) sesuai dengan kalimat keduaparagraf dua, ”We were very careful onthis lake because there were a lot of sharprocks there, and the water was shallow.”yang artinya ”Kami sangat hati-hati didanau ini karena ada banyak batu tajam,

dan airnya dangkal.”. Pilihan jawaban (D)sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraftiga, ”There were not many fish in thelake, . . . .” yang artinya ”Tidak ada banyakikan di danau itu, . . . .”.

5. How was the fish in the sea?A. It was big.B. It tasted good.C. It was black and white.D. It wasn’t easy to catch.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Thefish were not very big, but they tasted verygood.” yang artinya ”Ikan-ikan itu tidakbegitu besar, tetapi rasanya enak.”.

Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.


Ali and Ani had a vacation. They went toPrapat. They wanted to visit their uncleMr. Hadi and his family. Mr. Anwar, Ali andAni’s father, went together with them. Theywent there by bus. They left Medan at sixo’clock in the morning and arrived in Prapatat nine. Edi and Tati, Mr. Hadi’s children, hadbeen waiting for them at the bus station.

Source : www.puspendik.com

1. What is the main idea of the paragraphabove?A. Ali and Ani’s vacation.B. The Hadi family wanted to visit

Prapat.C. The Anwar family went to Prapat to

visit the Hadi’s.D. Edi and Tati had been waiting for

them at the bus station.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat pertama dalam teks, ”Ali and Anihad a vacation.”. Pilihan jawabanlainnya hanya sebagai kalimatpendukung dari gagasan utama.

2. How many people go to Prapat?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.D. Five.Jawaban: BBerdasarkan kalimat pertama ”Ali andAni had a vacation. They went toPrapat.” dan kalimat keempat ”Mr.Anwar, Ali and Ani’s father, wenttogether with them.”, dapat disimpulkanbahwa ada tiga orang yang pergiberlibur ke Prapat, yaitu Ali, Ani, danayah mereka.

3. “They wanted to visit their uncle Mr. Hadiand his family.”The bold-typed word refers to ________.A. Hadi’s familyB. Mr. Anwar, Ali and AniC. Edi and TatiD. Ali and AniJawaban: DKata ’they’ dalam kalimat soal mengacupada subjek kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu”Ali and Ani had a vacation.”. Jadi, kata’they’ tersebut mengacu pada Ali dan Ani.


4. Edi and Tati are ________.A. Mr. Anwar’s childrenB. Ali and Ani’s friendsC. Ali and Ani’s cousinsD. Ali and Ani’s uncle and auntJawaban: CPak Hadi adalah paman Ali dan Ani,sedangkan Edi dan Tati adalah anakPak Hadi, maka Edi dan Tati adalahsepupu (cousin) Ali dan Ani.

For questions 5 to 7, choose the correctwords to complete the paragraph.

It was a public holiday. We did not haveanything to do, so father suggested(5) ________ us to Safari Park in Cisarua.All of us got very (6) ________. Motherquickly prepared some drinks and snacks forthe trip. My brothers and I (7) ________ gotdressed and brought a camera. Within onehour, we were all ready and settled ourselvesin the car.

5. A. taking B. gettingC. telling D. keepingJawaban: ADalam teks dijelaskan bahwa karena tidakada kegiatan saat liburan, ayah membawa(taking) penulis dan keluarganya ke TamanSafari di Cisarua. Kata yang tepatmelengkapi kalimat berbentuk V-ing form,yaitu taking. Getting artinya memperoleh,telling artinya memberi tahu, dan keepingartinya menjaga/merawat.

6. A. excitedB. annoyedC. disappointedD. upsetJawaban: ADalam teks disebutkan bahwa merekapergi ke Taman Safari di Cisarua. Olehkarena itu, dapat dipastikan merekamerasa senang (excited). Annoyedartinya terganggu, dispointed artinyakecewa, dan upset artinya bingung.

7. A. lazilyB. hurriedlyC. slowlyD. diligently

Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat sesudahnya, yaitu ”Within onehour, we were all ready and settledourselves in the car.”. Berdasarkankalimat tersebut dapat disimpulkanbahwa penulis dan saudara laki-lakinyamelakukan sesuatu dengan cepat(hurriedly). Lazily artinya denganmalas, slowly artinya dengan lambat,dan diligently artinya dengan rajin.

Read the text and answer questions 8 to 10.I had never thought of climbing

Mt. Kerinci. I hesitated when somefriends of mine asked me to join them ona one-night camping and mountaineeringactivity. I could not really refuse becauseI had a lot of spare time in my semesterholidays. I went there with five of myfriends–Antok, Rio, Angga, Danang andIndra. We started to walk upwardsthrough the bushes first and then intothe real jungle. As we moved on, weheard wild animal noises and we sawmonkeys jumping from one branch toanother. Judging from the plants, wewere sure that we were in a rainforestarea.

At midday, we came to the peak ofthe mountain and saw the large crater.There was a white flag there to remindvisitors about the dangers. We took ourphotos and then we began to rush downthe mountain.

8. When did the writer find the mountainso beautiful?A. At night.B. At midday.C. In the morning.D. In the afternoon.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat pertama paragraf terakhir, ”Atmidday, we came to the peak of themountain and saw the large crater.”, yaitupada keterangan waktu ’at midday’.

132 UNIT 2 Recount

9. Which statement is NOT TRUE basedon the text?A. The writer’s hobby is climbing

mountains.B. The writer felt reluctant to climb

mountains.C. The writer found excitement on

the peak of the mountain.D. The writer climbed down the

mountain soon after taking picture.Jawaban: APernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teksadalah (A) yang artinya hobi penulis adalahmendaki gunung karena teks tersebutmenceritakan tentang pengalaman pertamapenulis mendaki gunung. Jadi, mendakigunung bukan hobi penulis.

10. What is the most suitable title for thetext?A. Climbing a mountain is

a dangerous activity.B. My first experience in climbing

a mountain.C. Camping on the mountain is

exciting.D. My hesitating time on holidays.

Ujian Nasional 2005/2006Jawaban: BSecara keseluruhan, teks tersebutmenceritakan tentang pengalamanpenulis naik gunung. Jadi, judul yangpaling tepat untuk teks tersebut adalah(B) yang artinya pengalaman pertamasaya saat naik gunung.

C. Complete the text with the words in the box.

a. fun b. pictures c. stayed d. scenery e. closerf. scary g. colorful h. rest i. garden j. tired

My Holiday

Last week I went to Mount Bromo. I (1) ________ in my friend’s house in Probolinggo, EastJava. The house has a big (2) ________ with (3) ________ flowers and a small fish pond.

In the morning, my friend and I saw Mount Batok. The (4) ________ was very beautiful. Werode on horseback. It was (5) ________, but it was fun. Then, we went to get a (6) ________ lookat the mountain. We took (7) ________ of the beautiful scenery there. After that, we took a(8) ________ and had lunch under a big tree. We went home in the afternoon.

We were very (9) ________. However, I think it was really (10) ________ to have a holidaylike this. I hope my next holiday will be more interesting.


Jawaban:1. c 2. i3. g 4. d5. f 6. e7. b 8. h9. j 10. a


D. Change the verbs in brackets into their correct forms.

1. Eva : ________ (Do) you go on the picnic to the beach last Sunday?Mufid : Yes, it ________ (be) great. Why didn’t you come?

2. Eva : I ________ (have) to stay at home and study for an exam. So tell me about it.Mufid : Well, the bus ________ (pick) us up around seven o’clock in the morning.

3. Eva : And what time did you arrive at the beach?Mufid : At nine thirty. First, we ________ (walk) along the beach, and after that we ________

(play) volleyball until lunchtime.4. Eva : Did you buy lunch at the beach?

Mufid : At first we ________ (decide) to have lunch there, but a friend ________ (inform) usthat there was a good restaurant near the beach. We ________ (agree) to go there.

5. Eva : So what time _______ (do) you come home?Mufid : Around four o’clock in the afternoon.

Jawaban:1. Did, was2. had, picked3. walked, played4. decided, informed, agreed5. did

Variasi:Answer the questions based on the text.1. When did the writer go to Mount Bromo?

Jawaban: Last week.2. Where did he/she stay?

Jawaban: In his/her friend’s house in Probolinggo, East Java.3. What does the house have?

Jawaban: It has a big garden with colorful flowers and a small pool.4. What did the writer see in the morning?

Jawaban: He/she saw Mount Batok.5. What is the writer’s opinion about the scenery there?

Jawaban: It was beautiful.6. What did the writer feel when he/she rode on horseback?

Jawaban: It was scary, but it was fun.7. What did he/she do before taking a rest?

Jawaban: He/she took pictures of the beautiful scenery.8. Where did the writer have lunch?

Jawaban: Under a big tree.9. When did the writer and his/her friend go home?

Jawaban: They went home in the afternoon.10. What did the writer think of the holiday?

Jawaban: It was fun.

134 UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi:

A. Complete the dialogs with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.Practice the dialogs with your friend.

Example:Lena : Where ________ you ________ (go) yesterday? I ________ (call) you twice but no

one ________ (pick up) the phone.Ery : Oh, sorry. Yesterday was my father’s birthday. We ________ (have) dinner outside.Answer:Lena : Where did you go yesterday? I called you twice but no one picked up the phone.Ery : Oh, sorry. Yesterday was my father’s birthday. We had dinner outside.

1. Tessa : ________ (Do) you ________ (feel) something?Elly : No, I didn't.Tessa : I ________ (feel) the earth shaking.Elly : Oh, no! Don’t say that again. You’ve scared me.

2. Dani : Who ________ (turn) on the TV?Willy : I did. What’s up?Dani : Turn it off when you don’t watch it.Willy : O.K.

3. Tevi : I ________ (watch) Fantastic 4 yesterday evening.Inung : ________ (Do) you?Tevi : Yeah. It ________ (be) really fantastic!Inung : You ________ (go) to the movie with your brother, didn't you?Tevi : No. I ________ (go) there with my cousin.

Jawaban:1. Tessa : Did you feel something?

Elly : Oh no! I didn’t.Tessa : I felt the earth shaking.Elly : No. Don’t say that again. You’ve scared me.

2. Dani : Who turned on the TV?Willy : I did. What’s up?Dani : Turn it off when you don’t watch it.Willy : O.K.

3. Tevi : I watched Fantastic 4 yesterday evening.Inung : Did you?Tevi : Yeah. It was really fantastic!Inung : You went to the movie with your brother, didn’t you?Tevi : No. I went there with my cousin.

B. Make sentences using the words below.Read your sentences with proper pronunciation.

1. not stay/yesterday2. eat/this morning/?3. visit/before you came here/?4. live/two years ago5. study/last night/?


6. not watch the news/a few minutes ago7. go to the museum/last vacation8. not go shopping/last Sunday9. visit grandma/last week

10. not perform the dance/last night

Contoh jawaban:1. We didn’t stay home yesterday.2. What did you eat this morning?3. Whom did you visit before you came here?4. I lived with my uncle’s family two years ago.5. What subject did you study last night?6. We didn’t watch the news about the government’s policy a few minutes ago.7. My friends and I went to the museum last vacation.8. We didn’t go shopping last Sunday.9. Dita visited her grandma last week.

10. We didn’t perform the dance last night.

E. Complete the text with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.

Hi, guys. Have you ever traveled around Indonesia? Not yet? Well, I have. And I didn’t________ (1. spend) much money. Don’t you believe it?

I ________ (2. go) to Jakarta last holiday. I ________ (3. stay) for four days in my uncle’shouse. Uncle Tri, Aunt Rita and my cousin ________ (4. take) me to some tourists resorts inJakarta, like Ancol the Wonderland, the National Monument, and of course the Indonesia’sMiniature Park or TMII. I ________ (5. spend) almost five hours there. This park is really amazing.I could go around Indonesia just from one place.

I went from one province to another in few minutes. I could ________ (6. see) all the islandsin Indonesia from above when I ________ (7. ride) the skylift. I also ________ (8. see) somebeautiful animals and flowers. It ________ (9. be) really fun.

The last thing I ________ (10. do) was having lunch. What a nice holiday! I will never forget it.

Jawaban:1. spend 2. went 3. stayed 4. took 5. spent6. see 7. rode 8. saw 9. was 10. did

A. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper text.Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

As the transfusion progressed, his face grew pale and began crying. Then, he looked atthe doctor and asked with a trembling voice, “Will I start to die right away?”

The doctor asked Liz’s 5-year old brother, “Young boy, your sister is suffering now, andshe needs your blood. Are you willing to give your blood to your sister?” I saw him hesitatefor a moment before taking a deep breath and saying, “Yes, I’ll do it if it will save her.”

3

2

136 UNIT 2 Recount

5

4

1

Then, because the doctor felt curious, he asked the little boy, “If you thought that you woulddie, why did you give your blood to your sister?” And the boy’s answer was “Because . . . I loveher.”

The doctor answered him, “Of course not, young boy. You will not die because you giveyour blood to someone. Don’t worry.”

Many years ago, when I worked as a volunteer at a hospital, I got to know a little girlnamed Liz. She was suffering from a serious disease and needed a blood transfusion.

Adapted from: http://www.baywideweb.com/content/fivelessons.htm (May 26, 2007)

Variasi:

A. Find the meanings of the words below.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. curious = ingin tahu2. transfusion = transfusi3. save = menyelamatkan4. volunteer = sukarelawan5. trembling = gemetar6. progress = berlangsung7. suffer = menderita8. hesitate = ragu-ragu9. willing (to) = bersedia

10. breath = nafas

B. Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task A.1. Nina : What did you ________ from?

Andi : Diarrhea.2. At first the child ________ to approach the woman, but after he knew that she was his

mother, he immediately ran to her.3. The boy’s voice was ________ when he confessed that he had stolen the money.4. Mr. Aji : Are you ________ to do overwork in this office?

Mr. Sanusi : Sure, Sir.5. The man worked as a ________ to take care of the tsunami victims.

Jawaban:1. suffer 2. hesitated 3. trembling 4. willing 5. volunteer

OrientationMany years ago, when I worked as a volunteer at a hospital, I got to

know a little girl named Liz. She was suffering from a serious diseaseand needed a blood transfusion.

B. Identify the structure of the proper text in Task A.

Jawaban:


Series of Events

The doctor asked Liz’s 5-year old brother, “Young boy, your sister issuffering now, and she needs your blood. Are you willing to give yourblood to your sister?” I saw him hesitate for a moment before takinga deep breath and saying, “Yes, I’ll do it if it will save her.”

As the transfusion progressed, his face grew pale and began crying.Then, he looked at the doctor and asked with a trembling voice, “Will Istart to die right away?”

The doctor answered him, “Of course not, young boy. You will notdie because you give your blood to someone. Don’t worry.”

Then, because the doctor felt curious, he asked the little boy, “If youthought that you would die, why did you give your blood to your sister?”And the boy’s answer was “Because . . . I love her.”

Variasi:

Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A.1. ______ The young boy thought that he would die because he had given his blood.2. ______ The writer was the boy’s sister.3. ______ The boy gave his blood because he had to do it.4. ______ The boy was five years old.5. ______ At that time the writer was suffering from a serious disease.

Jawaban:1. T2. F. The writer was a volunteer at the hospital where Liz stayed.3. F. The boy gave his blood because he loved his sister.4. T5. F. At that time Liz was suffering from a serious disease, not the writer.

C. Write sentences using the present perfect tense based on the picture.

Tina’s Room

You can use the verbs below.

● play ● draw ● take● read ● collect ● listen to

Example: Tina has kept some packs of noodles.

138 UNIT 2 Recount

Contoh jawaban:1. Tina has played the guitar. 2. Tina has drawn some animals.3. She hasn’t taken pictures. 4. She has read books about science.5. She has collected some animal dolls. 6. Tina has listened to the radio.

Variasi:

In pairs, ask your partner these questions.You may add additional questions.Write the result fo your interview on a sheet of paper.

If your partner answer “Yes”, put a tick (✔) in the ‘Yes’ column. If he/she says “No”, put a tick(✔) in the ‘No’ column.

Example:This is about Mirdad. He has never had a penfriend. Once he has broken his arm/leg. It

was in 2003 when he got a motorcycle accident with his father. He has never forgotten to dohis homework. Quite diligent, right?

D. Continue the sentences below to make a proper text.Use your own words.

Heavy rains hit my place few days ago. It didn’t stop for five hours. Suddenly, water flowed upfrom the river. It spread everywhere. People tried to save their things, so did my family.

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Contoh jawaban:Heavy rains hit my place two days ago. It didn’t stop for five hours. Suddenly, water flowed up

from the river. It spread everywhere. People tried to save their things, so did my family.Actually, we often get flood every year, especially in the rainy season. However, it always

comes in sudden. It makes everyone panicked. This time I heard many babies and children cried.All people rushed to higher places. They walked in a hurry. Water inundated the houses and streetsin a few days. Cars and other vehicles couldn’t pass the street. It was really horrible.

No.

1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.

10.

Have you ever . . . ?

had a penfriendbroken your arm or legforgotten to do your homeworkmet a famous personwon a prize in a compositionbeen in a foreign countrysung an English songhad a terrible nightmareplayed in a dramacheated in an exam

Yes No


E. Do you have a memorable experience?Write a recount text about it.

Contoh jawaban:I have a younger sister. I love her very much. However, one day, when she and I were eating

together, suddenly I broke the glass beside me. I felt surprised, and so did my sister. Suddenly,mother came. She asked us, “Oh, no. Who broke the glass?”

I was really afraid to tell her the fact because the glass was one of my mother’s favorites,I guessed. I said, “Not . . . me. It was Ela.”

Ela felt shocked hearing this. I could see it from her face. She tried to defend hersef, “No. Itwas Eka . . . .” But mother believed me more than her.

Then, mother asked her, “If you have made a mistake, confess it bravely. Now, sweep the floorand clean it from the broken glass. Eka, please help your sister.” I helped her. But I saw there weresome tears in her big eyes. I kept silent. In my heart, I felt that I won over her.

However, since that time, she didn’t want to be with me anymore. She played with her doll anddirectly left when I approached her. She also didn’t come to my class during the break as sheusually did before. And, she kept locking herself in her room. I felt really lonely, and realized that itwas my fault actually. I felt guilty.

Then, one day, I approached her when she was playing. She was almost leaving. However,I grasped her hand and said, “Forgive me, dear sister. It was my fault.” At first she still didn’t wantto see me. However, I kept apologizing. Then, she finally said, “O.K.” She cried. I embraced herand promised I would never do it anymore.

2.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Letters

Spoken Text


Attention, please.We’ve found some keys in the hall. If you have lost them, please meet Mr. Bambang at theteacher room during the break. Thank you.

The text above is an announcement. It is used to give information about something ina public place. An announcement can be spoken or written.

140 UNIT 2 Recount

Written Text

Read the following text and understand the explanation.

Jalan Menara Bunga 12 August 14, 2009Bukittinggi

Dear Mirima,My brother and I are in Bukittinggi now. We arrived here on Sunday morning at five.

It was already busy probably because of the holidays. We went directly to the remains ofDe Kock Fortress and found a lot of people jogging along this area. We took a rest here,sat under the tree and enjoyed the fresh air.

It was almost 6:30 a.m. We went to a famous warung, called “Pical si Kai”. Here wehad coffee, pical, ketupat gulai, etc. Because all hotels had been full, we rented a room ina house nearby. The room was quite nice and clean. The rent was not too expensive.

At about eight we went to Sianok Valley. It is such a very beautiful valley. On thebank of the valley there is a long cave, called Japanese cave. It is very long. It goesdeeply into the ground with an entrance at one end, and an exit at the other end. Thepeople here said that a long time ago the cave was used by the Japanese army to protectthemselves from the Dutch attack. At that time it seemed that there was nothing in theground. Both the entrance and the exit were covered by plants.

That’s our first day in Bukittinggi. We are going to visit Lake Maninjau, Lembah AnaiFalls, etc. the following day. Hope to be here with you someday. Please reply soon.

Love,

Vena Junita

The text is a letter. A letter has a certain structure as follows.1. Date. It shows the date when the letter is written on.2. Inside address. It shows whom the letter is sent to or the recipient and the address.

It usually mentions the recipient’s full name and address.3. Greeting. It is also known as the “salutation”. It says “Dear (name of recipient)”.4. Body. This shows the content or the subject matter of the letter.5. Closing. This is the farewell phrase, such as: “Cheers”, “Love”, “Best regards”,

“Yours truly” or “Sincerely”.6. Signature. Signature is important for formal letters. It is seldom mentioned in informal

letters. The full name of the writer is often printed below the signature.


Answer the questions.

1. What announcements have you heard recently?Contoh jawaban: Announcement about a math test.

2. Where did you hear the announcement?Contoh jawaban: In the classroom.

3. Do you often send letters?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.

4. Whom do you usually send the letter to?Contoh jawaban: To my aunt or penfriend.

A. Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:Attention, please. The show will start in a few minutes. Please sit down on the seats

provided and please do not approach the fence surrounding the stage. Although the animalswhich are going to perform are trained well, they are dangerous. Thank you.

1. Where can you hear such an announcement?Jawaban: In a circus.

2. What should the audience do?Jawaban: They should sit on the seats provided.

3. What shouldn’t audience do?Jawaban: They should not approach the fence surrounding the stage.

4. Why shouldn’t they do that?Jawaban: Because the animals which are going to perform are dangerous.

5. What do you know about the performers?Jawaban: They are animals which are trained well, but dangerous.

B. Find the words which have the following meanings in the text in Task A.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. tempat duduk = seat2. pagar = fence3. disediakan = provided4. sekitar = surrounding5. terlatih = trained

142 UNIT 2 Recount

C. Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task B.

1. The animals are ________ well by Mr. Sanjaya.2. You can choose your own ________ here.3. The environment ________ my village is very clean.4. A high ________ protects the plantation from animals.5. Is the snack ________ for us?Jawaban:1. trained 2. seat3. surrounding 4. fence5. provided

Variasi:

A. Your teacher is going to read a text.Listen to him/her carefully.Then, answer the questions.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:Attention, please,There will be a flag ceremony next Monday. Don’t forget to wear your hats and ties. The studentson duty will be the students of Class VIIIA.

1. Who do you think the speaker is?Jawaban: A teacher.

2. Who do you think the listeners are?Jawaban: The students.

3. Where can you hear such an announcement?Jawaban: At school.

4. What is the announcement about?Jawaban: A flag ceremony.

5. What is the purpose of the text?Jawaban: To announce something.

B. Continue the statements below based on the text you have heard in Task A.1. Next Monday there will be a ________.2. Don’t forget to wear ________.3. The students on duty will be ________.4. “Don’t forget to wear your hat, . . . .” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is

________.5. The word ‘you’ in the announcement refers to ________.

Jawaban:1. flag ceremony2. your hats and ties3. the students of Class VIIIA4. remember5. the students


D. Listen to your teacher.What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:For all performers, you all have performed very well. So, it is difficult for us to choose which ofyou should win the contest. Finally, after a long discussion, we come to the conclusion thatAnggara’s group is the third winner, Ina’s group is the runner up and . . . the first winner is . . .Nita’s group. For these groups, please come forward to receive trophies from the principal.

Jawaban:It’s an announcement about the winners of a contest.

E. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the text you have heard in Task D.Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. How did the performers perform themselves?2. What should the winners do?3. Which group is the third winner?4. Who will give them the trophies?5. In your opinion, who is the speaker?

Jawaban:1. Very well.2. Come forward to receive trophies from the principal.3. Anggara’s group.4. The principal.5. One of the juries or the host.

A. Say the announcement below aloud.

To celebrate our Independence Day, we will hold some activities. One of them is blood donation.A drop of your blood is very meaningful for those who need it. If you want to donate your blood,please contact Renny in the OSIS room. Thank you.

Variasi:

Read the following announcement aloud.Then, retell it using your own words.Attention, please.The end of this semester is approaching.We will conduct an end semester party as usual.Each class should prepare an attractive attraction to be performed.Please be prepared.Thank you.

144 UNIT 2 Recount

Contoh jawaban:Attention, please,We will end this semester soon. As usual, we will hold an end semester party. All classes shouldprepare interesting performances such as dramas, singing, dancing, etc. Please be prepared.Thank you.

B. Decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the announcementin Task A.

1. ______ The announcement is about blood donation at school.2. ______ The blood donation is to celebrate the Independence Day.3. ______ The blood donation is the only activity for the Independence Day.4. ______ A little blood is useful.5. ______ Students who want to donate their blood can go to the sickbay.

Jawaban:1. T 2. T3. F. It is just one of the activities. 4. T5. F. Students who want to donate their blood can contact Renny in the OSIS room.

Variasi:

Read the announcement aloud.Then, state whether the following statements are true (T) of false (F).Attention, please. We’ve found a wallet with some money in it in the parking area. If you are theone who has lost it, please go to the security office to confirm the wallet. Thank you.Statements:1. ______ The announcement is about a lost wallet.2. ______ The wallet contains money.3. ______ The person who lost the wallet should go to the cashier.4. ______ The person who lost the wallet should confirm what the wallet looks like.5. ______ The wallet was found in the parking area.

Jawaban:1. F. The announcement is about a found wallet.2. T3. F. He/she should go to the security office.4. T5. T

C. Tell your friends an announcement based on each situation.

1. One of your teachers is absent. However, he gives you an assignment. Tell the class abouthis/her absence and what the assignment is.

2. Suppose you are a teacher in your school. Because there have been many students whocome late, make an announcement about the thing the late comers should do.

Contoh jawaban:1. Attention, please.Mr. Anwar cannot come today. However, he has given us an assignment to

do. Please write down a recount text about your childhood experience. Then, submit it to theteacher on duty. Thank you.

2. Attention for all students.Many students have been late recently. Therefore, from now on students who come late mustmake a composition for about two pages. They should submit it exactly on the day they comelate after the second break. Thank you.


A. Read the letter below with proper pronunciation.What do the bold-typed words mean?

Variasi:

Deliver some announcements based on the situations.1. Suppose you have found a purse in the school library. Make an announcement about it.2. Suppose you are a teacher in your school. Make an announcement that there will be

a school bazaar next month. State the exact date/day and what the students shouldprepare.

Contoh jawaban:1. Attention, please. I have found a purse in the school library. It is red, small and contains

some money. For the student who has lost it, please contact me: Lucia, Class VIIIA.2. Attention for all,

To celebrate our school anniversary, we will conduct a school bazaar next month, startingfrom October 5 to October 10. I hope all classes can participate. You can sell many kinds ofthings, such as food, books or products you create yourselves. If you are interested, you canmeet me to get the requirement and registration forms during the break. Thank you.

Adapted from: Composition Letter Writing Comprehension Structure and Usage

Jawaban:1. hurt = luka2. fortunately = untungnya3. seriously injured = terluka parah4. getting well = sembuh5. concerned about = menaruh perhatian

123 Geylang RoadSingapore,

March 20, 2009

Dear Bob,I was awfully sorry to hear that you were hurt in an accident last week. It was

only this morning that I knew that you were taken to General Hospital. Fortunately,you were not seriously injured. I do hope that you are getting well by now.

However, I am sure that you would like to know that many of your classmatesare concerned about you. They want to send you their best wishes for your earlyrecovery.

Anyway, with your mother staying with you most of the time, I hope that you willnot feel lonely at the hospital. I do hope that you will recover soon.

Yours sincerely,

John

146 UNIT 2 Recount

6. wishes = harapan7. early recovery = penyembuhan/pemulihan yang segera8. lonely = kesepian

1. The text is a letter of ________.A. applicationB. invitationC. introductionD. complaintJawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimatawal surat, ”We are sorry to complainabout the service that your travel agencyprovided on our school holiday Bali Touron July 8-10.”. Jadi, isi surat itu tentangkeluhan (complaint) atas jasa yangdiberikan.

2. The writer feels disappointed with thefollowings, except ________.A. the dinner providedB. canceling to visit one objectC. being late to check inD. the travelingJawaban: DPenulis merasa kecewa dengan pelayananagen perjalanan yang berkaitan denganmakanan untuk makan malam danketerlambatan check in yangmenyebabkan batalnya rencanamengunjungi salah satu tempat wisata.Jadi, yang tidak termasuk hal yangmengecewakan penulis adalah (D)traveling.

Variasi:

Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the letter in Task A.1. ______ The letter is about a wish to visit Bob soon.2. ______ John stayed in General Hospital.3. ______ John knew the news about Bob two days before he wrote the letter.4. ______ Bob’s classmates didn’t pay attention to him.5. ______ Bob’s mother always stayed with him.Jawaban:1. F. The letter is about a wish that Bob is getting well.2. F. It was Bob who stayed in General Hospital.3. F. John knew the news in the morning before he wrote the letter.4. F. Bob’s classmates were concerned about him.5. T

B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

The Manager of KEN TOURJalan Ahmad Yani 12Surabaya

Dear Sir,We are sorry to complain about the

service that your travel agency providedon our school holiday Bali Tour on July8–10. First, on our arrival we had to stayoutside the hotel despite our tirednessafter 12 hours journey. The people incharge said that all the rooms were stilloccupied by another group. We werewelcomed to check in after waiting for 5hours. That means our tour was twohours delayed. Consequently wemissed one of the places to visit. At thedinner time, many of us found no foodleft, so we had to buy some foodoutside. We look forward to receivingyour response.

Thank you.

Yours faithfully,

Andi


Jawaban: DDalam surat tersebut Andi menyatakankeluhan. Karena mengajukan keluhan,dapat dipastikan bahwa tour tersebut tidakberjalan sukses. Jadi, pernyataan yang tidaksesuai teks adalah the tour was successful.

5. The sentence “We missed one of theplaces to visit.” means ________.A. they enjoyed their visitB. they did not visit one of the arranged

tourist objectsC. they were happy on their holidayD. they wanted to stay longerJawaban: BKalimat tersebut mempunyai arti ”Kamimelewatkan salah satu tempat wisatauntuk dikunjungi.”. Dari kalimat tersebutdapat diketahui bahwa mereka tidakmengunjungi satu tempat wisata (they didnot visit one place).

3. How long was the tour?A. 2 days. B. 3 days.C. 5 hours. D. 12 hours.Jawaban: BDalam surat disebutkan bahwa tourliburan ke Bali mulai tanggal 8 sampai 10Juli. Jadi, tour tersebut berlangsungselama 3 hari (three days).

4. Which is NOT TRUE based on the text?A. The travel agent is Ken Tour.B. The travel agency did not arrange

the tour well.C. The students spent their holiday in

Bali.D. The tour was successful.

Ujian Nasional

A. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper letter.

Surat yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Finally, I went to a cafe nearby to have lunch. I spent three days in Bandung and that wasreally fun.

First, I visited Tangkuban Perahu. The place is just wonderful. After that, I went to DagoStreet. I bought some T-shirts there.

Denpasar, July 20, 2009By the way, I want to tell you about my holiday. Last month, I went to Bandung. I was so

happy because it was my first time to visit the place. There are many interesting places tovisit.Sincerely,

Ketut TantriThen, I went to Cibaduyut. I bought many things like shoes, dolls, and some souvenirs.

I also did not forget to buy ‘peuyeum’. You know, Bandung is famous for it.Hi, Putri, how are you? I hope you are fine.Anyway, I will write to you again next time. Write to me as soon as you can.


6

4

13

8

5

27

148 UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi:

Read the proper letter in Task A once again.Then, decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F).1. ______ The letter is about the writer’s holiday last week.2. ______ The writer had been to Bandung twice before writing the letter.3. ______ First, the writer went to Tangkuban Perahu.4. ______ The writer bought some T-shirts in Cibaduyut.5. ______ The writer’s last activity was having lunch.

Jawaban:1. F. It is about the writer's holiday last month.2. F. It was the first time the writer went to Bandung.3. T4. F. He bought some T-shirts in Dago Street.5. T

B. Suppose you are Putri.Write a reply to your friend’s letter in Task A.

Contoh jawaban:

Jalan Sudirman 20Yogyakarta

August 15, 2009

Dear Tantri,It’s nice reading the story about your last holiday. I am interested in going to

Bandung some day. Will you go there again together with me?Well, talking about my holiday, I spent it with my friends. We had a camping in

a hill about seven kilometers from my house. We spent two days there. It was reallya nice experience, you know. Moreover, we all who joined the camp are girls! So,we did what boys usually do when we were camping, like bringing our heavy stuff,carrying pails of water from the river nearby, etc. We also built our tents ourselves.It was really enjoyable for us. It was like we had our own home. Wanna try with me?

O.K., that’s all about my holiday. See you soon.

Love,

Putri


C. Write a letter to your friend or family based on one of the topics below.

Topics:● Your experience when you were an elementary school student.● Your sad/embarrassing experience.

Contoh jawaban:

Variasi:

Read the letter below.Then, write a reply of the letter.

Jalan Pujangga 29JakartaAugust 15, 2009

Dear Putri,

Putri, I’m so glad knowing that you and your family will come here next holiday. Wehaven’t met each other for a long time. I miss you so much. If you come here, I will showyou a new park in my town. It is a nice place.

You said you and your family would go by train. However, I don’t know when you willcome here exactly. Please tell me the time, so I can pick you up at the railway station.

O.K., that’s all for now. Please reply soon. My love to Auntie, Uncle and Raka.

Love,

Diana

Dear Diana,

I’m happy receiving your letter. It seems that I will have a nice holiday in your town.I want to go sightseeing around your town. I have never enjoyed your town yet since mylast visit there five years ago.

Well, we will arrive at your town on Saturday, this week, at about 5 p.m. I hope youcan pick us up at the railway station. Thank you.

See you,

Putri

150 UNIT 2 Recount

Contoh jawaban:

Variasi:

Write a letter about your experience when going to a tourist place.

Contoh jawaban:

Dear Ida,

How have you been? I really miss you because we haven’t met since we graduated fromelementary school.

I remember when we first got to be close to each other. When we were in the fourth grade,in the art lesson. Mr. Gunawan asked us to sing a national song. When it was my turn to comeforward, I felt really afraid. I didn’t want to do it. All our friends encouraged me, including you.

Finally, I stepped forward, but I didn’t know what to sing. Even Mr. Gunawan sang a songhimself and asked me to repeat after him. However, his attempt was useless. I still didn’t sing.Then, I went to my seat. He got angry with me. Later, during the break, you approached meand encouraged me. You said that I had a good voice. You also said that not all our friendswere better than me. I felt courageous because of your encouragement. Then, after the break,I told Mr. Gunawan that I would sing, and I made it. Since that time, you always encouragedme whenever I felt down. Thanks, mate.

Now, it’s been more than a year we have separated from each other. I believe you havestories to tell. I look forward to hearing from you.

With love,

Betsy

Dear Anita,How was your holiday? Did you have any interesting experience during your holiday?Well, I want to tell you my experience. Last holiday my friends and I went to the zoo.

It is a new zoo in my town. Many people are interested to visit it, including us.Actually, the zoo is not far from our houses. That’s why we just rode our bikes.

Arriving there, we bought the tickets. Entering the zoo, we could see many animals in theirown shelters or cages. Firstly, we saw the elephants shelter. There were four elephants inthe shelter. Wow! They were really big!

Then, we went to the monkey cage. Actually I wanted to throw some peanuts to themonkeys, but we were not allowed to do it. We just smiled and laughed looking at themonkey’s behavior.

After that, we walked around the zoo and saw many other animals. We were in thezoo for about two hours. We really enjoyed our holiday there. Will you come and see thezoo some day with me?

Love,

Rindra


Write your memorable experience when you were a child.

pass : memberikanpediatrician : dokter anakprescribe : menulis resep obatreplace : menggantikanrunner up : nomor duaslight : sedikitsubmit : mengumpulkansuffer : menderitatouch : menyentuhturn : giliran


appetite : selerabreathe : bernapasbroad : lebarbroken down : rusakcheat : mencontekcompliment : memujiembarrass : memalukan

152 UNIT 2 Recount


Read the dialog and answer questions 1and 2.Ms. Sandy : Excuse me, but I was just

admiring your bag. It’s really nice.Mrs. Hans : Oh, thank you.Ms. Sandy : Could you tell me where you

bought it? I have been lookingfor one like that for a long time.

Mrs. Hans : I bought it in the Luggage Storein Plaza Indonesia.

Ms. Sandy : Oh, thank you very much.

Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning:Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII

Edisi 4

1. Ms. Sandy said, “Excuse me, but I wasjust admiring your bag. It’s really nice.”What does it mean?A. She expresses her gratitude.B. She expresses her happiness.C. She compliments Mrs. Hans’ bag.D. She asks for Mrs. Hans’ help.Jawaban: CKalimat yang dikatakan Bu Sandy artinya,”Maaf, tetapi saya hanya mengagumi tasAnda. Tas itu sangat bagus.”. Kalimat inimerupakan ungkapan untuk memuji.

2. What can you conclude from the dialog?A. Ms. Sandy wants to buy the bag.B. Mrs. Hans and Ms. Sandy have the

same bag.C. Ms. Sandy wants to go to Indonesia.D. Mrs. Hans and Ms. Sandy want to

buy a bag together.Jawaban: ADari kalimat-kalimat yang dikatakan BuSandy mengenai tas Bu Hans, ”It’s reallynice.” yang artinya ”(Tas itu) sangat bagus.”dan juga ”Could you tell me where youbought it?” yang artinya ”Bersediakah Andamemberi tahu tempat Anda membelinya?”,dapat disimpulkan bahwa Bu Sandymenyukai tas Bu Hans dan ingin membelitas seperti itu.

Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4.

Anang : Would you please help me? Weneed to buy more cakes for the party.

Candra : Sure. Where should we buy them?Anang : In the bakery on Jalan Kenari.Candra : O.K. Let’s go.

3. What is the dialog about?A. A party.B. A bakery.C. Buying cakes.D. Holding in a party.Jawaban: CDalam percakapan tersebut Anangmeminta bantuan Candra untuk bersama-sama membeli kue dan Candramenyetujuinya. Jadi, topik pembicaraanmereka mengenai membeli kue.

4. Anang said, “Would you please help me?”What does it mean?A. He is asking for information.B. He is giving information.C. He is asking for help.D. He is giving help.Jawaban: CKalimat yang dikatakan Anang artinya”Bersediakah Anda membantu saya?”.Kalimat ini merupakan ungkapan untukmeminta bantuan (ask for help).


Ryan : Ari, where will you go?Ari : To the shop over there. I need some

toothpaste.Ryan : Would you also buy me a bar of soap,

please? I’m running out of it.Ari : Sure.

5. From the dialog we know that ________.A. Ryan is asking for helpB. Ryan is giving helpC. Ryan is refusing helpD. Ryan is accepting helpJawaban: ADalam percakapan tersebut, Ryan memintaAri untuk membelikannya sabun denganmengatakan, ”Would you also buy me a barof soap?” yang artinya, ”Maukah kamu


membelikan saya sabun?”. Kalimat itumenunjukkan bahwa Ryan memintabantuan (asking for help). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena bukan merupakanjenis ungkapan yang sesuai.

6. What does Ryan want Ari to do?A. To buy him toothpaste.B. To buy him detergent.C. To buy him soap.D. To buy him towel.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimatRyan, ”Would you also buy me a bar ofsoap? I'm running out of it.” yang artinya”Maukah kamu membelikan saya sabun?Saya kehabisan sabun.”.


7. How long did Kevin live in SouthernCross, West Australia?A. For 3 years. B. For 4 years.C. For 5 years. D. For 6 years.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ” . . . ,I went back to Southern Cross in WestAustralia. Well, I was born there and livedthere for the first four years of my life.”yang artinya ”. . . , saya kembali keSouthern Cross di Australia Barat. Sayalahir di sana dan tinggal di sana empattahun pertama kehidupan saya.”.

8. What was surprising for Kevin?A. He could go back to both of the towns.B. Narrogin and Southern Cross didn’t

change at all.C. The house his grandfather had built

wasn’t destroyed.D. He remembered the town he was

born and the town he grew up.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat ”I was surprised that I actuallyremembered both towns . . . .” yangartinya ”Saya merasa terkejut karena sayamasih ingat kedua kota itu . . . .”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidakterdapat dalam teks.

9. Who went to see both of the towns with Kevin?A. His father and his motherB. His father and his brother.C. His parents and his brother.D. His parents and his sister.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat,”Together with my parents and my brother,I went back . . . .” yang artinya ”Bersama-sama dengan orang tua dan saudara laki-laki saya, saya kembali ke . . . .”.

10. Which statement is TRUE according to thetext?A. Kevin was born in Narrogin.B. Kevin could see the house his

grandfather built.C. Kevin saw his secondary school in

Narrogin.D. Kevin lived in Narrogin for four years.

Dear Kusumawardhani,

Have you still lived in the town whereyou were born or where you grew up asa young child? Last June I went back to thetown where I was born and to the two townswhere I grew up. Together with my parentsand my brother, I went back to SouthernCross in West Australia. Well, I was bornthere and lived there for the first four yearsof my life. Then, my family and I moved toNarrogin, about a four hour drive away.

I was surprised that I actuallyremembered both towns, although of courseNarrogin was clearer in my memory. Youknow, I lived in Narrogin for 6 years and Ieven went back to see the house that mygrandfather built in the late 1950s. It was stillthere. Then, I went to see my old primaryschool too–it hasn’t changed much at all.Yeah, I just like the old days really.

This is all my story. Please share yourinteresting story with me. I look forward to it.

Yours sincerely,

Kevin August

Adapted from: KangGuru Radio English

154 UNIT 2 Recount

Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat ”. . . and I even went backto see the house that my grandfather builtin the late 1950s. It was still there.” yangartinya, ”. . . dan saya bahkan kembaliuntuk mengunjungi rumah yang dibangunoleh kakek saya pada tahun 1950-anakhir. Rumah itu masih ada di sana.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

For questions 11 to 13, choose the correctwords to complete the following text.

Hi, everybody. Let me tell you something.Yesterday Grade VIII students went toa swimming competition at Banyubiruswimming pool.

The first race I entered was the freestyle.I (11) ________ the third place and got a blueribbon. The next race was backstroke. I camefifth.

Later on, my friend swam in the butterflyrace and won. After lunch, we (12) ________ inthe relays. Grade VIII students (13) ________so hard for our team.

Finally, my mom arrived to take me home.I was very tired but happy.

Source: Contextual Teaching and LearningBahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII

11. A. won B. gotC. swam D. competedJawaban: AKalimat soal artinya ”Perlombaan pertamayang saya ikuti adalah gaya bebas. Saya. . . peringkat ketiga dan mendapatkanpita biru.”. Kalimat ini cocok dilengkapidengan kata ’won’ yang artinya’memenangkan’.

12. A. won B. gotC. worked D. competedJawaban: DKalimat soal berarti ”Setelah makan siang,kami . . . dalam estafet.”. Karena yangdiikuti oleh penulis adalah perlombaan, katayang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat adalahcompeted yang artinya berlomba. Pilihan

jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya memenangkan, (B) artinyamemperoleh, dan (C) artinya bekerja.

13. A. cried B. sangC. shouted D. cheeredJawaban: DKalimat soal artinya ”Siswa kelas VIII . . .untuk regu kami.”. Kata yang tepatmelengkapi kalimat ini adalah cheeredyang artinya bersorak-sorak.

Read the text and answer questions 14 and 15.

Dear Mrs. Handoko,I am very grateful because you have

taken care of my mom tenderly andcarefully with all your heart. You are so kindto my family. May God always bless youwith health and riches because of yourkindness.

Now, my mother is in good condition.She even can make jokes with hergranddaughter. I’m happy because of this.

Sincerely yours,

Mrs. Sanjaya

14. Why did Mrs. Sanjaya send Mrs. Handokoa letter?A. To express her complaint.B. To express her compliment.C. To ask for her help.D. To express her gratitude.Jawaban: DJawaban ini benar sesuai dengan kalimat ”Iam very grateful because . . . .” yang artinya”Saya sangat berterima kasih karena . . . .”.

15. “ . . . you have taken care of my momtenderly . . . .”The underlined word means ________.A. mature B. lovinglyC. calmly D. emotionallyJawaban: BKata ’tenderly’ yang artinya ’denganlembut’ mempunyai arti yang hampirsama dengan ’lovingly’ yang artinya’dengan kasih sayang’.



Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tour toEurope. They were traveling on a guidedtour to five countries. They were going totravel through the Netherlands, Belgium,Germany, Switzerland and France for twoweeks. The guide for the tour was a Swiss.On the first day of the travel the guide toldthem to check their passports, their travelercheques and their foreign cash. He toldthem to keep them safely.

They traveled in a comfortable coachwith a toilet, music and video. The guidestopped the coach at many famous places.He explained the cultural importance of theplaces. They stayed in big hotels for thenight and ate in the restaurants.

On the way, they stopped at smallrestaurants to eat lunch. In big towns, theywent for shopping. They bought manysouvenirs for their friends. They enjoyedthe two-week tour.

16. The text is about ________.A. traveling B. shoppingC. tracking D. visitingJawaban: ADari kalimat-kalimat awal teks, yaitu”Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tour toEurope. They were traveling on a guidedtour to five countries.” yang artinya ”Bapakdan Ibu Charly sedang berwisata keEropa. Mereka pergi dengan wisataterpandu ke lima negara.”. Jadi, tekstersebut tentang bepergian (travelling).

17. Where were Mr. and Mrs. Charly touring?A. Africa. B. Europe.C. America. D. Australia.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat, ”Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tourto Europe.” yang artinya ”Bapak dan IbuCharly sedang berwisata ke Eropa.”.

18. The guide told them to check theirimmigration ________, such aspassport, visa and exit permit.A. papers B. lettersC. records D. documents

Jawaban: DPaspor, visa, dan izin keluar merupakandokumen (document) imigrasi.

19. What is paragraph three about?A. Shopping in big towns.B. Staying in famous places.C. Visiting famous places.D. Eating in big restaurants.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat ”The guide stopped the coach atmany famous places.” yang artinya”Pemandu itu menghentikan kereta dibanyak tempat terkenal.”.

20. ”They enjoyed the two-week tour.”The underlined word has the samemeaning as ________.A. got bored withB. got pleasure fromC. became addicted toD. became amazed at


Jawaban: BKata ’enjoyed’ yang artinya ’menikmati’sama artinya dengan got pleasure fromyang artinya memperoleh kesenangan dari.

B. Complete the text with the correctwords in the box.Change them into the correct form.

● buy ● have ● get● go ● make ● see● sit ● take

Shirley’s Day Off

Shirley enjoyed her day off yesterday. She(1) ________ up late, (2) ________ jogging inthe park, (3) ________ a long shower, and(4) ________ a big breakfast. In the afternoon,she (5) ________ a film with her sister. Then,she (6) ________ groceries at the supermarket,and she (7) ________ a big dinner for herparents. After dinner, Shirley and her parents(8) ________ in the living room and talked.Shirley had a very nice day off yesterday.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: BahasaInggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4

156 UNIT 2 Recount

Jawaban:1. got2. went3. took4. had

5. saw6. bought7. made8. sat

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2:● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 3, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa

dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi

kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.




Ronnie : Happy birthday, Ed! Wow, what a coolwatch you have! Is it a present?

Eddy : Thanks. Yes, it’s a birthday presentfrom my aunt. She bought it inSingapore.

Ronnie : Lucky you! I wish I had a watch likethat.

Eddy : I hope you’ll get a watch like this onyour next birthday.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: BahasaInggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

1. What is the dialog about?A. A birthday present.B. Eddy’s watch.C. Eddy’s birthday.D. Eddy’s aunt.

2. Which statement is NOT TRUE aboutEddy’s watch?A. He got it as a birthday present.B. He bought it in Singapore.C. He wore it on his birthday.D. He got it from his aunt.

3. Ronnie said, “Wow, what a cool watch youhave!” What does it mean?A. He is greeting Eddy.B. He is giving information to Eddy.C. He is complimenting Eddy’s watch.D. He is offering his help.

Read the dialog and answer questions 4and 5.Rio : You look busy. Want a hand, Donna?Donna : If you don’t mind, please take the

cups on the table. Then, bring themto the kitchen.

Rio : O.K.

4. What will Rio do?A. Take the cups on the table.B. Put some cups on the table.C. Take some cups in the kitchen.D. Give the cups to Donna.

5. Donna said “If you don’t mind, please takethe cups on the table.”What does it mean?A. She is greeting Rio.B. She is giving attention to Rio.C. She is asking for Rio’s help.D. She is offering her help.

For questions 6 and 7, choose the correctanswer based on the following sentences.

1. Shop assistant : Here it is.2. Shop assistant : Can I help you?3. Shop assistant : Which one? The red

one or the the pink one?4. Anna : Yes. Would you take me

the dress over there?5. Anna : Thank you.6. Anna : The red one, please.

6. The correct arrangement of the sentencesis ________.A. 1–6–2–4–3–5B. 2–4–3–6–1–5C. 2–6–1–4–3–5D. 3–6–2–4–1–5

7. Anna said, “Would you take me the dressover there?” What does it mean?A. She is asking for information.B. She is giving information.C. She is giving something.D. She is asking for help.

8. Andra : Please taste the soup I’ve made.Paula : Sure, thanks.Andra : What do you think?Paula : _______.A. Um . . . it’s deliciousB. Please don’t botherC. That’s rightD. Certainly

158 UNIT 2 Recount

Read the text and answer questions 9 to 13. 13. ”The Borobudur Temple is really magnificent.”(Paragraph 1) The word ‘magnificent’ hasthe same meaning as ________.A. fabulous B. unbelievableC. attractive D. strange


Dear Mellyani,On my last school holiday, my

classmates and I went to Borobudur. TheBorobudur Temple is really magnificent.

The hugeness of the temple reallyimpressed me. How could our ancestorsbuild such a big temple? It was amazing. Inthe temple, we went upstairs step by step.

Walking around the temple, we sawmany reliefs on the temple walls. Someforeigners seemed interested in them.I overheard their conversation with theguide. Actually, the reliefs tell a story.

It was really a nice experience! I hopeyou can go there someday.

Cheers,

Renny

9. Whom did Renny go to Borobudur with?A. Her tour guides.B. Her classmates.C. Renny’s friends.D. Some foreigners.

10. Renny admired the temple because of its________.A. visitors B. reliefsC. stones D. size

11. Which of the following statement is NOTTRUE about Renny?A. She is a student.B. Mellyani is one of her friends.C. She didn’t enjoy the holiday.D. She really enjoyed visiting the

Borobudur Temple.

12. “In the temple, we went upstair step bystep.” (Paragraph 2)The word ‘we’ refers to ________.A. RennyB. the foreignersC. Renny and her classmatesD. Renny and Mellyani

Kupang, May 7, 2009Dear Paula,

Hello, Paula. How are you? It’s beena month since I last heard from you. Well,I just wanted to tell you that I was in hospitallast week. According to the doctor, I gota dengue fever.

At first, I felt my body became weak,then I fainted when I was studying in theclassroom. Soon, I was taken to thehospital because of the high fever. At thehospital, I was brought into the emergencyunit. The doctor immediately gave sometreatment. Finally, I had to stay there forone week. Every day the doctor kept me ona drip. At the seventh day, my conditionwas getting better. After the final check, thedoctor gave me permission to go home.

Now, I’m feeling much better. Becauseof my illness, I am now more careful aboutkeeping in my house clean, especially myroom. I don't want to get the same illnessagain.

O.K., I think that’s all from me. Pleasewrite to me soon. Bye.

Regards,

Nadira

Source: English in Focus for Grade VIIIJunior High School (SMP/MTs)

14. What is the purpose of the letter?A. To tell about a dengue fever.B. To tell about the doctor’s treatment in

hospital.C. To tell about the writer’s daily activities

in hospital.D. To tell the writer’s experience when

she was hospitalized.


15. When was the writer taken to the hospital?A. Yesterday.B. Last week.C. Last month.D. Two days ago.

16. How long did the writer stay in hospital?A. Two days. B. Five days.C. A week. D. Two weeks.

17. “The doctor immediately gave sometreatment.” (Paragraph 2)What does the underlined word mean?A. Straightly.B. Finally.C. Carefully.D. Formally.

18. What can the writer learn from herexperience?A. Doctor always gives immediate

treatment.B. She should keep her house clean.C. Her classmates love her.D. She should study harder.


The workmen who were building the newhospital in my town caught a snake last month.It was in the drain near the buildingconstruction site.

Early in the morning, a workman was justgoing to sit under the tree when suddenly hesaw a long creature lying in the drain. It did notmove when he was approaching it. Then, heshouted to the other workmen who were goingto start to work. Then, they caught the 8-meterlong phyton and brought it to the authority of thezoo in this town.

The diameter of its body was about25 centimeters. They believed that the snakemight belong to someone living in the area. Thepolice were trying to find the owner.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: BahasaInggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

19. What is the structure of the story?A. Orientation–Complication–Resolution.B. Orientation–Events–Re-orientation.C. Identification–Description.D. Goal–Materials–Steps.

20. What did the workmen find?A. An 8-meter long phyton.B. An 8-meter long cobra.C. A 9-meter long phyton.D. A 9-meter long cobra.

21. How was the snake when a workman wasapproaching it?A. It didn’t move.B. It approached the man.C. It was dead.D. It poked its head.

22. What was the man doing when he saw thesnake?A. He was cleaning the drain.B. He was going to climb the tree.C. He was going to start to work.D. He was going to sit under the tree.

23. Which statement is TRUE according to thetext?A. The workmen were building a new

factory.B. The snake might belong to the zoo.C. The workmen brought the snake to

the owner.D. The police were trying to find the

owner.

24. “Then, they caught the 8-meter longphyton and brought it to the authority ofthe zoo in this town.” The word ‘authority’has the similar meaning to ________.A. writer B. controlC. attention D. autonomy


When I was an elementary school student,I had a bad experience which I still regret up tonow. At that time I really liked the lesson aboutsocial studies. We had the lesson two timesa week, on Tuesday and Friday. On Fridays,before the lesson began, we always hada small test or quiz about the previous lessons.We did the quiz on our test books.

Because I liked the lesson very much,I always studied hard a few days before, evena week before the quiz. The result was I alwaysgot very good marks in the quiz. The teacherwas proud of me and always praised me beforeother students.

160 UNIT 2 Recount

One day, because I had many things to do,I hadn't studied before the test. And becausethe day before the lesson was a holiday, I wenton a trip with my family. It was enjoyable. Wewent to go to the trip in the morning and cameback home in the evening.

I didn’t want my mark to be lower thanbefore. So, I decided to cheat. On Thursdayevening, I wrote the lesson material on a pieceof paper and put it on my test book.

When I did the quiz, I could do it easily.I just looked at the lesson material and write itall. However, my deskmate knew this. Then, hereported it to my teacher.

I was very embarrassed and regretful.Although the teacher didn’t get angry with me,I knew that all the hard effort which I had donewas useless. You know why? Yeah, he had tothink that I had got good marks becauseI cheated.

25. What is the text about?A. The writer’s experience when he/she

cheated.B. The writer’s experience when he/she

did a task in social studies.C. The writer’s experience when he/she

got a low mark.D. The writer’s experience when he/she

had a trip with his family.

26. When did the writer have a trip?A. On Tuesday.B. On Wednesday.C. On Thursday.D. On Friday.

27. How many times a week did the writerhave the quiz?A. Once.B. Twice.C. Three times.D. Four times.

28. How did the teacher know that the writercheated?A. He saw when the writer was doing it.B. The writer’s deskmate reported it to

him.C. The writer’s attitude made him

curious.D. He saw the writer’s lesson material.

29. Why did the writer cheat?A. Because he/she hadn’t studied.B. Because the quiz was difficult.C. Because he/she had a trip the day

before.D. Because he/she wrote the quiz on his

test book.

30. What was the teacher’s opinion accordingto the writer?A. The writer just cheated once.B. The writer never studied hard.C. The writer couldn’t do his/her quiz.D. The writer got good marks because

he/she cheated.

B. Change the words in brackets intotheir correct forms.

1. I (be) here since last week.2. (Do) Sinta (sweep) the floor this morning?3. Sinta and Farida (be) in the canteen a few

minutes ago.4. Ellyana (be–not) absent yesterday.5. (you, have) breakfast already?6. I (not–sleep) well last night.7. Mrs. Gunawan (prepare) the party since

8:00 a.m.8. Mr. Arman (teach) here for four years.9. Susi was watering the flowers when the

telephone (ring).10. My father was reading a newpaper when

somebody (knock) at the door.

C. Write a recount text about your tripexperience.


Jawaban Review Unit 2A. Pilihan Ganda

1. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awalRonnie, ”Wow, what a cool watch youhave! Is that a present?” yang artinya,”Wow, sungguh sebuah jam yang bagus!Apakah itu hadiah?”. Kalimat-kalimatselanjutnya juga menyatakan bahwapercakapan tersebut mengenai jamEddy (Eddy’s watch).

2. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat Eddy mengenaijam itu, ”Yes, it’s a birthday presentfrom my aunt. She bought it inSingapore.” yang artinya ”Ya, iniadalah hadiah ulang tahun dari bibisaya. Dia membelinya di Singapura.”.Jadi, yang membeli bukan Eddy, tetapibibi Eddy.

3. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Ronnieartinya ”Wow, sungguh sebuah jamyang bagus!”. Kalimat ini merupakanungkapan untuk memuji(complimenting).

4. A. Dalam percakapan, Donnamengatakan, ”If you don’t mind, pleasetake the cups on the table.” yangartinya ”Jika kamu tidak keberatan,tolong ambil cangkir-cangkir di atasmeja.”. Rio menjawabnya, ”O.K.” yangartinya ”Baiklah.”. Jadi, Rio akanmengambil cangkir-cangkir di atasmeja untuk dibawa ke dapur.

5. C. Ungkapan tersebut yang artinya ”Jikakamu tidak keberatan, tolong ambilkancangir-cangkir di atas meja.” adalahungkapan untuk meminta bantuan (askfor help).

6. B. Percakapan diawali dengan pelayantoko yang menanyakan apakah adayang dapat dibantu (2), lalu Annameminta agar pelayan toko itumengambilkannya baju (4), pelayantoko menanyakan baju yang dimaksud(3), dan Anna menjawabnya (6).Selanjutnya, pelayan toko memberikanbaju tersebut (1) dan Anna berterimakasih kepadanya (5).

7. D. Kalimat soal artinya ”Maukah Andamengambilkan baju di sana?”. Darikalimat tersebut diketahui bahwa Annameminta pelayan toko untukmembantunya mengambilkan sesuatu

(asking for help). Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena bukan merupakanjenis ungkapan yang tepat.

8. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut Andrameminta pendapat Paula mengenaisup masakannya. Respons yang tepatadalah ungkapan untuk memberipendapat/memuji, yaitu (A) yangartinya um . . . (masakan) ini lezat.

9. B. Di awal surat, Renny menulis ”On mylast school holiday, my clasmates andI went to Borobudur.”. Jadi, dia pergibersama teman sekelasnya.

10. D. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat ”The hugeness of the templereally impressed me.”. Kata ’hugeness’yang artinya ’kebesaran’ menunjukkanukuran (size) candi Borobudur.

11. C. Dalam surat Renny mengungkapkanbahwa mengunjungi Borobudur adalahpengalaman yang manis, yang berartidia menikmati liburannya di Borobudur.Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) salah karenabertentangan dengan hal ini.

12. C. Kata ’we’ dalam kalimat tersebutmengacu pada Renny dan teman-teman sekelasnya yang pergi ke CandiBorobudur.

13. A. Kata ’magnificent’ mempunyai arti yangsama dengan ’fabulous’, yaitu ’megah’.

14. D. Dari keseluruhan isi surat diketahuibahwa surat tersebut mengenaipengalaman penulis saat dirawat dirumah sakit (when she washospitalized).

15. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat kedua paragraf pertama, ”Well,I just wanted to tell you that I was inhospital last week.” yang artinya ”Ya,saya hanya ingin memberi tahu bahwasaya dirawat di rumah sakit minggu lalu.”.

16. C. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat,”Finally, I had to stay there for oneweek.” yang artinya ”Akhirnya, sayaharus dirawat di sana selama satuminggu.”.

17. A. Kata ’immediately’ memiliki makna’segera’. Kata ini memiliki makna yangsama dengan straightly yang artinyalangsung.

18. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat”Because of my illness, I am now morecareful about keeping my house cleanespecially my room.” yang artinya

162 UNIT 2 Recount

”Karena sakit itu, saya sekarang lebihhati-hati menjaga rumah tetap bersih,terutama kamar saya.”.

19. B. Teks tersebut merupakan teksrecount, yang strukturnya adalahOrientation–Events–Re-orientation.

20. A. Dalam teks disebutkan ”Then, theycaught the 8-meter long phyton.” yangartinya ”Kemudian, mereka menangkapular piton sepanjang 8 meter.”.

21. A. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat”It did not move when he wasapproaching it.” yang artinya ”Ular itutidak bergerak saat diamendekatinya.”.

22. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat, ”A workman was just going tosit under the tree when suddenly hesaw a long creature lying in the drain.”yang artinya ”Seorang pekerja akanduduk ketika tiba-tiba dia melihatmakhluk panjang yang tergeletak disaluran.”.

23. D. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karenasesuai dengan kalimat akhir teks, yaitu”The police were trying to find theowner.” yang artinya ”Polisi berusahamenemukan pemiliknya.”. Pilihanjawaban yagn lain salah karena tidaksesuai isi teks.

24. B. Kata ’authority’ yang artinya ’pihakberwenang’ memiliki arti yang hampirsama dengan control atau pengawasan.

25. A. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat”I didn’t want my mark to be lower thanbefore. So, I decided to cheat.” yangartinya ”Saya tidak ingin nilai saya lebihrendah daripada sebelumnya. Jadi,saya memutuskan untuk mencontek.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain hanyasebagai gagasan pendukung.

26. C. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”On Fridays,before the lesson began, we always hada small test or quiz about the previouslessons.” yang artinya ”Setiap Jumat,sebelum pelajaran dimulai, kami selalumengerjakan tes kecil atau quiz tentangpelajaran sebelumnya.” dan juga kalimat”And because the day before the lessonwas a holiday, I went on a trip with myfamily.” yang artinya ”Dan karena harisebelum pelajaran itu adalah hari libur,saya pergi bertamasya bersama

keluarga saya.”. Dari kedua kalimat ini,dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulisbertamasya pada hari Kamis (Thursday),sehari sebelum quiz pada hari Jumat.

27. A. Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkankalimat ”On Fridays, before the lessonbegan, we always had a small test or quiz. . . .” yang artinya ”Setiap Jumat, sebelumpelajaran dimulai, kami selalumengerjakan tes kecil atau kuis.”,sehingga hanya sekali (once) seminggu.

28. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat,”However, my deskmate knew this.Then, he reported it to my teacher.”yang artinya ”Namun, teman sebangkusaya mengetahui hal ini. Kemudian, diamelaporkannya kepada guru.”.

29. A. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”. . .I hadn’t studied before the test. . . .So, I decided to cheat.” yang artinya,”. . . saya belum belajar sebelumnya.. . . . Jadi, saya memutuskan untukmencontek.”.

30. D. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimatterakhir teks, ”Yeah, he had to thinkthat I had got good marks becauseI cheated.” yang artinya ”Ya, guru pastiberpikir bahwa saya mendapat nilaibaik karena saya mencontek.”.

B. Isian1. have been 2. Did, sweep3. were 4. was not5. Have you had 6. did not sleep7. has prepared 8. has taught9. rang 10. knocked

C. EsaiContoh jawaban:

Last week, my brother and I spent ourholiday in Jakarta. We stayed in Uncle Tonny’shouse. We went there by bus. We left fromYogyakarta on Friday. Before we left, weprepared some things. First, we booked twotickets at the ticket agency.

On the departure day, we got on the busfrom Giwangan terminal at about 3:00 p.m. Afterthat, we stopped to have dinner at Ajibarang.After having dinner, we continued our travel. Wearrived at Lebak Bulus terminal early morning.From the terminal, we took a bus no. C 09. Then,we arrived at our uncle’s house. It was a long trip,but we enjoyed it.

Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High SchoolStudents Grade VIII


Objectives:

At the end of this unit you willbe able to:1. admit and deny facts,2. congratulate someone,3. create short functional

texts (lost and foundannouncements),

4. tell descriptions of certainplaces using spokenEnglish,

5. write short functional texts(advertisements),

6. write descriptive textsabout certain places, and

7. use question words andindefinite pronouns.

You heard that your friend’s brother became the first winner inthe regional athletic competition. When you met him, you asked aboutthe fact. Your friend admitted the fact. Then, you sent yourcongratulations for him.

Do you know kinds of expressions of admithing and denyingfacts as well as congratulating? Don’t worry, you’ll find them in thisunit. You can also practice those expressions in the form ofconversations.


3.1 Expressions

Admitting and Denying Facts

Study the dialogs and understand the explanation.

Pay attention to the bold typed sentences in the dialogs above. The sentences “There willbe a music festival next month!” and “Our football team failed to join the comingcompetition because of the financial matter.” are the expressions of stating facts.Meanwhile, the response “That’s right.” is the expression of admitting a fact and “No way!”is the expression of denying a fact.

Here are some other expressions you can use to admit and deny facts.

1

Listen! There will bea music festival next month!

That’s right. I’veread the brochure.

Our football team failed to jointhe coming competition because

of the financial matter.2

No way! We haddone fund raising andit got a lot of money,

you know.

Admitting Facts

● Yes, she did./That’s true.

● I did./You’re right.

● Right.

● I did.

Denying Facts

● No, she didn’t. You havegot wrong information.

● I wish. In fact, I didn’t.

● Are they? I don’t think so.

● No, I didn’t say that.

Statements

● Rina won the speechcontest, didn’t she?

● You got ten in physics,right?

● The students are doingan experiment in the lab,aren’t they?

● You told me that Linawould move to Bandung.


You say “Congratulations!” or “Well done!” to appreciate someone’s work or success. Say“Thanks.” or “Thank you.” when someone congratulates you.

Here are some other expressions of congratulating and their responses.

1Congratulations!

You deserve to win.

Thank you.

2Well done! Yourwork is the best.

Thank you.

Congratulating

Fantastic!/Terrific!I must congratulate you on your success.Happy birthday!Happy marriage for both of you!Happy Mother’s Day!

Responding

Thank you.Thanks.Thank you for saying so.

Congratulating

Study the dialogs and understand the explanation.

Answer the questions orally.

1. When your friend tells you a fact, which you know is true, how will you respond to it?Contoh jawaban: I will say, “It is.” or “That’s true.”

2. When your friend tells you something, but you know that it isn’t true, what will you say?Contoh jawaban: I will say, “No, it is not true.”

3. When your friend won a swimming competition, what would you say to him/her?Contoh jawaban: I will say, “Congratulations! You’re really excellent!”

4. What other expressions do you know to congratulate someone?Contoh jawaban: – Nice work!

– Well done!– Excellent!


A. Listen to your teacher.Write the sentences you have heard correctly.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. Terrific!2. You did a great job!3. Absolutely right!4. Happy birthday!5. That is not true.6. Yes, it is confirmed.7. Do you? That’s great!8. Long life and healthy!9. That’s absolutely wrong!

10. Happy marriage for both of you!

Variasi:

Copy the table below.Classify the sentences in Task A into their correct groups.Share your work with the class.

Admitting Facts

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Congratulating

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Denying Facts

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Jawaban:

Congratulating

– Terrific!– You did a great job!– Happy birthday!– Do you? That’s great!– Long life and healthy!– Happy marriage for both

of you!

Admitting Facts

– Absolutely right!– Yes, it is confirmed.

Denying Facts

– That is not true.– That’s absolutely wrong!


B. Complete the dialog while listening to your teacher.


Benny and Jaka are on their way to the Bogor Botanical Garden.Jaka : I’ve never seen a Rafflesia flower in my life before. (1) I wonder what it looks like.Benny : You’ll be surprised when you see it.Jaka : Why? (2) Is it beautiful?Benny : It is.Jaka : It’s beautiful. So, it must smell good, right?Benny : No, it is not.Jaka : (3) Are you sure?Benny : Well, you’ll find it out yourself when we’ve got there.

A few minutes later, they arrive at the place where the Rafflesia flower is.Benny : Can you smell something?Jaka : What smell? (4) I don’t smell anything. (Pointing at the Rafflesia flower.) Is that the

Rafflesia?Benny : (5) Yes, it is.Jaka : Wow, it is beautiful!Benny : (6) Just like what I’ve said. Now, let’s get closer. Do you smell something?Jaka : Yeah. (7) The smell is really bad. Where does it come from?Benny : The Rafflesia!Jaka : (8) No way!Benny : Well, if you don’t believe me, get close to it and smell it. What do you think?Jaka : (9) You’re right. It smells really bad.Benny : O.K., we’ve seen enough. Let’s get away from here. I can’t help the smell.Jaka : O.K. (10) Let’s go.

Variasi:

A. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialogs with proper sentences based on what you have heard.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Dialog 1Frank : I heard you got the highest score in math. Is that right?Liz : Yup.Frank : (1) Congratulations! You deserved to get it for your hard work.Liz : (2) Thanks, Frank.

Dialog 2

Tika : You broke the radio, didn’t you?Dito : (3) No, I didn’t.Tika : Didn’t you?Dito : (4) Positive. It had been broken before I used it.Tika : (5) I’m sorry.


B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A.Answer the questions orally.

C. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog in Task B.Correct the false ones.

1. ______ Jaka and Benny are going to see a Rafflesia flower.2. ______ It is the first time for Benny to see a Rafflesia flower.3. ______ From the beginning Jaka knows that Rafflesia has a terrible odor.4. ______ Both Jaka and Benny agree that Rafflesia is beautiful.5. ______ Benny is comfortable to smell the odor.

Jawaban:1. T2. F. It is the first time for Jaka, not Benny, to see a Rafflesia flower.3. F. Jaka doesn’t know that Rafflesia has a terrible odor, but Benny knows it.4. T5. F. Benny can’t help the bad odor.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:

Dialog 11. What is the dialog about?2. Why did Frank congratulate Liz?3. What did Frank say to congratulate Liz?4. What did Liz say to respond the congratulation?

Dialog 25. What is the speakers’ relationship?6. Where does the dialog take place?7. What had been broken?8. Dito said, “No, I didn’t.” What does it mean?

Jawaban:1. About congratulating someone for her achievement.2. Because Liz got the highest score in math.3. He said, “Congratulations!”4. She said, “Thanks, Frank.”5. They are brother and sister.6. At home.7. It’s a radio.8. He denies the fact.


Variasi:

A. Listen to your teacher.Complete the dialog while listening to your teacher.


Dito : Vera, it seems that (1) you have no plan for this afternoon. Do you?Vera : No, I don’t. What’s up?Dito : Hm . . . I want to go to Lisa’s house (2) to study together. What if you join us?Vera : What will you study?Dito : Math. (3) We will have a math test tomorrow, right?Vera : A math test! (4) Are you sure about it?Dito : You must have forgotten. (5) Mr. Ardi announced it a week ago. You can read it also

on our class announcement board.Vera : Oh, no! O.K., I’ll go with you.Dito : Fine, I’ll pick you up at two p.m.

B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A.1. Who are talking in the dialog?

Jawaban: Classmates.2. Where will the people go this afternoon?

Jawaban: They will go to Lisa’s house.3. What will they do there?

Jawaban: They will study together.4. Why do they need to study together?

Jawaban: To face the coming a math test.4. What time will Dito pick Vera up?

Jawaban: At two p.m.

C. Listen to the dialog in Task A once again.Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).Correct the false ones.

1. ______ Vera has already had a plan for this afternoon.2. ______ Dito will go to Lisa’s house to study together.3. ______ Vera remembers that there will be a math test tomorrow.4. ______ The teacher informed about the test to the students last week.5. ______ The students can read the test information on the school wall magazine.

Jawaban:1. F. Vera has not had a plan to go this afternoon.2. T3. F. Vera forgets that there will be a math test tomorrow.4. T5. F. The students can read the test information on the class announcement board.



1. Who are talking in the dialog?2. What is the dialog about?3. Why does the teacher congratulate Ariel?4. When do you think the dialog occurs?

Jawaban:1. Father and son.2. At home./In Halim’s house.3. He said, “Well done! You deserve to get the best.”4. It means ‘pantas’ or ‘layak’.

D. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the following dialogs.Answer them orally.

Dialog 1Teacher : Ariel, here’s your report.Ariel : Thank you, Sir.Teacher : Congratulations! You’re the smartest student in this class.Ariel : Am I, Sir?Teacher : Yes, you are.

Jawaban:1. Teacher and student.2. About congratulating someone.3. Because he is the best student in his class.4. When students receive their reports.

Dialog 2Mr. Tio: How is your art work so far?Halim : Finally, I finish it successfully, Dad.Mr. Tio: May I see it?Halim : Sure. Here it is.Mr. Tio: Um, it’s just perfect. Well done! You deserve to get the best.Halim : Thanks.


1. Who are talking in the dialog?2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?3. What did Mr. Tio say to respond to Halim’s success?4. Mr. Tio said, “You deserve to get the best.”

What does the word ‘deserve’ in Indonesian mean?

Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan variasi soal ini, sebagai berikut.Dino : You look so cheerful today. What happened?Tia : Guess what! The teacher asked me to represent our school for the story telling

competition next month.Dino : Is it true?Tia : It is!Dino : I’m happy for you then.



1. Where does the dialog probably take place?2. What did the teacher ask Tia to do?3. What competition will Tia join to represent her school?4. When will the competition be held?5. Dino said, “Is it true?” What does it mean?


Listen to the dialog and answer questions1 to 3.


Dion has arrived home. He has just joinedan English story telling competition. He isthe runner up.Mother : Hello, dear. You look so tired. Just

sit down and I’ll get you a glass oforange juice.

Dion : Thanks, Mom.Mother : Here is the juice. Now, tell me.

How was the competition?Dion : It was tiring, but I felt great, Mom.

Guess what! I’m the runner up.Here is the certificate.

Mother : Congratulations, dear! You reallymake me proud.

Dion : Thanks, Mom.Mother : Father should know about this. I’ll

call him now. And . . . you’d bettertake a rest.

Dion : O.K., Mom.

1. Who are talking in the dialog?A. Two friends.B. Father and son.C. Mother and son.D. Teacher and student.

Jawaban: CDalam percakapan tersebut Dionmemanggil wanita tersebut dengansebutan ”Mom”. Jadi, yang bercakap-cakap adalah ibu dan anak laki-laki(mother and son).

2. Dion succeeded in becoming the________ winner.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourthJawaban: BDalam percakapan tersebut, Dionmengatakan, ”I’m the runner up.” yangartinya “Saya juara kedua.”. Jadi, pilihanjawaban yang benar adalah (B) secondyang artinya kedua.

3. “It was tiring, but I felt great, Mom.”The underlined word has a similarmeaning to ________.A. worryingB. exhaustingC. interestingD. boringJawaban: BKata ’tiring’ artinya ’melelahkan’. Kata inimemiliki makna yang hampir sama dengankata exhausting. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Worrying artinya mengkhawatirkan,interesting artinya menarik, dan boringartinya membosankan.

Jawaban:1. At school (in a classroom).2. The teacher asked her to represent her school for the story telling competition.3. The story telling competition.4. It will be held next month.5. He wants to confirm the news.


Listen to the dialog and answer questions4 and 5.

Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I heardshe wanted to borrow a novel.” yangartinya ”Saya dengar dia (Saskia) inginmeminjam sebuah novel.”. Jadi, alasanSaskia pergi ke perpustakaan adalahuntuk meminjam novel (to borrow a novel),bukan (A) yang artinya untukmengembalikan novel, (B) yang artinyauntuk membaca novel, dan (C) yangartinya untuk mengerjakan pekerjaanrumah.

5. “Lily said, “Did she?”The underlined word refers to ________.A. Dina B. SaskiaC. Fira D. Fira’s friendJawaban: BKalimat tersebut diucapkan Lily untukmerespons informasi yang disampaikanFira sebelumnya bahwa Saskia juga akanpergi ke perpustakaan untuk meminjamnovel. Jadi, kata ’she’ merujuk padaSaskia.


Fira : Lily, are you going to have lunch atthe canteen?

Lily : No. I’m going to the library. I needsome books. Want to go there too?

Fira : I’d like to, but I can’t. I have anappointment with Dina to have lunchtogether. Why don’t you go withSaskia? I heard she wanted toborrow a novel.

Lily : Did she? O.K., I’ll ask her. Thanksfor the info, Fira.

Fira : You’re welcome.

4. Why did Saskia want to go to the library?A. To return a novel.B. To read a novel.C. To do her homework.D. To borrow a novel.

Variasi:Dengan percakapan-percakapan yang sama,guru dapat memberikan soal-soal lain sebagaiberikut.


1. What competition did Dion participate in?A. An English story telling competition.B. An English speech contest.C. An English debate competition.D. An English competition.Jawaban: AJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatkedua pengantar percakapan tersebut,”He has just joined an English storytelling competition.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi percakapan.

2. What did mother say to Dion for hissuccess?A. Well done!B. Good work!C. Congratulations!D. Fantastic!

Jawaban: CKalimat yang diucapkan ibu Dion untukmemberi selamat kepadanya adalah”Congratulations!”.

Listen to the dialog and answer questions3 to 5.

3. Who are talking in the dialog?A. Playmates. B. Pen friends.C. Classmates. D. Two strangers.Jawaban: CKalimat soal tentang siapa yangbercakap-cakap. Jawaban disimpulkandari kata kunci ’canteen’ yang artinya’kantin’ dan ’library’ yang artinya’perpustakaan’, dan ruangan-ruangantersebut biasa ditemukan di sekolah.Jadi, percakapan tersebut kemungkinanbesar terjadi antara teman sekelas(classmates). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Playmates artinya teman bermain,pen friends artinya sahabat pena, dantwo strangers artinya dua orang asing.


4. Who are going to have lunch together inthe canteen?A. Fira and Dina.B. Fira and Lily.C. Lily and Saskia.D. Lily and Dina.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yangdiucapkan Fira, yaitu ”I have anappointment with Dina to have lunchtogether.” yang artinya ”Saya punya janjidengan Dina untuk makan siangbersama.”. Jadi, yang akan pergi makansiang bersama di kantin adalah Fira danDina. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isipercakapan.

5. “I heard she wanted to borrow a novel.”What is the opposite meaning of theunderlined word?A. useB. lendC. keepD. takeJawaban: BKata ’borrow’ artinya meminjam. Kataini berlawanan makna dengan kata’lend’ yang artinya meminjamkan.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Useartinya memakai atau menggunakan,keep artinya menyimpan, dan takeartinya mengambil.

A. Read and practice the dialogs with proper pronunciation.

Dialog 1Dina heard her brother, Setya, got a job as an executive purchasing manager of a publishingcompany.Dina : Mom told me that you got a job. Is it right?Setya : That’s right. I work as an executive purchasing manager now.Dina : Wow, great! Congratulations, then!Setya : Thank you.

Dialog 2Vera : I heard our homeroom teacher will be retired next month, won’t he?Dino : That’s what I heard. Well, we need to confirm it.Vera : You’re right. Let’s ask him.Dino : Let’s go.

Variasi:

A. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs before.Dialog 1

1. Where does the dialog take place?Jawaban: In Dina and Setya’s house.

2. Why did Dina congratulate her brother?Jawaban: Because he got a new job.

3. What did she say?Jawaban: She said, “Wow, great! Congratulations, then!”

4. What is Dina’s brother now?Jawaban: He is an executive purchasing manager.


Dialog 21. What is the dialog about?

Jawaban: It is about the news that the homeroom teacher will be retired next month.2. Who are involved in the dialog?

Jawaban: Classmates.3. Where does the dialog take place?

Jawaban: At school.4. What expressions can you find in the dialog? Give examples.

Jawaban: It is the expression of admitting the fact. Example: Vera said, “You’re right.”

B. Read the dialog with proper pronunciation, then answer the questions.Today is Lika’s birthday, but she looks upset. She thinks everyone forgets it.Lika : Mom, what date is it today?Mother : It’s October the fifth. What’s up, dear?Lika : Don’t you remember something, Mom?Mother : Do I promise you something?Lika : No, Mom, but today is my birthday. No one gives me a wish. (Lika begins to cry.)Mother : Gotcha! Look! We are ready for your birthday party.Father : Happy birthday, dear. Here’s something for you.Lika : Thanks, Dad, Mom. I thought you forgot my special day.

Questions:1. Why did Lika look upset that day?

Jawaban: Because she thought that everyone forgot her birthday.2. “She thinks everyone forgets it.”

What does the underlined word refer to?Jawaban: It refers to Lika’s birthday.

3. Did everyone in Lika’s family forget her birthday?Jawaban: No, they didn’t.

4. What did Lika’s father give her?Jawaban: He gave her a birthday present.

5. When does Lika celebrate her birthday?Jawaban: On October the fifth (October 5).

C. Complete the following sentences with correct answers based on the dialog inTask B.

1. “Today is her birthday, . . . .” The word ‘her’ refers to ________.2. “ . . . , but she looks upset.” The word ‘she’ refers to ________.3. “She thinks everyone forgets it.” The word ‘everyone’ refers to ________.4. “Don’t you remember something, Mom?” The word ‘you’ refers to ________.5. “No one gives me a wish.” The word ‘me’ refers to ________.6. “We are ready for your birthday party.” The word ‘we’ refers to ________.7. “Here’s something for you.” The word ‘you’ refers to ________.8. “I thought you forgot my special day.” The word ‘you’ refers to ________.

Jawaban:1. Lika’s 2. Lika3. Lika’s family members 4. Lika’s mother5. Lika 6. Lika’s parents7. Lika 8. Lika’s parents


B. Complete each dialog with the correct expressions in the box.Then, practice the complete dialogs with a friend.

Dialog 1

a. Here you areb. You can do it better next timec. Thank youd. What score did you gete. Congratulations

Vega : Hardi, have you received your work paper?Hardi : I have. Linda gave it to me a few minutes ago.Vega : Tell me. (1) ________?Hardi : Well, I got 95.Vega : Did you? May I see it?Hardi : Sure. (2) ________.Vega : You’re right. (3) ________! You must have done it very carefully!Hardi : (4) ________. So, what about yours?Vega : I only got 75. Not bad, I guess.Hardi : Well, (5) ________.Vega : I hope so.

Jawaban:1. d 2. a 3. e 4. c 5. b

Dialog 2

a. I seeb. Reallyc. What do you thinkd. do you know what time it ise. What about the Internet access

Shinta : Ajeng, (1) ________?Ajeng : Um . . . it’s almost four o’clock. Why?Shinta : Well, I’m afraid I will arrive home late. You know, I need to go to the Internet cafe first.Ajeng : (2) ________. Wait a minute. I know the nearest one.Shinta : (3) ________?Ajeng : Although it is small, the access is fast enough and the fare is reasonable.Shinta : (4) ________?Ajeng : No doubt. I’ll take you there. (5) ________?Shinta : O.K., then. Thanks.

Jawaban:1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c


Variasi:

Complete the statements based on the dialogs in Task B.1. According to dialog 1, Hardi got his work paper ________ ago.2. Hardi received his work paper from ________.3. Knowing Hardi’s score, Vega said, “________”4. Hardi’s score is 95 while Vega’s is 75. It means Hardi’s score is ________ than Vega’s.5. “You must have done it very carefully.” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is

________.6. Dialog 2 takes place in ________.7. Shinta and Ajeng are going to the ________.8. The nearest one is ________, but the access is ________.9. Ajeng has no ________ that Shinta won’t spend much money to pay the fare.

10. “I know the nearest one.” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________.

Jawaban:1. a few minutes 2. Linda3. Congratulations! 4. higher/better5. carelessly 6. the afternoon7. Internet cafe 8. small; fast enough9. doubt 10. farthest

C. Choose the correct answer based onthe dialogs in Task B.

Read dialog 1 and answer questions 1 to 3.

1. What is the dialog about?A. Expressing certainty on something.B. Congratulating someone.C. Requesting someone to do something.D. Inviting someone.Jawaban: BSecara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebuttentang memberi selamat (congratulatingsomeone) kepada seseorang atasprestasinya, yaitu mendapat nilai bagus.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mengungkap-kan kepastian terhadap sesuatu,(C) artinya meminta seseorang untukmelakukan sesuatu, dan (D) artinyamengundang seseorang.

2. Which of the following statements is TRUEaccording to the dialog?A. Vega got lower score than Hardi did.B. Hardi and Vega were doing homework.C. Vega knew Hardi’s score before.D. Hardi received his work paper from his

teacher.Jawaban: APernyataan yang sesuai dengan isipercakapan adalah Vega memperoleh nilai(75) lebih rendah dibanding Hardi (95).Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya Hardi danVega sedang mengerjakan pekerjaanrumah mereka salah karena merekasedang bercakap-cakap tentang nilai tugasmereka. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinyaVega mengetahui nilai Hardi sebelumnyasalah karena Vega tidak tahu sehingga diabertanya kepada Hardi. Pilihan jawaban(D) yang artinya Hardi menerima kertastugasnya dari guru salah karena diamenerimanya dari Linda.


3. Where do you think the dialog takes place?A. On the street. B. At home.C. At bus station. D. In a classroom.Jawaban: DDalam percakapan tersebut kedua tokohberbicara tentang nilai tugas mereka yangbaru saja mereka terima. Dengandemikian, kemungkinan besar percakapantersebut terjadi di kelas. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena bukan tempat yangtepat untuk membicarakan nilai yang barusaja mereka ketahui.

Read dialog 2 and answer questions 4 and 5.

4. Why does Shinta feel upset?Because ________.A. she will be at home lateB. she has no companionC. she doesn’t bring enough moneyD. she doesn’t know the nearest

Internet cafe

Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Well,I’m afraid I will arrive home late.” yangartinya ”Saya khawatir saya akan tiba dirumah terlambat.”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isipercakapan.

5. “I’ll take you there.” The underlined wordrefers to ________.A. Shinta’s houseB. Ajeng’s houseC. the Internet cafeD. their schoolJawaban: CKata keterangan tempat ’there’ mengacupada nama sebuah tempat yang telahdisebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu the nearestInternet cafe. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena bukan tempat yangdimaksud.

D. Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs, then practice them with a friend.


Dialog 1

Mr. and Mrs. Reno hold a house-warming party this evening for their new house.Mr. Wilson : Sure.

Mr. Reno : Thank you. Please enjoy the drink. Make yourself comfortable.

Mr. Wilson : Thanks, and congratulations for the new house!

Mrs. Reno : Good evening, Mr. Wilson. Thank you for coming. Please come in.

Mr. Wilson : Good evening, Mr. and Mrs. Reno.

Dialog 2Sekar : He is.

Viona : You’re right. How lucky Firman is.

Sekar : Listen! Firman is going to join the student exchange program to Australia. He willbe there for about three months.

Viona : Sekar, what’s going on here?

Sekar : I’m not. If you don’t believe me, read the news on the announcement board yourself.

Viona : What news?

Sekar : Viona, haven’t you heard the news?

Viona : You’re not joking, are you?

3

4

5

2

1

8

7

4

1

6

3

2

5


E. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogsin Task D.Correct the false ones.

Dialog 11. ______ Mr. Wilson was holding a house-warming party.2. ______ Mr. and Mrs. Reno have a new house.3. ______ The party was held in the afternoon.4. ______ Mr. Wilson congratulated Mr. and Mrs. Reno for their new house.5. ______ Mr. Wilson came to the party with his wife.

Jawaban:1. F. They were Mr. and Mrs. Reno who were holding a house-warming party.2. T3. F. The party was held in the evening.4. T5. F. He came to the party alone.

Dialog 21. ______ Sekar didn’t know what was going on.2. ______ There wasn’t any news about Firman on the announcement board.3. ______ Their school has a announcement board.4. ______ Viona hadn’t heard the news that Firman would join the student exchange program.5. ______ Firman will stay in Australia for about two months.

Jawaban:1. F. She knew what was going on. We know it from what she said, “Listen! Firman will join the

student exchange program to Australia.”2. F. The news about Firman was written on the announcement board.3. T4. T5. F. Firman will stay there for about three months.

Variasi:

Guru dapat menulis percakapan acak dan pertanyaan berikut di papan tulis, lalu siswamenyalinnya di buku masing-masing.

A. Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Dialog 1

Tiara and Seno are in Uncle Robby’s wedding party. They congratulate him.Uncle Robby : Thank you very much, Seno. Please enjoy yourselves in this party.

Seno : Good luck, Uncle. May God bless you and your new family.

Uncle Robby : Thank you, Tiara.

Tiara : Congratulations on your wedding, Uncle!

4

3

2

1


5

4

1

2

3

Dialog 2Linda : Good idea! Let’s go.

Vira : Well, that’s what I’m thinking of too. Let’s ask the others.

Linda : Vira, haven’t you heard any news about Tia? I wonder why she has beenabsent for two days.

Vira : Well, Vino told me that her mother is sick and she has to take care of her.

Linda : I see. Listen, what if we go to her house today after school?

B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.Dialog 1

1. What does the dialog tell you about?Jawaban: Congratulating someone on his wedding.

2. Who involves in the dialog?Jawaban: Tiara, Seno and Uncle Robby.

3. Tiara said, “Congratulations on your wedding, Uncle!” What does it mean?Jawaban: She congratulates her uncle on his wedding.

4. What did Uncle Robby say to respond to Tiara’s sentence?Jawaban: He said, “Thank you, Tiara.”

5. “They congratulate him.” What does the underlined word refer to?Jawaban: It refers to Uncle Robby.

Dialog 2

1. What are Linda and Vira talking about?Jawaban: They are talking about Tia who has been absent for two days.

2. Why was Tia absent?Jawaban: Because she had to take care of her sick mother.

3. Who told Vira about Tia’s condition?Jawaban: Vino did.

4. What does Linda and Vira plan to do after school?Jawaban: They plan to visit Tia and her sick mother.

5. “Let’s ask the others.” What do you think the underlined words refer to?Jawaban: Linda and Vira’s friends.

F. Create a dialog based on one of the situations below.Practice it with a friend in front of the class.

1. Today is your father’s birthday. Congratulate and say your wishes to him.2. Lia, your little sister, comes to you and shows you her mark in mathematics. She got 10.

Congratulate her.3. Your friend tells you that one of the biggest fashion stores in your place is offering a big

discount up to 75%. Just by chance, you need to buy a new dress for your birthday party.Then, you ask your friend to confirm the fact. What would the two of you say?

Contoh jawaban:1. You : Happy birthday, Dad. May God bless you with a long life.

Your father : Thank you, dear.


2. Lia : Look! I’ve got ten for math!You : Congratulations! You’re really my brilliant sister.Lia : Thank you.

3. Rina : Listen! The Silhouette fashion store is offering a big discount up to 75%!Dewi: Really?Rina : I am sure.Dewi: What a coincidence! I just want to buy a new dress for my coming birthday party.

Variasi:

A. Write suitable responses for the following expressions.Share your work with the class.

1. A : Look! I’ve got an A for my biology paper!B : ______________________________________________________________

2. A : Listen! Dono is accused of stealing Rina’s money.B : ______________________________________________________________

3. A : The government will build some new freeways.B : ______________________________________________________________

4. A : Mother, happy Mother’s Day. I love you.B : ______________________________________________________________

5. A : It’s unbelievable that our team lost the game yesterday.B : ______________________________________________________________

Contoh jawaban:1. That’s great! Well done!2. That’s a mistake. Dono is an honest person. I’m sure he didn’t do such a bad thing.3. It is. I’ve read about it in the newspaper.4. Thank you, dear. I love you too.5. It is, but that’s the fact.

B. Make two dialogs based on the guidelines below.Then, practice the dialogs in front of the class with your friend.

responds to the greeting. He tells Sitathat he will go to the market.

says that the fact is true. He explainsthat he is going to check his uncle’s stallin the market.

accepts the offer and expresses hisgratitude.

1. Sita Handi

greets Handi. She asks whereHandi will go.

tells Handi that the market wascaught on fire last night.

responds to Handi’s explanation.She offers to join him.


tells Ari that the teacher has chosen herto represent the school in the computercompetition.

expresses her gratitude.

expresses her promise. She asks Ari tohelp her whenever she is in trouble.

responds to the news. Then, hecongratulates Nia.

reminds Nia to practice more sothat she will win the competition.

says his willingness.

2. Nia Ari

Contoh jawaban:1. Sita : Hi, Handi? Where are you going?

Handi : I’m going to the market.Sita : What? Listen, the market was caught on fire last night!Handi : I know that. I’m going there to check my uncle’s stall whether it was burnt down

or not.Sita : I see. If that’s so, may I join? Who knows I can help something.Handi : Of course. Thanks.

2. Nia : Listen! The teacher has chosen me to represent the school in the computercompetition!

Ari : Has he? That’s great! Congratulations!Nia : Thank you.Ari : Remember! From now on, you have to practice more and more.Nia : Surely I will. But, will you help me whenever I need help?Ari : Of course, I will help you and support you.

3.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Read the monolog and study the explanation.Listen, all, I want to tell you about a very interesting place from the eastern part of our

archipelago, Papua. This place is Baliem Valley. Have you ever heard this name before?O.K., listen to me carefully.

Well, the Baliem Valley, which is sometimes known as the Grand Valley, is one of thehighlands of Papua province. The valley is about 80 km in length and 20 km in width and liesat an altitude of about 1,000 m, with a population of 100,000. This place is occupied by theDani people. And . . . the main town in the valley is Wamena. It has very beautiful scenerywith the blue sky above it.


You know, as far as the outside world was concerned, the Baliem Valley along with theunexpected presence of its large agricultural population was discovered by Richard Archboldon his third zoological expedition to New Guinea in 1938. Since then the valley has graduallybeen opened up to a limited amount of tourism. Now, the Baliem Valley becomes one of themajor tourist spots in Papua. Many tourists, domestics and overseas, have visited the place.

O.K., that’s my description about the Baliem Valley. Thanks for listening.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baliem_Valley (Desember 28, 2008)

The text above is a spoken descriptive text. In spoken texts, there is usually interactionbetween speakers and listeners. Therefore, in such texts, you can find some fillers, suchas well . . ., um . . ., you know . . . and listen, all.

Written Text

Title Thousand Islands

IdentificationThousand Islands (Indonesian: Kepulauan Seribu) is the

only regency of Jakarta, Indonesia. It lies on the Java Sea,precisely on the north of Jakarta, the capital city of Indonesia.

Read the text and try to understand its generic structure.

Description

The entire area consists of a string of 105 islands whichstretch 45 kilometers north into the Java Sea, with the closestlying in Jakarta Bay only a few kilometers off mainland Jakarta.

With a total land area of 8.7 km2, the population of theentire islands is about 20,000. Pramuka Island is the regencyseat of the Thousand Islands; although, the most populatedisland is Panggang Island.

The area itself is a marine national park; although,development is allowed on 37 of the islands. Some others areuninhabited and some of them are developed to become resortislands, such as Bidadari, Ayer, Laki, Putri, Pelangi, Sepa andBira.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thousand_Islands_(Indonesia) (December 28, 2008)


Grammar Section

Question Words

The text is a written descriptive text.A descriptive text focuses on the characteristic features of a particular thing, e.g.a person, an animal or a thing. Descriptions are usually organized to include:● Identification to the subject of the description;● Description, presenting the characteristics or the features of the subject, e.g.

physical appearance, qualities, habitual behavior, significant attributes.

Note:Grammatical characteristics of descriptive texts are:● use of particular nouns, e.g. Thousand Islands● use of the simple present tense, e.g. The entire area consists of a string . . . ., Some

others are uninhabited and . . . .● use of detailed noun phrases to provide information about the subject, e.g. With

a total land area of 8.7 km2 the population of the entire islands is about 20,000● use of a variety of types of adjectives, e.g. entire, uninhabited● use of relating verbs to provide information about the subject, e.g. Thousand Islands

(Indonesian: Kepulauan Seribu) is the only regency of Jakarta, Indonesia

Read the following dialog and understand the explanation.Rika : Sani, what does your brother do?Sani : He is an architect.Rika : Where does he work?Sani : He works in a constructing company in Jakarta.

Pay attention to the bold-typed words above. They are called question words. You usequestion words to ask certain types of questions (question word questions). You often callthem as WH words because they include the letters WH, such as Why and HoW.


Here are some questions words you can use and their examples.

WH Word

What

What . . . for

When

Where

Which

Who

Whom

Whose

Why

How

Function

asking for informationabout something

asking for repetition orconfirmation

asking for a reason,asking why

asking about time

asking in or at whatplace or position

asking about choice

asking what or whichperson or people(subject)

asking what or whichperson or people(object)

asking aboutownership

asking for reasons,asking what . . . for

asking about manner

asking aboutcondition or quality

Example

What is your name?

What? I can’t hear you.You did what?

What do you take anEnglish course for?

When did Lina leave?

Where do your cousinslive?

Which color do youwant?

Who opened the door?

Whom did you see?

Whose are these keys?Whose turn is it?

Why did you come latethis morning?

How did the man do thiswork?

How was your exam?

Answer

My name is Andi.

I said that I couldn’t go toyour house.

To improve my Englishskills.

An hour ago.

They live in Denpasar.

I want green.

Arman did.

I saw our Principal.

These keys are mine.It is your turn.

Because I woke up late.

He did it carefully andcorrectly.

It was rather difficult.


Indefinite Pronouns

Interrogative

anyone, anybody

anything

anywhere

Positive

someone, somebody,everyone

something, everything

somewhere,everywhere

Function

To refer to a non-specific person/people

To refer to non-specific thing(s)

To refer to non-specific place(s)

Negative

anyone, anybody,none (of . . .), noone, nobody

anything, nothing

anywhere, nowhere

The question word how can be combined with an adjective and an adverb. It functions toask about extent and degree. See the examples below.

Source: http://www.englishclub.com/vocabulary/wh-question-words.htm (April 4, 2008)

Read the following dialogs and understand the explanation.1. Vita : Linda, what’s wrong with you? You look sad.

Linda : Someone has broken my calculator.Vita : I’m sorry to hear that.

2. Tito : Henny, did you see anything on the table?Henny : No, I didn’t see anything. Did you lose something?Tito : Yes. I lost my pin.Henny : I’ll tell you when I find it.

The bold-typed words in the dialogs above are called indefinite pronouns. You usean indefinite pronoun to refer to a person, thing or place that is not specific. Usually indefinitepronouns use some and any. Some is used in affirmative/positive sentences, any in questionsand negatives. However, some is also used in questions when you want an affirmative answer.Example: Did you buy something in the market? Yes, I did. Here are indefinite pronouns.

WH Word

How far

How long

How many

How much

How old

How come(informal)

Function

asking about distance

asking about length(time or space)

asking about quantity(countable)

asking about quantity(uncountable)

asking about age

asking for reasons,asking why

Example

How far is your house fromschool?

How long will it take tofinish the craft?

How many cars are there?

How much money do youhave?

How old are you?

How come I can’t see her?

Answer

Around two kilometers.

About three days.

There are 25 cars.

I have Rp50,000.

I am twenty years old.

Because you camelate.



Do you know the biggest market in Jakarta?I guess, it should be Tanah Abang Market.

Tanah Abang Market is precisely (1) situated onJalan Tanah Abang, Central Jakarta. It is true that thismarket is one of the biggest and busiest (2) shoppingspots in Indonesia. You know, Tanah Abang Marketstarted off about 300 years ago as an (3) animalmarket. As time goes by, now it (4) occupiesa three-storey commercial building. It also spills over tothe hundreds of (5) street vendors sprawling in thearea. They take up not just the (6) sidewalks but alsopart of the road. No wonder the traffic there is oftencrawling.

The market opens (7) daily, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The stalls there sell mainly textiles, apparel,carpets and draperies. However, one can also find imaginable (8) merchandises, such as homeaccessories, (9) kitchenware, shoes, firecrackers and even rifles! Fruits, soft drinks and snacksabound. Like other markets, buyers can (10) bargain the prices offered by sellers.

Adapted from: http://travel.yahoo.com/p-travelguide-2881455-tanah_abang_market_jakarta-i?action=describe(December 28, 2008)

Answer the questions orally.

1. You have learned recount texts in Unit 2. What is the purpose of a recount text?Jawaban: To tell past experiences.

2. What elements does it have?Jawaban: Orientation, event, re-orientation.

3. What are the differences between recount and descriptive texts in general?Jawaban: A recount text is to tell past experiences while a descriptive text is to describe

something in particular. A recount text has orientation, event, re-orientation.A descriptive text has identification and description.

A. Complete the following text based on what you have heard.

Picture source: http://www.news_okezone_com


Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. What is the text about?2. When did the market open for the first time?3. What was actually the market on its first opening?4. Where is the market situated?5. Why is the traffic there often crawling?6. What time does the market open?7. What do most stalls in the market sell?8. What kind of imaginable merchandises are mentioned in the text?9. Can we find kitchen utensils in the market?

10. Do the sellers offer fixed prices for all items? How do you know?

Variasi:

A. Read the following words.Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.

A

1. occupy2. street vendor3. stall4. draperies5. merchandise6. kitchenware7. sidewalk8. crawling9. bargain

10. sprawling

B

a. barang daganganb. bahan gordenc. trotoard. kios, kedaie. pedagang kaki limaf. bertebarang. menempati, mendudukih. menawari. perkakas dapurj. merayap

Jawaban:1. g2. e3. d4. b5. a6. i7. c8. j9. h

10. f

B. Make sentences using the words in Task A correctly.Contoh jawaban:1. The government has occupied the bankrupt bank for two months.2. The street vendors have caused traffic jams in front of the market.3. My aunt has two stalls that sell fruits and snacks.4. There are many attractive motifs of the draperies in the shop.5. All guests of the exhibition can find any wooden and rattan merchandise.6. My aunt needs to buy some kitchenware for her new house.7. It is a common thing that many vendors build their stalls on the sidewalk.8. My little brother likes crawling here and there.9. If you shop in traditional market, try to bargain the offered price.

10. You can find many attractive stalls sprawling in the area of night fair.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the text in Task A.Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions correctly.

Jawaban:1. The description of Tanah Abang Market.2. 300 years ago.


3. An animal market.4. On Jalan Tanah Abang, Central Jakarta.5. Because hundreds of street vendors sprawling in the area take up not just the sidewalks but

also part of the road.6. It opens daily from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.7. They sell mainly textiles, apparel, carpets and draperies.8. There are home accessories, kitchenware, shoes, firecrackers and rifles.9. Yes, we can.

10. No, they don’t. From the statements, “. . . buyers can bargain the prices offered by sellers.”

Variasi:

Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan teks berikut sebagai latihan.

A. Listen to your teacher carefully.Complete the text based on what you have heard.


Hi, guys. Have you ever been to Madura Island? Not yet? Well, I’m going to tell you aboutthis (1) island.

Madura Island is part of East Java that consists of four (2) regencies. It has excellentquality of (3) agriculture outputs and beautiful tourist resorts and more. Well, Madura is about160 km in (4) length and about 40 km across at its widest point. You know, Maduranese(5) population is about 3 millions, most of them are farmers or fishermen.

The most famous (6) attraction of this island is the annual bull racing (kerapan sapi), whichtakes place during the (7) dry season in August – September. Um . . . the bull racing isa race between two pairs of (8) bulls, each team pulling a rider and sled. Then, the (9) finalrace is held in Madura’s capital, Pamekasan on October.

Last but not least, Madura has been well-known for its batik textile (10) production, youknow. The most popular batik is at Tanjungbumi, Bangkalan. Well, that’s all about Madura Island.

Adapted from: http://www.eastjava.com/tourism/bangkalan/index.html (June 26, 2007)

B. Listen to your teacher carefully.Answer his/her questions based on the text in Task A correctly.


1. What is the text about?2. In which part of Java is the island located?3. How wide is Madura Island?4. How many inhabitants are in the island?5. What do most of the inhabitants do for a living?6. What is the most famous attraction in Madura?7. When does the attraction usually take place?8. What is the bull racing?9. Where does a final race usually take place?

10. Where can we find the most popular batik textile production in Madura?

Jawaban:1. The text is about the description of Madura Island.2. East Java.3. It is 40 km wide.


4. There are 3 millions.5. Farmers and fishermen.6. A bull racing.7. During the dry season in August to September.8. A race between two pairs of bulls, each pairs pulling a rider and sled.9. In Pamekasan.

10. At Tanjungbumi, Bangkalan.

C. Listen to your teacher carefully.Complete the statements based on the text you have heard.


Let me tell you about our neighbor country Singapore. Singapore is an island city of about4 million people. It’s a beautiful city with lots of parks and open spaces. It’s also a clean city.

Most of the people live in high-rise flats in different parts of the island. The business districtis very modern, with lots of tall new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice oldersections. In Chinatown there are rows of old shop houses. The government buildings inSingapore are very beautiful and dated from the colonial days.

Singapore is famous for its shops and restaurants. There are many good shoppingcenters. Most of the goods are duty free. Singapore’s restaurants sell Chinese, Indian, Malayand European food, and the prices are quite reasonable.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

1. Singapore is our ________ country.

2. Singapore is a very ________ and ________ city.

3. There are many ________ and ________ in the city.

4. The Singapore’s business district is ________.

5. The island city has also some nice ________.

6. There are many good ________ in Singapore.

7. Most of the goods in Singapore are ________.

8. The Singapore’s ________ sell many kinds of food.

Jawaban:1. neighbor 2. beautiful; clean3. parks; open spaces 4. very modern5. older sections 6. shopping centers7. duty free 8. restaurants


Variasi:

Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard in Task C.1. What is Singapore like?

Jawaban: It is a beautiful island city with lots of parks and open spaces. It’s also a cleancity.

2. How big is the population of Singapore?Jawaban: It is about 4 million people.

3. Where do most people live?Jawaban: Most people live in high-rise flats in different parts of the island.

4. Is the business district old fashioned? Why do you say so?Jawaban: No, it is not. The statement explains that the business district is very modern,

with lots of tall new office buildings.5. What can we find in Chinatown?

Jawaban: We can find rows of old shop houses.6. Are the Singapore’s government buildings old ones? Why/Why not?

Jawaban: Yes, they are because they are dated from the colonial days.7. What is Singapore most famous for?

Jawaban: It is most famous for its shops and restaurants.8. How are the food prices in the restaurants?

Jawaban: They are reasonable.

D. Your teacher will tell you an interesting place.Retell it using your own words.

You may use the following words.● glorious ● Navy officer● honor sword ● confidence● seriousness ● sustained● diorama ● masterpiece● devotion

Teks yang dibacakan guru:Let me tell you about Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument. You may call it Monjaya. Anyway, do

you know the meaning of “Jalesveva Jayamahe”? Well, it means “in the sea we are glorious”.The Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument describes a figure of a middle rank TNI- AL or

Indonesian National Navy officer. He wears a complete uniform with his honor swordupstanding. The officer stares toward the sea with fully confidence and seriousness ready todash against the wave and go through storm.

This monument was built in Ujung Surabaya, East Java and the first stone was set onDecember 5, 1990. It is a statue as high as 30.8 meters, which sustained by a building as highas 26.1 meters. On some parts of the building, there is a diorama of heroic history of the navysince the era of physical pre-revolution up until the 90’s. The creative sculptors and architects

Picture source: www.photobucket_com


of the building are Drs. Nyoman Nuarta and his co-workers. They are joined in The NyomanNuarta Group.

The monument is great evidence and a very amazing suborder masterpiece. It has a highhistoric value, as the reflection of the highness of Indonesian nation as the maritime nationone. The other meaning of this statue figure is as the readiness symbol to receive thedevotion from generation to the next generation.

Contoh jawaban:Listen, friends. I’d like to tell you a very interesting place. It is Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument

or usually called Monjaya. Before I tell you further, can you to tell me the meaning of JalesvevaJayamahe? Raise your hand, please. Very good! It means in the sea we are glorious.

As you can see from the picture, this monument describes a figure of a middle rank TNI- AL orIndonesian National Army-Navy officer. Look! The officer wears a complete uniform with his honorsword upstanding. He also stares toward the sea with fully confidence and seriousness ready todash against the wave and go through storm.

You can find this monument in Ujung Surabaya, East Java. The construction of the monumentbegan on December 5, 1990. Do you know the height of the monument? Well, the statue itself is ashigh as 30.8 meters, which sustained by a building as high as 26.1 meters. Quite tall, isn’t it?Besides, on some parts of the building, you can see a diorama of heroic history of the navy sincethe era of physical pre-revolution up until the 90’s. Acting as the creative sculptors and architectsare Drs. Nyoman Nuarta and his co-workers who are joined in The Nyoman Nuarta Group.

Well, the monument is truly great evidence and a very amazing suborder masterpiece. It hasa high historic value, for reflecting the highness of Indonesian nation as the maritime nation one.Further, this statue figure also functions as the readiness symbol to receive the devotion fromgeneration to the next generation.

O.K., that’s about the Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument. I hope we can visit it someday.

Variasi:

Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal lain seperti berikut.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:I’m going to tell you about Tawangmangu. Wells, . . . Tawangmangu is a recreational

resort offering cool weather, scenic views, swimming pools, bungalow style hotels andrestaurants. Tawangmangu is located 40 km east of Solo. This place lies on the slopes ofMount Lawu, with an elevation of 1,300 m above sea level. It’s quite cool, you know.This place has some temples in ruins, a national park and the beautiful 40 m high waterfallof Grojogan Sewu.

Adapted from: http://www.hoteltravel.com/indonesia/central java/guides/sightseeing.htm (January 30, 2007)

Contoh jawaban:Hello, friends. Let me tell you about Tawangmangu. You know, . . . Tawangmangu is

a very popular recreational resort in Central Java. This place offers cool weather, scenic views,wonderful waterfalls and swimming pools. For accommodation, there are many bungalow stylehotels and restaurants around the resort.

The place is located 40 km east of Solo. This place lies on the slopes of Mount Lawu, with anelevation of 1,300 m above sea level. I tell you that it’s quite cool. This place has some temples inruins and a national park. Besides, you can find the beautiful 40 m high waterfall of GrojoganSewu. So, if you like to have a trip close to nature, Tawangmangu is one of the choices.

Adapted from: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=297http://www.petra.ac.id/eastjava/cities/sby/tourobj/monjaya.htm (December 28, 2008)


E. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task D.Correct the false ones.

1. ______ “Jalesveva Jayamahe” means “on the land we are glorious”.2. ______ The monument describes a figure of a general Indonesian National Navy.3. ______ The statue of the Navy officer wears a complete uniform.4. ______ The monument lies in East Java.5. ______ The monument consists of three parts.

Jawaban:1. F. “Jalesveva Jayamahe” means “in the sea we are glorious”, not “on the land”.2. F. The monument describes a figure of a middle rank officer of Indonesian National Navy

(general is the highest rank in an army).3. T4. T5. F. The monument consists of two parts, i.e. the statue itself and the sustained building.

F. Listen to your teacher and choose A,B, C or D for the correct answer.


Kayoon Park is located along thewestern bank of Kayoon River. It is anevening recreation park and specific EastJava food center. A variety of water sportsare performed here, such as sailing,swimming, motor boat and even canoeraces. To the north of Kayoon Park is theKayoon Market, selling beautiful orchids andtropical decorative.

1. What is the monolog about?A. The description of a particular person.B. The description of a particular thing.C. The description of a particular place.D. The information of a public place.Jawaban: CMonolog tersebut menjelaskan tentangdeskripsi suatu tempat tertentu (thedescription of a particular place), yaitu

Variasi:Guru dapat menambah pernyataan-pernyataan yang lain sebagai berikut.1. ______ The monument has no historic value at all.2. ______ The monument reflects our country as a maritime nation.3. ______ We can see dioramas in all parts of the building.4. ______ The diorama is about the heroic history of the navy since the era of physical

pre-revolution up after the 90’s.5. ______ The statue functions as the readiness symbol to receive the devotion from

generation to the next generation.Jawaban:1. F. It has a high historic value.2. T3. F. We can see a diorama only in some parts of the building.4. F. The diorama is about the heroic history of the navy since the era of physical

pre-revolution up until the 90’s.5. T

Kayoon Market also provides all publicneeds from various certifiable bundleflowers, start from fresh interest, driedflower and artificial flower both local andalso imported.

Source: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=298 (December 28, 2008)


Taman Kayoon (Kayoon Park) dan PasarKayoon (Kayoon Market).

2. The Kayoon Park is situated along the________ of Kayoon River.A. eastern bank B. western bankC. northern bank D. southern bankJawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”KayoonPark is located along the western bank ofKayoon River.”, sehingga Taman Kayoonterletak di tepi barat sungai Kayoon (thewestern bank of Kayoon River).

3. There are some water sports available inthe park, except ________.A. sailing B. swimmingC. canoe races D. parasailingJawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat”A variety of water sports are performedhere, such as sailing, swimming, motorboat and even canoe races.”. Dari sinidiketahui bahwa olahraga air yang tidaktersedia di Taman Kayoon adalahparasailing.

4. What does the Kayoon Market sell?A. Beautiful orchids and tropical

decorative.B. Imported orchids.C. Beautiful jasmines.D. Low-qualified flowers.

Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ” . . . theKayoon Market, selling beautiful orchidsand tropical decorative.”. Jadi, pilihanjawaban yang benar adalah (A).

5. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE about Kayoon Park and Market?A. The park is a morning recreation park.B. The park offers specific East Java food.C. The market is on the north of Kayoon

Park.D. The market provides various certifiable

bundle flowers.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya taman ituadalah taman rekreasi pada pagi hari tidaksesuai dengan kalimat ”It is an eveningrecreation park . . . .” yang artinya ”Tempatini adalah taman rekreasi pada petang hari. . . . ”. Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengankalimat ”It is . . . specific East Java foodcenter.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat ”To thenorth of Kayoon Park is the KayoonMarket, . . . .”, dan (D) sesuai dengankalimat ”Kayoon Market also provides allpublic needs from various certifiablebundle flowers, . . . .”. Jadi, pernyataanyang salah (not true) adalah pilihanjawaban (A).

A. Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.Make a list of data about the description of Sydney Opera House.

Sydney Opera House

The Sydney Opera House is a large performing art place. It becomes an Australian icon.The Sydney Opera House was established in 1973. It is located in Sydney, New South Wales,Australia. It covers 1.8 hectares of land and has 183 m long and about 120 m wide. The buildingcan load 25,000 people.

The Opera House is a place for large theatrical productions. It is the home of Opera Australia,the Sydney Theater Company and the Sydney Symphony. There are five theaters in Sydney OperaHouse. There are also five rehearsal studios, two main halls, four restaurants, six bars and manysouvenir shops. The design of the Opera House is very unique. The roof looks like giant shells.

Besides for theatrical productions, the Opera House is also used for other functions. It is usedfor weddings, parties and conferences.



Contoh jawaban:

Point

1. Established2. Location3. Size4. Capacity5. Design6. Functions

7. Home of

8. Rooms

Fact of the Sydney

In 1973.Sydney, New South Wales, Australia.It covers 1.8 hectares of land and has 183 m long and about 120 m wide.25,000 people.It is very unique. The roof looks like giant shells.For theatrical productions as well as for weddings, parties andconferences.Opera Australia, the Sydney Theater Company and the SydneySymphony.Five theaters, five rehearsal studios, two main halls, four restaurants, sixbars and many souvenir shops.

Variasi:

A. Read the text with proper pronunciation.Answer the following questions.

Bogor

Have you ever been to Bogor? Let me tell you about it. Bogor was previously known as“Buitenzorg” meaning “without worries” during the Dutch colonial era. The Dutch chose Bogor tobe the first palace of the Dutch Governor General in 1745. It was restored in 1832. The BogorPalace still stands solid and elegant today with its large gardens. Here deer roam freely on thegreen grass under tall old trees.

Further, Bogor is also famous for its Botanical Garden. It covers an area of 87 hectareswith thousands of species of plants from all over the world. Here, you can see the world’slargest flower, the Rafflesia. It really has bad odor.

Adapted from: http://www.indonesia-tourism.com/west-java/places.html (June 26, 2007)


Jawaban: The description of Bogor.2. What does the word “Buitenzorg” mean?

Jawaban: It means “without worries”.3. What was Bogor in 1745?

Jawaban: It was the first palace of the Dutch Governor General.4. What can visitors see in the garden?

Jawaban: Deer roam freely on the green grass under tall old trees.5. What has bad odor?

Jawaban: The Rafflesia.


B. Fill in the table based on the text in Task A.Compare your work with your friend’s.

Tabel yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

B. Retell the text in Task A based on the data you have made before.

Contoh jawaban:I’d like to tell you about the Sydney Opera House. You now, this building has become an icon

of Australia. It was established in 1973. As its name, this building is situated in Sydney, New SouthWales, Australia.

Now, talking about its size, this building covers 1.8 hectares of land, it is 183 meters long andaround 120 meters wide. No wonder, it can load 25,000 people. One thing that makes this buildingfamous is the design itself. You know, its roof looks like giant shells.

At the moment, this building functions mainly for large theatrical productions. Besides, it’s alsoused for weddings, parties and conferences. Concerning the theatrical productions, this building isthe home of Opera Australia, the Sydney Theater Company and the Sydney Symphony. To supportall the activities there, the Sydney Opera House has five theaters, five rehearsal studios, two mainhalls, four restaurants, six bars and many souvenir shops.

Well, that’s all what I can tell you about the Sydney Opera House. Thanks for listening.

Fact of Bogor

BuitenzorgWithout worries.Bogor Palace and Bogor Botanical Garden.The Bogor Palace still stands solid and elegant todaywith its large gardens. Here deer roam freely on thegreen grass under tall old trees.

It covers an area of 87 hectares with thousands ofspecies of plants from all over the world, including theworld’s largest flower Rafflesia.

Point

1. Previous name2. The meaning of the name3. The famous places4. Brief description of Bogor

Palace

5. Brief description of BogorBotanical Garden:– size– collection

Sebelum menyuruh siswa melakukan retelling, guru dapat memberi latihan kosakata sebagaiberikut.

Variasi:

A. Find the meaning of the following words according to the text in Task A.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. cover = meliputi, mencakup 2. design = rancangan3. establish = mendirikan 4. hall = aula5. icon = lambang 6. load = menampung7. performing = pementasan 8. rehearsal = latihan, gladi bersih9. shell = kerang 10. souvenir = cinderamata


B. Find the synonyms of the following words and their meanings.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Dino and Arya are going to (1) ________ their (2) ________ in Semarang. They are going tospend one night there. For (3) ________, they usually choose a hotel on Jalan Majapahit. It issmall, but clean and tidy.

The hotel is (4) ________ near a bus station, and some angkot vehicles pass the main road infront of the hotel. These vehicles make them easier to go to many places. This hotel provides(5) ________ and (6) ________. Every time they come to the hotel, a friendly (7) ________ helpsthem choose a (8) ________ room with two (9) ________. There is a (10) ________ in the room.Then, the bellboy carries their (11) ________.

The (12) ________ of a room in this hotel is not too (13) ________. This covers the cost of(14) ________ and the breakfast. The bellboy and the workers of the hotel are kind and(15) ________.

Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Jawaban:1. d 2. f 3. b 4. e 5. j6. n 7. c 8. g 9. a 10. i

11. l 12. o 13. m 14. k 15. h

a. beds b. accommodation c. receptionistd. spend e. located f. holidayg. comfortable h. friendly i. bathroomj. lodging k. the room l. luggagem. expensive n. breakfast o. cost

Meaning

lambang/tandadidirikan/dibangunterletakrumah/pangkalanrancangan/arsiteksturunik/istimewasangat besarfungsi/kegunaanmenampung/berisiproduksi/hasil

Word

1. icon2. established3. located4. home5. design6. unique7. giant8. function9. load

10. production

Synonym

markfoundedsituatedbasearchitecturespecialhugeusecontainoutcome

C. Complete the text with the correct words in the box.

The Small Hotel


D. Choose the correct answer based onthe text in Task C.

1. What does the hotel provide?A. Lunch.B. An extra bed.C. Free transportation.D. Lodging and breakfast.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Thishotel provides lodging and breakfast.”,.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

2. What is the purpose of the text?A. To tell something in general.B. To entertain the listeners.C. To describe a particular place.D. To tell past experiences.Jawaban: CTeks tersebut berbentuk descriptivekarena menjelaskan tentang deskripsisuatu tempat tertentu (describea particular place), yaitu hotel diSemarang tempat Arya dan Dino biasamenginap. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalahtujuan teks report, (B) adalah tujuan teksnarrative, dan (D) adalah tujuan teksrecount.

3. How is the hotel staff? They are ________.A. kind B. friendlyC. comfortable D. kind and friendlyJawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhirteks, yaitu ”The bellboy and the workers ofthe hotel are kind and friendly.”. SubjekThe bellboy and the workers merupakankaryawan hotel (hotel staff).

4. “This hotel provides . . . .” (Paragraph 2)The synonym of the underlined word is________.A. reachesB. offersC. presentsD. obtainsJawaban: CKata ’provides’ dalam kalimat tersebutberarti ’menyediakan’. Kata ini memilikimakna yang sama dengan kata presentsyang artinya mempersembahkan. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Kata reachesartinya mencapai, offers artinyamenawarkan, dan obtains artinyamendapatkan.

5. “These vehicles will make them easier togo to many places.” (Paragraph 2)The underlined word refers to ________.A. Dino and AryaB. the receptionist and the bellboyC. angkot vehiclesD. the hotel’s workersJawaban: AKata ganti orang (pronoun) ’them’mengacu kepada orang berjumlah lebihdari satu dan telah disebutkan di kalimatsebelumnya, yaitu Dino dan Arya. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.


E. Describe the place in the picture orally.Find the reference about it in the Internet or your book.

Variasi:

State whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task C.Correct the false ones.1. ______ Dino and Arya are going to spend their holiday in the capital city of West Java.2. ______ They usually choose a hotel on Jalan Majapahit.3. ______ The hotel is big and luxurious.4. ______ The bus station is quite far from the hotel.5. ______ There aren’t any public vehicles that pass in front of the hotel.6. ______ There is a bellboy who carries the guests’ luggage.7. ______ The hotel bellboy will help the guest choose a proper room for him.8. ______ The hotel’s price is quite expensive.9. ______ The cost includes the room and breakfast.

10. ______ All the hotel’s staff are kind and friendly.

Jawaban:1. F. They are going to Semarang, the capital city of Central Java.2. T3. F. The hotel is small, but cleand and tidy.4. F. The bus station is near the hotel.5. F. There are angkot vehicles that pass in front of the hotel.6. T7. F. It is a hotel receptionist who will help the guest choose his room.8. F. The hotel’s price is quite cheap or not too expensive.9. T

10. T

Picture source:http://www.pbase_com

Contoh jawaban:Do you know the building in the picture? Well, it is called

Eiffel Tower. It is one of the most favorite places in the world tovisit. We can see the tower in Paris, France, the world’s fashioncenter.

The tower is designed by Alexandre Gustave Eiffel for theWorld Fair. Guess what! There are 2,500,000 rivets and 18,038steel pieces that make up the Eiffel Tower. It first opened onMarch 31, 1889. And . . . every seven years workers repaint itwith fifty tons of dark brown paint. During the renovation of theEiffel Tower 1,000 tons were removed from it.

You know, the Eiffel Tower weighs 7,000 tons. The base is412 square feet or 2.5 acres. The tower itself is about 1,052feet high including the television antenna at the top.

Otis Elevator Company had designed glass-walledelevators, which climbed the legs of the tower to get to the firstand second platforms. From the second floor to the thirdplatform, which is near the top, four balanced elevators go upand down in the area. If you looked on a clear day, from the topplatform, the view stretches for 50 miles, around 80 kilometers.


The Eiffel Tower consists of three levels. On the first level are three-glass-confined structures.Next is the second level. They both contain one restaurant: Le Parisien on the lower level and LaBelle France on the upper level. The third part is the Salle (hall) Gustave Eiffel, where there isspace for business, conferences, expositions, cultural events, and social meetings. There isa souvenir shop and a snack bar located on the smaller second floor. Even from this level, it is verypossible that an excellent view of Paris can be seen without having to go to the top.

Source: http://www.east-buc.k12.ia.us/00_01/FP/eif/eif; htm, http://library.thinkquest.org/J001664/EiffelTower.html(December 28, 2008)

Variasi:

Do the task in pairs.The procedure:1. Student A reads and understands Text 1, while Student B reads and understands Text 2.2. Student A asks any information about Text 2 and Student B answers all Student A’s

questions correctly.3. Change the role. Student B asks any information about Text 1 and Student A answers all

Student B’s questions.

Text 1 (for Student A)

Nusa Tenggara

Nusa Tenggara is the name for the chain of islands which lies to the east of Bali. Includingthe islands of Komodo, Lombok, Flores and Timor, Nusa Tenggara spans a variety oflandscapes, from tropical forests, high volcanic lakes and dry savannahs. The largest islandsare Lombok and Sumbawa, with hundreds of smaller islands between. East Nusa Tenggara has566 islands. The long northern arch of the island chain is the result of volcanic activity, whilstthe southern islands are formed from coral deposits.

Most of the eastern islands are arid, due to hot winds blowing from the continent ofAustralia and sparsely vegetated. The Western half of Nusa Tenggara is moister and hasdenser vegetation. The Northern part of the chain is known for deep lakes contained in thecraters of extinct volcanoes, the most famous of which are the colored mineral lakes on GunungKeli Mutu in Flores.

Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Text 2 (for Student B)

Kya-Kya Surabaya

Kya-Kya Kembang Jepun is in the shopping center, Kembang Jepun Street that is thecenter of eastern Indonesia trade and economy. This place is a spacious outdoor eating placewhich opens at night. It is a center of local, national, even international foods. Local foods likelontong balap, empek-empek Palembang, nasi Padang and also Chinese foods and European-American foods.

It presents the warm situation feeling of dinner recreation by providing unlimited food andbeverage with the typical food/beverage of the local area (cookery Tionghoa, the middle eastcookery, Indonesia cookery) even invite the youngsters victuals; included of western snacks(burger, pizza, etc.) and traditional snacks



Contoh jawaban:Student A : Where is Kya-Kya located?Student B : In the shopping center, Kembang Jepun Street in Surabaya.Student A : What is the place actually?Student B : It is an outdoor eating place.Student A : When does this place open?Student B : At night.. . . .Student B : What is the name of Nusa Tenggara for?Student A : It is the name for the chain of islands which lies to the east of Bali.Student B : What are the largest islands?Student A : Lombok and Sumbawa.Student B : How is the geographical condition of Nusa Tenggara?Student A : It spans a variety of landscapes, from tropical forests, high volcanic lakes and dry

savannahs.

F. What is the place that you have visited recently?Tell your friends about it.

Contoh jawaban:Last month I visited my grandparents in Surabaya. They took me to the Surabaya Zoo. From

its name, you must know that the zoo lies in Surabaya, East Java.You know, the zoo was founded based on Dutch General Governor’ 40th policy on August 31,

1916. At the beginning it was named Soerabaiasche Planten-En Dierentuin or in English it meansBotanical and Animal Garden of Surabaya.

Well, the zoo opens daily from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Talking about the ticket price, it’s not expen-sive, only Rp8,000. There you can enjoy beautiful animals and a plant garden in the middle of thecity. You can see scarce animals, like Sumatran tigers, komodos, Kalimantan crocodiles andothers.

O.K., that’s my description about Surabaya Zoo. Thank you for listening.


A. Read the text with proper pronunciation and intonation.

National Museum

National Museum is known among Indonesians as ‘Museum Gajah’ or ‘Elephant Museum’because of a small, sculpture of an Asian elephant which is mounted in front of it. The elephant,like the bulk of the museum’s collection, dates back to colonial times. This colonial building with itsDoric columns keeps one of the most astounding collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia.

The building is designed around a central courtyard that is the museum’s sculpture garden.The presentation of the exhibits is very simple. Here you can find exhibits from all of the majorkingdoms of Indonesia’s rich Hindu-Buddhist past. Highlights include Sanskrit inscriptions fromSumatra’s Sriwijaya kingdom and beautiful Hindu statues from East Javanese dynasties. Best ofall is a massive fourteenth century statue of King Adityavarman standing on human skulls. Thisstatue holds pride of place at the end of the courtyard and is one of the most important statuesever made in Indonesia.


The museum also has a huge and impressive collection of Chinese porcelain.They frameevery dynasty of Chinese history. A whole porcelain stool collected in Aceh is said to be absolutelyunique. You will struggle to find a better collection of antique ceramics anywhere in Southeast-Asia. Ceramic lovers will also enjoy displays from ancient Thailand and Vietnam.

There are also extensive displays of ethnographic materials from all around the archipelago.You will find artifacts from most of Indonesia’s varied and colorful ethnic groups. These displayswill appeal to both art lovers and people wanting to get an insight into Indonesia’s cultural diversity.

Source: http://www.tripadvisor.com/ShowUserReviews-g294229-d379313-r20369519-National_Museum-Jakarta_Java.html (December 28, 2008)

Variasi:

A. Answer the following questions based on the text before.1. What does the text tell you about?

Jawaban: The description of National Museum or Museum Gajah.2. Why is the museum called Museum Gajah?

Jawaban: Because there is a small, sculpture of an Asian elephant in front of the museum.3. What is the role of the museum related to preserving artifacts?

Jawaban: It keeps one of the most astounding collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia.4. How is the museum designed?

Jawaban: It is designed around a central courtyard that is the museum’s sculpture garden.5. What can we find in the museum?

Jawaban: We can find exhibits from all of the major kingdoms of Indonesia’s rich Hindu-Buddhist past.

6. What is the best of all collections in the museum?Jawaban: It is a massive fourteenth century statue of King Adityavarman standing on

human skulls.7. Besides all the artifacts, what other things does the museum display?

Jawaban: A huge and impressive collection of Chinese porcelain, a whole porcelain stoolcollected in Aceh, ceramics displays from ancient Thailand and Vietnam andextensive displays of ethnographic material from all around the archipelago.

8. “You will struggle to find a better collection of . . . .”What does the word ‘you’ refer to?Jawaban: The readers.

9. “ . . . one of the most astounding collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia.”What does the word ‘astounding’ mean?Jawaban: It means ‘mengejutkan’.

10. “As well as these exhibits, there are also extensive displays of ethnographic . . . .”What is the opposite meaning of the underlined word?Jawaban: Narrow.


a. sebagian besar b. tengkorak manusia c. kembali ke zamand. menarik e. prasasti f. keragamang. hasil kecerdasan manusia h. pameran i. halaman gedungj. menjaga

B. Match the following words with their correct meanings the box.Then, make sentences using the words.

1. appeal 2. artifact 3. bulk 4. courtyard 5. date back6. exhibit 7. human skull 8. inscription 9. diversity 10. mount

Jawaban:1. d 2. g 3. a 4. i 5. c6. h 7. b 8. e 9. f 10. j

Contoh jawaban:1. The computer fair will appeal most students in the city.2. Archeology experts may study the prehistoric age from the found artifacts.3. The statue, like the bulk of the shop’s collections, is five hundred years old.4. Some old buildings have large courtyards.5. The pictures date back to my childhood in Surabaya.6. More than a thousand people have visited the art exhibit.7. In Tana Toraja, we can see many human skulls in a cave.8. Most of the inscriptions found in our country are written in Sanskrit.9. The diversity makes our country rich of valuable culture and customs.

10. There are some security officers in the housing complex to mount and protect theresidents from robbery and such things.

C. Find the words related to National Museum vertically or horizontally.Then, find their meanings.

A F O T N S R W A V H W E O K

D R E D E C E R A M I C T D P

E S T A T U E F N O I Q B Y L

L A H P U L D S C B U Y A N A

E U N I L P D I I W S L C A G

P Y I B O T E L E P B O Z S K

H T C E S U D K N E T C M T U

A I N S C R I P T I O N I Y R

N C O L L E C T I O N U H P T

T G A I P O P O R C E L A I N


Jawaban:

● ceramic = keramik ● statue = patung● inscription = prasasti ● collection = koleksi● porcelain = porselen ● elephant = gajah● ethnic = etnis, kesukuan ● sculpture = pahatan● ancient = kuno, antik ● dynasty = dinasti

c

Picture source: http://www_nationalgeographic_com

Picture source: http:// WALLlibrary_thinkquest_org

Picture source: http://www.omega_files_wordpress_com

a b

A F O T N S R W A V H W E O K

D R E D E C E R A M I C T D P

E S T A T U E F N O I Q B Y L

L A H P U L D S C B U Y A N A

E U N I L P D I I W S L C A G

P Y I B O T E L E P B O Z S K

H T C E S U D K N E T C M T U

A I N S C R I P T I O N I Y R

N C O L L E C T I O N U H P T

T G A I P O P O R C E L A I N

B. Match each description with the correct picture.Then, write the name of each place.


1. Borobudur is a Buddhist monument in Central Java. It was built in the ninth century. Borobudurhas 2,672 reliefs and 504 Buddha statues. The reliefs illustrate the journey of pilgrims to threelevels in Buddhist cosmology. Those three levels are Kamadhatu, Rupadhatu, andArupadhatu. Borobudur is still used for pilgrimage.


2. To the northwest and north of Beijing, a huge, serrated wall zigzags its way to the east andwest along the undulating mountains. It is said to be visible from the moon. Witha total length of over 6,000 kilometers, it extends to the Jiayu Pass in Gansu Province in thewest and to the mouth of the Yalu River in Liaoning Province in the east.

Source: http://www.chinavista.com/travel/greatwall/greatwall.html (January 7, 2009)

3. This is a statue of a reclining lion with a human head that stands on the Giza Plateau on thewest bank of the Nile, near modern-day Cairo, in Egypt. It is the largest monolith statue in theworld, standing 73.5 m long, 6 m wide, and 20 m high. It is the oldest known monumentalsculpture, and is commonly believed to have been built by ancient Egyptians in the thirdmillennium BC. It faces due east and houses a small temple between its paws.

Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Great_Sphinx (January 7, 2009)

Jawaban:1. c Borobudur Temple 2. a The Great Wall of China3. b Sphinx in Giza

Variasi:

A. Do the tasks.Untuk mengetahui pemahaman siswa tentang teks-teks deskriptif sederhana di atas, gurudapat memberi soal-soal atau latihan-latihan pengayaan sebagai berikut.

Text 1

State whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).Correct the false ones.1. ______ Borobudur is a holy place for the Hindust people.2. ______ Borobudur is located in Central Java.3. ______ Borobudur was built in the tenth century.4. ______ There are three levels in Buddhist cosmology.5. ______ Borobudur has 2,672 statues.

Jawaban:1. F. It is a holy place for the Buddhist people.2. T3. F. It was built in the ninth century.4. T5. F. It has 2,672 reliefs and 504 statues.

Text 2

Complete the following statements based on the text.1. The Great Wall lies on ________ of Beijing.2. The Great Wall is ________ long.3. The fabulous building extends to ________ and to ________.4. The wall was built along ________.5. “With a total length of over 6,000 kilometers, it extends to the Jiayu Pass . . . .”

The underlined word refers to ________.


Picture source: http://www.bensguide_gpo_gov

a

Picture source: http://www_drreissner_de

b

Jawaban:1. the northwest and north2. over 6,000 kilometers3. the Jiayu Pass in Gansu Province in the west; the mouth of the Yalu River in Liaoning

Province in the east4. the undulating mountains5. the Great Wall

Text 3

Answer the following questions correctly.1. Where is the statue located?

Jawaban: It was situated on the Giza Plateau on the west bank of the Nile, nearmodern-day Cairo, in Egypt.

2. What is the size of the statue? Explain it.Jawaban: It has 73.5 m long, 6 m wide, and 20 m high.

3. When was the statue built?Jawaban: In the third millennium BC.

4. Who built the monumental statue?Jawaban: Ancient Egyptians did.

5. What does the statue look like?Jawaban: It looks like a reclining lion with a human head.

B. Match each description with the correct picture and name it.

1. Thousands of people visit Pisa’s famous tower in Italy each year and wonder just howmuch longer it can exist without falling. Millions of dollars have been spent to stop thetower crashing to the ground. Soft, shifting soil has always been the tower’s problem.Recently, it was discovered that the tower had moved two millimeters.

Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

2. The building is located at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue in Washington D.C. It is a hugehouse where the president of the United States of America stays and works during histerm. People first recognized the building as the Presidential Palace and TheodoreRoosevelt gave the name White House in 1901.

Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)


C. Complete the utterances with correct Wh-questions.

1. A : ________ are the architects of the Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument?Q : Drs. Nyoman Nuarta and his co-workers.

2. A : ________ money do we need to renovate the old house?Q : More than ten million rupiah, I guess.

3. A : ________ can you see the big Jam Gadang?Q : In Padang, West Sumatra.

4. A : ________ do you like to visit museums?Q : Because the museum collection tells a story about certain past events.

5. A : ________ city do you want to spend your long holiday in?Q : Sydney, of course.

Jawaban:1. Who 2. How much3. Where 4. Why5. Which

Jawaban:1. b The leaning tower of Pisa2. a The While House

C. Do the following tasks based on the texts in Task B.Text 1

Answer the following questions correctly.1. How much has been spent to save the tower?

Jawaban: Millions of dollars.2. Where can you see the tower?

Jawaban: In Italy.3. What has always been the tower’s problem?

Jawaban: Soft, shifting soil.4. What was the recent discovery?

Jawaban: It was that the tower had moved two millimeters.5. How many people visit the famous tower each year?

Jawaban: Thousands of people.

Text 2

Complete the following statements based on the text.1. The White House is in Washington D.C., precisely at ________.2. The building is the place where ________.3. Firstly, people called the building ________.4. The name of the building changed into the White House in ________.5. The president of the U.S.A who gave the name White House was ________.

Jawaban:1. 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue2. the president of the United States of America stays and works during his term3. the Presidential Palace4. 19015. Theodore Roosevelt


D. Complete the sentences with correct indefinite pronouns.

1. Adi : Did you see (a) ________ in this room an hour ago?Tiara : No, I saw (b) ________.

2. Dion : Have you planned to go (a) ________ next holiday?Rika : Yes. I have decided to go to Bali. What about you?Dion : I don’t go (b) ________. My uncle’s family is going to visit us.

3. Tesa : Who will join the rafting activity next week?Rika : ________ of us. It’s dangerous for those who are less experienced.

4. Tika : Did you buy (a) ________ in the bazaar?Rani : Yeah, I bought this desk lamp. But, my sister bought (b) ________.

5. Dita : Hi, Dita! Are you going (a) ________?Flo : Hi, Flo! Yes, I am. I’m going to the supermarket. I want to buy (b) ________.

Jawaban:1. a. anyone/anybody b. no one/nobody2. a. somewhere b. anywhere3. None4. a. anything b. nothing5. a. somewhere b. something

Variasi:

Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.

1. A : ________ is the beach from your hometown?Q : About ten kilometers far.

2. A : ________ does your father usually ride a motorcycle?Q : Around 60 kilometers per hour.

3. A : ________ was the old house built?Q : A hundred years ago.

4. A : ________ do you see in front of the Nasional Monument?Q : A small, sculpture of an Asian elephant.

5. A : ________ house is on the corner of the street?Q : It is Mr. Sanjaya’s house.

Jawaban:1. How far 2. How fast 3. When 4. What 5. Whose

Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut.1. I don’t know ________ in this room. I feel I am a stranger here.2. My mother went to the supermarket to buy ________.3. Luckily, ________ got seriously injured in the accident this morning.4. I lost my wallet this morning. I dropped it ________ on my way to work.5. ________ has stolen my motorcycle.

Jawaban:1. anyone/anybody 2. something 3. nobody4. somewhere/Somebody 5. Someone/Somebody



Bandung

Bandung is the provincial capital of WestJava, Indonesia. It is situated in the Java Islandon a highland plateau about 768 meters abovesea level. The city is surrounded by mountainsand located in the middle of prehistoric lake.

The main part of Bandung lies to the southof the railway line that crosses the city fromeast to west. Most of the banks, airlines, touristoffices and five-star hotels are located here,along with the alun alun, as the main square inIndonesian cities is called. The principalthoroughfare, Jalan Asia Afrika, is in this part oftown. There is also Jalan Braga, which was theup-market shopping area in colonial times andis now the center of Bandung’s nightlife. Mostof the city’s budget accommodation and manyof its huge shopping malls are also in this area.

On the other side of the railway are theelegant residential areas of the old Dutchsuburbs with their wide tree lined streets,gardens and parks. The urban area stretchesnorth along two parallel arterial roads, JalanSetiabudi and Jalan Juanda, to the hills of Dago.The offices of the West Java provincialgovernment, the Bandung Institute ofTechnology and the zoo are located in this area.

Although Bandung is only about 200 yearsold, it has many places of historic and culturalinterest, not least its museums and art decoarchitecture.

Source: http://www.bandungtourism.com/

home_brief_e.php (December 28, 2008)

1. What is the purpose of the text?A. To tell a past event.B. To describe a certain place.C. To amuse the readers.D. To describe something in general.Jawaban: BTeks tersebut berbentuk descriptivekarena berisi tentang deskripsi ataugambaran kota Bandung. Jadi, tujuan tekstersebut adalah untuk mendeskripsikantempat tertentu (to describe a particularplace). Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinyauntuk menceritakan peristiwa lampauadalah tujuan teks recount, (C) yangartinya untuk menghibur pembaca adalah

tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) yang artinyauntuk mendeskripsikan sesuatu secaraumum adalah tujuan teks report.

2. The following places are situated near thecity’s main square, except ________.A. many banksB. 5-starred hotelC. tourist officesD. the Old Dutch suburbsJawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat “Most ofthe banks, airlines, tourist offices andfive-starred hotels are located here, alongwith the alun alun, . . . .”. Jadi, yang tidakterdapat di dekat alun-alun kota adalahpilihan jawaban (D) the old Dutch suburbs.

3. Where is the shopping area in Bandung?A. Along Jalan Asia Afrika.B. Along the alun-alun.C. Along Jalan Braga.D. Between Jalan Setiabudi and Jalan

Juanda.Jawaban: CBerdasarkan kalimat “There is also JalanBraga, which was the up-market shoppingarea . . . and many of its huge shoppingmalls are also in this area.” yang artinya”Ada juga Jalan Braga, yang dulumerupakan kawasan belanja . . . danbanyak mal perbelanjaan besar jugaterdapat di kawasan ini.”, kawasanperbelanjaan terletak di sepanjang JalanBraga (along Jalan Braga). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.

4. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the text?A. The Old Dutch suburbs have narrow

tree lined streets.B. Bandung lies in a mountainous area.C. The West Java provincial government

is situated in Dago.D. Bandung has many historical places.Jawaban: APernyataan yang salah (not true) adalahpilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya kawasanpemukiman Belanda Tua memiliki jalandengan pepohonan yang sempit. Hal inibertentangan dengan kalimat awalparagraf tiga, yaitu ” . . . the Old Dutchsuburbs with their wide tree lined streets


. . . .” yang artinya ” . . . kawasanpemukiman Belanda Kuno dengan jalan-jalan dengan pepohonan yang lebar, . . . .”.Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya Bandungterletak di kawasan pegunungan, sesuaidengan kalimat akhir paragraf satu, ”Thecity is surrounded by mountains . . . .” yangartinya ”Kota ini (Bandung) dikelilingi olehpegunungan . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban (C)yang artinya pemerintahan propinsi JawaBarat terletak di kawasan Dago, sesuaidengan kalimat ”The offices of the WestJava provincial government, . . . arelocated in this area.” dengan ’this area’mengacu pada perbukitan Dago (the hillsof Dago yang disebutkan pada kalimatsebelumnya). Pilihan jawaban (D) yang

artinya Bandung memiliki beberapa tempatbersejarah, sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . ithas many places of historic and culturalinterest.”.

5. “On the other side of the railway are theelegant residential areas of . . . .”(Paragraph 4)The underlined word has a similarmeaning to ________.A. enchanting B. interestingC. awful D. uglyJawaban: AKata ’elegant’ mempunyai arti yang samadengan kata ’enchanting’, yaitumemesona. Interesting artinya menarik,sedangkan awful dan ugly artinya jelek/buruk.

Variasi:

A. Complete the following texts with the correct words in the box.Text 1

a. very friendly b. named after a British Governorc. fresh air and clean water d. a small town in South of Bengkulue. its strange flower, Rafflesia

Manna, an Unforgettable Small Town

Manna is (1) ________. It lies between Bukit Barisan Hills and the Hindi Ocean. It has(2) ________. The people there are (3) ________. The houses are mostly in white and blue.Manna city is also known for (4) ________. It is the biggest flower in the world. Its size is1.40 m in diameter. It blooms only once a year. Rafflesia is (5) ________, Sir Thomas StamfordRaffles.

Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

Jawaban:1. d 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. b

Text 2

Egypt’s Capital

Cairo is the largest city in Egypt. Here you can always roll back the centuries. ModernCairo (1) ________, equal to any in the capitals of Europe or Australia. From the top floors ofimpressive blocks of flats you can gaze at (2) ________.

However, behind the modern buildings are narrow alleys where (3) ________. The onlysounds that come to your ears are the calls of the stall-holders. (4) ________ through thestreets as their forefathers did thousands of years ago. Many of the poorer people still dress(5) ________.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

a. there is no sound of traffic b. has tall buildings and broad streetsc. in the same way as their ancestors d. Water sellers and herdsmen wandere. magnificent views across the river Nile


Jawaban:1. b 2. e 3. a 4. d 5. c

B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.

Read Text 1 and answer questions 1 to 3.

1. What is the main idea of the text?A. The biggest flower in the world.B. The small town Manna.C. The Bukit Barisan Hills.D. The white and blue houses.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari judul teks,yaitu ”Manna, an Unforgettable SmallTown”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena merupakan gagasan pendukung.

2. Which of the following statements isNOT TRUE according to the text?A. The town lies in Sumatra Island.B. We can find Rafflesia in the town

every year.C. A few of the houses in Manna have

white and blue colors.D. The name of Rafflesia is taken from

the name of the British Governor.Jawaban: CPernyataan yang salah (not true) adalahpilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya sedikitrumah di kota Manna yang berwarnaputih dan biru karena bertentangandengan kalimat ”The houses are mostlyin white and blue.” yang artinya ”Rumah-rumah kebanyakan berwarna putih danbiru.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinyakota ini terletak di Pulau Sumatra” benardisimpulkan dari kalimat ”It lies betweenBukit Barisan Hills . . . .”. Bukit Barisanadalah suatu wilayah di Pulau Sumatra.Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya kitadapat menemukan bunga Rafflesia dikota itu setiap tahun, sesuai dengankalimat ”It blooms only once a year.”yang artinya ”Bunga Rafflesia mekarsekali dalam setahun.”, sehingga setiaptahun kita dapat melihatnya. Pilihanjawaban (D) yang artinya nama Rafflesiadiambil dari nama Gubernur Inggris,

sesuai dengan kalimat ”Rafflesia isnamed after a British Governor, SirThomas Stamford Raffles.”.

3. How often does Rafflesia bloom?A. Once a month.B. Twice a month.C. Once a year.D. Twice a year.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Itblooms only once a year.” yang artinya”Bunga itu (Rafflesia) mekar hanyasekali dalam setahun.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi teks.

Read Text 2 and answer questions 4 and 5.

4. What can we hear in narrow alleys?A. The sounds of car horns.B. The calls of fruit sellers.C. The sounds of vehicles.D. The calls of the stall-holders.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Theonly sounds that come to your ears arethe calls of the stall-holders.” yangartinya ”Satu-satunya suara yang bisakalian dengar adalah seruan daripemilik-pemilik kios.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi teks.

5. “However, behind the modern buildingsare narrow alleys . . . .” (Paragraph 1)The underlined word has an oppositemeaning to ________.A. big B. wideC. long D. shortJawaban: BKata ’narrow’ artinya ’sempit’, sehinggakata ini mempunyai makna yangberlawanan dengan kata wide yangartinya lebar. Big artinya besar, longartinya panjang, dan short artinya pendek.


A. Rearrange the sentences into proper paragraphs.

Kalimat-kalimat yang diacak dan jawaban:

1. The gardens of the palace have an area of 284,000 square meters (28.4 hectares).

Istana Bogor is one of the 6 Presidential Palaces in Indonesia.

The palace is noted for its distinctive architectural, historical features, as well as theadjoining botanical gardens.

2. The main palace contains private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room,a ministers’ meeting room, a theater room and the Garuda room (for welcoming Stateguests).The two wings are used as the guest residences for State guests. Kebun Raya Bogor(“Royal Gardens of Bogor”) or the Bogor Botanical Gardens are also part of the palacegrounds.

The grounds of the estate contain several buildings–the largest of which is the mainpalace and its two wings.

3. A herd of spotted deer still range within the palace grounds; a group of these hadoriginally been brought there by the Dutch for hunting and sport.The palace houses an extensive art collection which had been accumulated by Soekarno.

Source: http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Istana-Bogor (December 28, 2008)

c

a

b

b

c

a

b

a

Variasi:

A. Answer the following questions based on the text above.1. How many presidential palaces are there in Indonesia?

Jawaban: There are six (6).2. What makes the palace special compared to the other palaces?

Jawaban: Its distinctive architectural, historical features, as well as the adjoining botanicalgardens.

3. What is the largest building on the ground of the palace?Jawaban: The main palace and its two wings.

4. What can you find in the main palace?Jawaban: Private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers’

meeting room, a theater room, and the Garuda room.5. What is the function of the two wings?

Jawaban: As the guest residences for State guests.


B. Rewrite the text in Task A using your own words.

Contoh jawaban:We have six Presidential Palaces, one of them is Istana Bogor. The palace is noted for its

distinctive architectural, historical, features. Besides, it also has wide botanical gardens adjoiningthe palace. The width of the gardens itself is 284,000 square meters or 28.4 hectares.

The palace area has some buildings. On the grounds of the estate, there are severalbuildings. Among them, the main palace with its two wings is the largest. The main palace hasprivate offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers’ meeting room, a theaterroom, and the Garuda room. The last room especially functions to welcome State guests.Meanwhile, the two wings are used as the guest residences for State guests. Further, the BogorBotanical Gardens, also known as Kebun Raya Bogor, are also part of the palace grounds.

In the palace you can find an extensive art collection which had been accumulated bySoekarno. Outside, you will see a herd of spotted deer walking around the palace grounds.Originally, a group of these had been brought there by the Dutch for hunting and sport.

C. Work individually to describe your hometown or your favorite place.Use the following questions as guidelines to prepare your description.

● What is your hometown/favorite place?● Where is your hometown/the place situated?● How big is your hometown/the place?● How is the weather there like?● What is it famous for?● What’s interesting about your hometown/the place?

B. Identify the structure of the text in Task A.Jawaban:

Istana Bogor is one of the 6 Presidential Palaces in Indonesia.The palace is noted for its distinctive architectural, historicalfeatures, as well as the adjoining botanical gardens. The gardens ofthe palace have an area of 284,000 square meters (28.4 hectares).

The grounds of the estate contain several buildings–thelargest of which is the main palace and its two wings. The mainpalace contains private offices for the head of state, a library,a dining room, a ministers’ meeting room, a theater room and theGaruda room (for welcoming State guests). The two wings areused as the guest residences for State guests. Kebun Raya Bogor(“Royal Gardens of Bogor”) or the Bogor Botanical Gardens arealso part of the palace grounds.

The palace houses an extensive art collection which had beenaccumulated by Soekarno. A herd of spotted deer still range withinthe palace grounds; a group of these had originally been broughtthere by the Dutch for hunting and sport.

Identification

Description


Contoh jawaban:

San Fransisco

San Francisco is my favorite city in the United States. It is beautiful, clean, not too big, and ithas something for everybody. I love the streets and buildings in San Francisco. The streets windup and down the hills, with beautiful old brick and wooden houses on either side.

One of my favorite things to do in San Francisco is to ride a cable car. It takes you to mostparts of the city. It’s not a very comfortable ride, but it’s exciting and the views you see from the carare wonderful.

Besides, I like the weather in San Francisco. It never gets too cold or too hot. The summersare pleasant. The fresh breezes blow off the ocean and the sky is always blue. It rains quite a lot inthe winter, but it never gets very cold.

Another thing I enjoy about the city is the restaurants. The seafood restaurants, with crabsand lobster, are my favorites. You can also get great Chinese, Japanese, American and Europeanfood in San Francisco.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Grade VIII Edisi 4

3.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Advertisements

Spoken Text

Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation.Listen. This announcement comes from Amelia. She has just lost her purse. It is a brownleather purse with a written initial “SM”. Its size is 15 x 10 cm. Inside the purse are herstudent card on the name of Amelia Kartikawati, her ATM card and a hundred thousand note.She probably lost it along Jalan Sriwijaya. If you find it, please call her soon on 788532.There will be a reward to anyone who finds it. Thank you.

The text above is an example of lost or found announcements. People make suchannouncements whenever they have lost or found something valuable. In the announcements,they have to say a clear description about the person/thing they have lost or found.



Written Text

Please welcome to the first nature park in the town

Safari Nature Park

Features:● Flying fox ● Jungle trekking ● Bicycle trekking● Horse riding ● Games and quiz about natureAnd many more . . . .

Ticket: Rp25,000 (adult); Rp15,000 (child)Opening hours: 9.00 a.m.–5.00 p.m. from Monday–Sunday

So, what are you waiting for? Bring all of your family members to enjoy the excitingand challenging activities here.

Safari Nature ParkJalan Kemuning 35 JakartaTelp. (021) 6789922

The text is called an advertisement. One of the functions of an advertisement is topromote something. When you make an advertisement, you have to give clear informationabout the promoted products/events and invite people to use the products/to come to theevent. Besides, you should design the advertisement attractively.

Answer the following questions.

1. Have you ever heard a lost or found announcement before?Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.

2. If you have, what is the announcement about? Where did you hear the announcement?Contoh jawaban: About someone who was looking for her little sister after separating for

fifteen years. I heard it on the radio.3. Do you like to read an advertisement on newspapers or magazines?

Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.4. What kind of advertisements do you like to read?

Contoh jawaban: Advertisements about the high technology products, such as mobilephones or notebooks.


A. Listen to your teacher.What does he/she tell you about?

Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru:

May I have your attention, please? I have an announcement for you. One of your friends has justfound a Quartz automatic girl’s watch. It was found in the school yard. To anyone who has it,please claim the thing in the teacher office during the break. Thank you.

Jawaban:It’s an announcement about a watch found at school.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the announcement in Task A.Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions orally.

Variasi:

Find the meanings of the following words.Then, make sentences using the words.Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. attention = perhatian 2. watch = jam tangan3. silver = perak 4. automatic = otomatis5. claim = mengklaim

Contoh jawaban:1. The couple pays lot of attention to their first child.2. My father has just bought me a new watch.3. This pretty handicraft is made of silver.4. Mr. John has an automatic car.5. The man claims that the wallet is his.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. What kind of announcement is it?2. Where do you think you can hear the announcement?3. Who do you think says the announcement?4. What thing is found?5. What does it look like?6. Where was the thing found?7. If you are the owner of the found thing, what should you do?8. When can you do it?

Jawaban:1. A found announcement. 2. At school.3. The teacher. 4. A watch.5. It is Quartz girl’s watch. It’s automatic. The color is silver. 6. In the school yard.7. I should go to the teacher office to claim the watch. 8. During the break.


C. Listen to the announcement andchoose the correct answer.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:All right, listeners. It’s time to read someannouncements. The first one comes fromMiranda. O.K., Miranda has just lost her cat.It is a Turkish female cat. It has white andgrey fur. She put a necklace with her nameon it. She lost it on Sunday afternoon atabout 4 p.m. when she was taking a walk inthe city park. To anyone who has found it,please contact Miranda on 081326577321.A reward is waiting for you, guys. O.K.,that’s our first announcement. Before I readyou the second one, please enjoy the songfrom Yovie and the Nuno.

1. Where can you hear such an announcement?A. On the TV.B. On the radio.C. In a market.D. At the airport.Jawaban: BJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat sapaan,”All right, listeners.” yang artinya ”Baiklah,para pendengar.” dan kalimat terakhir ”. . .please enjoy the song from Yovie and theNuno.” yang artinya ”. . . silakan menikmatilagu dari Yovie and the Nuno.”.

2. What is the lost thing in the announcement?A. A cat.B. A bird.C. A rabbit.D. A hamster.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”O.K.,Miranda has just lost her cat.” yang artinya”O.K., Miranda baru saja kehilangankucingnya.”, sehingga yang hilang bukan(B) yang artinya burung, (C) yang artinyakelinci, dan (D) yang artinya hamster.

3. Where did she lose it?A. In her house.B. In her school.C. In the city park.D. On the street.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ” . . .when she was taking a walk in the citypark.” yang artinya ”. . . ketika diamengajaknya jalan-jalan di taman kota.”.

4. When did Miranda lose it?A. On Sunday morning.B. On Monday morning.C. On Sunday evening.D. On Sunday afternoon.Jawaban: DJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”Shelost it on Sunday afternoon . . . .” yangartinya ”Dia kehilangan kucingnya padahari Minggu sore . . . .”.

5. These are the characteristics of the lostthing, except ________.A. it is a female catB. it has white and grey furC. it belongs to Angora familyD. it has a necklace with the writer’s

initialJawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat, ”It is a Turkish female cat. It haswhite and grey fur. She put a necklace withher name on it.” yang artinya ”Kucing ituadalah kucing keturunan Turki. Kucing itumemiliki bulu warna putih dan abu-abu.Dia (Miranda) memberinya kalung denganinisial namanya.”. Jadi, yang bukan ciri-cirikucing itu adalah (C) yang artinyatermasuk keluarga Angora.


A. Retell the lost and found announcements below using your own words.

1. A novel was found at Strawberry Café, Jalan Teratai number 30 Bandung. The novel isentitled Perfume by Patrick Süskind. There is also a photograph inside the pages. Pleasecontact Andika (022-7655675) at Strawberry Café during the working hours.

2. A cat was lost in the park near the stadium yesterday morning. The cat is a cute white Persianfemale. Her weight is about 8 kg and her height is 40 cm. She has a white ribbon around herneck. Please contact Wulandari (024-5456111). A nice reward has been waiting for you.

Contoh jawaban:1. Attention, all. I’ve just found a novel at Strawberry Café, Jalan Teratai number 30 Bandung.

The title of the novel is Perfume by Patrick Süskind. Inside the book, I’ve also found thephotograph of a girl. If you are the owner, please contact Andika on 022-7655675 atStrawberry Café during the working hours. Thank you.

2. Listen, everyone. A Persian cat was lost. I lost it in the park near the stadium yesterdaymorning. It is female and has white fur. It weighs about 8 kg and its height is 40 cm. There isa white ribbon around her neck. If you see or find it, please contact Wulandari on 024-5456111. There will be a nice reward for you. Thank you.

B. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the texts in Task A.Correct the false ones.

1. ______ Andika found a bottle of perfume at Strawberry Café.2. ______ The novel is written by Patrick Süskind.3. ______ Andika found nothing inside the book.4. ______ Wulandari lost her Persian cat yesterday afternoon.5. ______ The lost cat has a ribbon around its neck.

Jawaban:1. F. Andika found a novel entitled Perfume.2. T3. F. Andika found the photograph of a girl inside the book.4. F. Wulandari lost her Persian cat yesterday morning.5. T

C. Suppose you have lost or found the following things. How do you describe them?Make a lost or found announcement about each thing.

1 2 3


Contoh jawaban:1. May I have your attention, please? Listen, I need your favor. I’ve just lost an English-

Indonesian dictionary. The last time I saw it was on my desk. The book is very thick. I think itconsists of more than two hundreds pages. It has green, red and yellow strips on its cover.One more thing, I write my initial “NS” on the left corner of the first page. To anyone who seesor finds it, please contact me Riana Class VIIIA. Thank you.

2. Attention, please. I left my wallet in this café an hour ago. But now, it’s gone. It is black and itssize is around 13 x 10 cm. It has some pockets, for cards and money. Inside the wallet are myATM card, ID card, driving license and some money. Please contact the café attendant if yousee or find it. Thanks beforehand.

3. Listen, everyone. I’m looking for my backpack. I left it in the canteen this morning. It is black.There is a small pocket at the front, and a pin is attached to the pocket. Please call me RonaldClass VIIIF when you find it. Thank you.

A. Read the text aloud with proper pronunciation and intonation.

Wonderland ParkJalan Pemuda 34 Surabaya

Features:● Roller coaster rides ● Doll house ● Water games ● Playground

Ticket: Rp25,000 (adult); Rp15,000 (child)Opening hours: 10 a.m.–8 p.m. Saturday–Sunday only

There’s a special offer at the end of every month.The place is your ideal choice of relaxing and having fun with your family.

Variasi:

A. Answer the following questions based on the text before.

1. What is the purpose the text?Jawaban: To promote Wonderland Park.

2. When does the park open?Jawaban: It opens on Saturdays and Sundays only at 10 a.m.–8 p.m.

3. When do visitors get a special offer?Jawaban: At the end of every month.

4. What facilities are available there?Jawaban: There are roller coaster rides, water games, doll house and playground.

5. What is the place for?Jawaban: For relaxing and having fun with our families.


B. Read the text and answer the questions.

Trip to Bandung

To spend your holiday, we offer you a trip package to Bandung. You will go to manyinteresting destinations, such as Mount Papandayan, where you can see thesunrise, Asia-Africa Museum and the shopping centers on Jalan Braga

Cost per peer including transportation, free pass, food and lodging: Rp300,000

Length of stay : 3 days and 2 nightsPlace to stay : Jasmine Chalet

Those who wish to go please contact us at:Flamboyan Travel AgentJalan Melati number 12 JakartaTelp. (021) 5567432

Questions:1. What is the purpose of the text?

Jawaban: To promote a trip package.2. How much is a participant charged for the trip?

Jawaban: Rp300,000.3. Where will the participants of the tour stay?

Jawaban: In Jasmine Chalet.4. How long will the trip last?

Jawaban: It will last for three days and two nights.5. What are some places included on the trip?

Jawaban: Mount Papandayan, Asia-Africa Museum and the shopping centers on JalanBraga.

B. Choose the correct answer based onthe texts.


MINUTEMANExcellence Meets Clean

CARPET MACHINESOne Stop Cleaning Solution

Minuteman’s Ambassador*Carpet Extractors – are the ideal choice foreffective carpet and upholsterycleaning

Minuteman’s MPV*Multi-Purpose Vacuum maximumperformance in a changeable, lightweight,dual motor vacuum lightweight with addedbag capacity for longer, more effectivecleaning power

Gotcha!*Self contained, Lightweight, Portable, SpotRemoval System. Minuteman’s Gotcha!* isdesigned for spot removal and carpetmaintenance operations that require goodskill, efficiency, power and hassle-free,one-person operation


Jawaban: CKata ’require’ dan ’need’ artinya hampirsama, yaitu memerlukan ataumembutuhkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) take artinyamengambil, (B) have artinya mempunyai,dan (D) make artinya membuat.


1. What is the advertisement about?A. Carpet Machines.B. Minuteman Carpet.C. Multi Purpose Carpet.D. Excellent Meets Clean.Jawaban: AJawaban ini sesuai dengan judul/headingiklan tersebut, yaitu ”MINUTEMANExcellence Meets Clean CARPETMACHINES One Stop Cleaning Solution”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenahanya sebagai data pendukung/penjelas.

2. Which statement is TRUE based on thetext?A. Only one person may operate the

machine.B. It’s hard for one person to

empower the machine.C. It can be operated by one person

easily.D. The machine cleans the power of

the person.Jawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatterakhir iklan tersebut, ”efficiency, powerand hassle-free, one-person operation”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) salah karena pilihan jawabanitu menjelaskan bahwa hanya satu orangyang boleh mengoperasikan alat itu.Pilihan jawaban (B) salah karena pilihanjawaban itu menjelaskan bahwa sangatsulit bagi satu orang untukmengoperasikan alat itu. Penjelasan inibertentangan dengan kalimat terakhir iklantersebut. Pilihan jawaban (D) jelas salahkarena pilihan jawaban itu menjelaskanbahwa alat itu membersihkan kekuatanseseorang.

3. “. . . and carpet maintenanceoperations that require good skill, . . . .”The underlined word can be bestreplaced by ________.A. take B. haveC. need D. make


Come and join us on:

City Fun BikeStart and Finish: The city hall

Date : Sunday, February 22, 2009Time : 6 a.m.Fee : Rp25,000, including snack and T-shirt

There are many door prizes you can win, like3 motorcycles, 10 mountain bikes, 10televisions and many more. So, don’t miss it.Contact person: Dika (081234557654),

4. What is the text about?A. The information about door prizes.B. The invitation to get door prizes.C. The advertisement of a fun bike event.D. The description of a certain event.Jawaban: CBerdasarkan keseluruhan isi teks dapatdisimpulkan bahwa isi teks tersebuttentang iklan kegiatan sepeda santai (theadvertisement of a fun bike event). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya informasi mengenai hadiah-hadiah sebuah kegiatan, (B) artinyaundangan untuk mendapatkan hadiah-hadiah, dan (D) artinya deskripsi kegiatantertentu.

5. Which of the following statements is NOTTRUE about the event?A. It will be held on February twenty-

second, 2009.B. The registration fee does not include

a T-shirt and snack.C. It will start and finish at the same place.D. Some of the door prizes are motor

cycles, bikes and televisions.


Jawaban: BPernyataan yang salah adalah (B) yangartinya biaya pendaftaran termasuk T-shirtdan snack karena bertentangan dengankalimat ”Fee: Rp25,000 including snackand T-shirt”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena sesuai dengan isi teks.

Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kegiatan ituakan dilaksanakan pada tanggal 22Februari 2009, (C) artinya kegiatan ituakan mulai dan berakhir di tempat yangsama, dan (D) artinya beberapa darihadiah-hadiah itu adalah sepeda motor,sepeda, dan television.

A. In pairs, make an attractive advertisement based on the situation.

Suppose you work in a marketing division in a publishing company. Your company is going tolaunch a special offer of selling a package of children’s story books in English and BahasaIndonesia with low price. There is also a special discount on the first week of selling. The packagesare available in all bookstores.

Contoh jawaban:

We offer you . . .

A set of the most read children’s stories in English and Indonesian languagesGet fifteen books for only Rp400,000.

Available at all bookstores.There is a special discount on the first week of January.

So, don’t miss this great offer!

B. Create an attractive advertisement about a tourist spot in your hometown.

Contoh jawaban:

Welcome to Happy Lake Garden

Open : Monday to Friday : 9 a.m. to 6 p.m.Saturday and Sunday : 9 a.m. to 8 p.m.

Admission:Monday to Friday : FreeSaturday and Sunday : Adults Rp5,000

Children under 12 Rp3,000



budget : anggaranbuilt : dibanguncapital : ibu kotadisplay : pajanganentire : seluruhestablish : mendirikanevidence : buktifound : ditemukan

What is the place you want to visit on your holiday?Write the description of the place.

heroic : sifat kepahlawananhistoric : bersejarahinhibited : didiamilost : kehilanganmatter : masalahoccur : terjadi, berlangsungodor : bauoutdoor : luar ruanganstatue : patungstretch : membentangwonder : heran




Mother : Dear, what time is it now?Rika : Um . . . it’s ten to two p.m. What’s the

matter, Mom? You look in a hurry.Mother : Well, I have an appointment with

Mrs. Doddy to join her in thecooking contest. Oh no, I will be lateagain.

Rika : What time is the contest, Mom? And. . . where is it held?

Mother : It’s at half past three and it’s held inthe city hall.

Rika : If that’s so, why don’t you meet her inthe contest? It will save time, right?

Mother : You’re right. But taking a publictransport takes a long time.

Rika : It is. I have a good idea. I’ll ask Doni,our neighbor, to take you there bymotorcycle. I’m sure you won’t belate. But you should contact Mrs.Doddy that you’ll meet her there,Mom.

Mother : That’s a great idea! O.K., I’ll callMrs. Doddy. Thanks, dear.

Rika : You’re welcome.

1. When does the conversation happen?A. In the morning.B. In the afternoon.C. In the evening.D. At midnight.Jawaban: BPercakapan tersebut terjadi pada pukul13:50 siang hari (in the afternoon), yangdisimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkanRika, ”Um . . . it’s ten to two p.m.”.

2. Why is Rika’s mother in a hurry?A. Because she thinks that she will be

late to the contest.B. Because she has no companion to go

to the contest.

C. Because Mrs. Doddy leaves her athome.

D. Because she wakes up late.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yangdiucapkan ibu, yaitu ”Oh no, I will be lateagain.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan isipercakapan. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinyakarena dia tidak memiliki teman untukpergi ke kontes itu, (C) artinya karena BuDoddy meninggalkannya di rumah, dan(D) artinya dia bangun terlambat.

3. Mother said, “You’re right.”What does it mean?A. She denies a fact.B. She expresses her doubt.C. She admits a fact.D. She congratulates someone.Jawaban: CUngkapan tersebut artinya ”Kamu benar.”.Ungkapan tersebut diucapkan untukmengakui sebuah fakta (admitting a fact),bukan (A) yang artinya dia mengingkarifakta, (B) yang artinya diamengungkapkan keraguan, dan (D) yangartinya dia memberi selamat.

4. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the dialog?A. Doni is Rika’s neighbor.B. The contest is held in the city hall.C. Mrs. Doddy is going to join a cooking

contest.D. Rika’s mother will be late to the

contest if she rides a motorcycle.Jawaban: DPernyataan yang salah adalah bahwa ibuRika akan terlambat tiba di perlombaanapabila dia naik motor. Pernyataan inibertentangan dengan kalimat ”I’m sure byriding a motorcycle you won’t be late.”yang artinya ”Saya yakin dengan naikmotor ibu tidak akan terlambat.”. Pilihanjawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat yang


dikatakan Rika, ”I’ll ask ask Doni, ourneighbor, . . . .”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat” . . . it’s held in the city hall.”, dan (C)sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . Mrs. Doddy tojoin her in the cooking contest.”.

5. Mother said, “But taking a public transporttakes a long time.” The opposite meaningof the underlined word is ________.A. general B. openC. private D. strangeJawaban: CKata ’public’ artinya ’(untuk) umum’. Lawankata tersebut adalah private yang artinyapribadi, bukan general yang artinya umum,open yang artinya terbuka, dan strangeyang artinya aneh.

6. Linda : Tell me, how was the final result?Tio : We beat our opponent 2-0.Linda : That’s great! ________Tio : Thank you.A. It’s amazing!B. No way!C. No doubt!D. Congratulations!Jawaban: DUngkapan yang tepat untuk meresponssuatu kemenangan adalah ungkapanselamat, yaitu Congratulations! Pilihanjawaban (A) adalah ungkapan kekaguman,(B) adalah ungkapan mengingkari fakta,dan (C) adalah ungkapan keraguan.

7. Seno : Lola will move to Jakarta after theexamination!

Tika : ________ She never tells me thatshe’ll move out.

A. No way! B. I’m sure of it.C. That’s right. D. I’ll be alright.Jawaban: ABerdasarkan kalimat berikutnya yangberarti ”Dia tidak pernah memberi tahusaya kalau dia mau pindah.” dapatdisimpulkan bahwa ungkapan yang tepatadalah ungkapan mengingkari fakta, yaitu”No way!” yang artinya ”Tidak mungkin!”.Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah ungkapankepastian, (C) adalah ungkapan mengakuifakta, dan (D) adalah respons ungkapanuntuk menanyakan kabar.

8. Tommy : Last night, you went to the mallwith a girl, didn’t you?

Angga : I did. She is my cousin.What is the function of the underlinedsentence?A. For giving information.B. For expressing certainty.C. For admitting a fact.D. For denying a fact.Jawaban: CUngkapan tersebut yang artinya ”Yabenar.” adalah ungkapan untuk mengakuifakta, bukan (A) yang artinya memberiinformasi, (B) yang artinya mengungkap-kan kepastian, dan (D) yang artinyamengingkari fakta.

9. Mother : Farah, ________ will you go fora study tour?

Farah : For five days, Mom.A. how many B. how longC. how much D. how farJawaban: BRespons Farah, ”For five days, Mom.”artinya ”Selama lima hari, Bu.”. Kalimat inimenyatakan lamanya Farah pergi studytour, sehingga kata tanya yang tepatmelengkapi kalimat pertanyaan adalah howlong yang artinya berapa lama. Pilihanjawaban (A) menanyakan jumlah bendayang dapat dihitung, (C) menanyakanjumlah benda yang tidak dapat dihitung,dan (D) menanyakan jarak yang ditempuh.

10. Vika : Where will you go this weekend?Dina : I will go ________. I have a lot of

things to do at home.A. somewhere B. nothingC. nowhere D. anywhereJawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimatberikutnya yang berarti ”Saya mempunyaibanyak hal yang harus dikerjakan dirumah.”. Oleh karena itu, jawaban yangtepat untuk merespons pertanyaan Vikayang artinya ”Ke mana kamu akan pergiakhir minggu ini?” adalah saya tidak pergike mana-mana (I will go nowhere).


11. “Attention, please. A biology book was foundin the library. There’s no name on it, onlyan initial TN. If you are the owner, you cango to the library to claim it. Thank you.”Where do you think you can hear suchan announcement?A. At school.B. In a bookstore.C. In a book fair.D. In a bus stop.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat keduayang artinya ”Sebuah buku biologiditemukan di perpustakaan.” sehinggapengumuman tersebut tepat diucapkan disekolah, bukan (B) yang artinya di tokobuku, (C) yang artinya di pameran buku, dan(D) yang artinya di halte bus.


12. What does the text mainly provide us?A. Hotel staff.B. Horse riding.C. Insurance cover.D. Professional guides.Jawaban: BDalam teks tersebut terdapat judul ”TheUltimate Riding Experience” yang artinya”Pengalaman Berkuda yang PalingMewah”. Selanjutnya, dalam teks tersebutterdapat kalimat-kalimat yang menjelaskantentang kegiatan berkuda, peralatan yangdiperlukan, harga menyewa kuda, sertacontact person (orang yang bisadihubungi). Jadi, secara umum tekstersebut tentang naik kuda. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya staf hotel, (C) artinyaperlindungan asuransi, dan (D) artinyapemandu profesional.

13. Ponies are prepared for ________.A. every riderB. guidesC. adultsD. kids

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: DJawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat”Pony Ride (under 5 yrs.) . . .” yang artinya”Naik Kuda Poni (di bawah umur 5 tahun). . .”. Jadi, kuda poni disediakan untukpenunggang kuda yang berumur di bawah5 tahun atau yang masih anak-anak (kids).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya setiap penunggangkuda, (B) artinya pemandu, dan (C) artinyaorang dewasa.


Taronga Zoo

Taronga Zoo is the major zoo in Australia.It lies in Sydney, New South Wales. It occupiesa 33-hectare location. The name ‘taronga’ is anAboriginal name. It means ‘water view’.

The Zoo has Australia’s finest collection ofnative Australian animals and many exoticspecies. It has kangaroos, wallabies, andkoalas. Those animals can be seen from

The Ultimate Riding Experience

We have quiet horses and ponies for everyrider and professional guides to escort you.

Children are most welcome and can beled as required.

We recommend wearing long pants,sensible show and plenty of sunscreen.

Helmets are provided but not compulsory.A ride with us, whether on the beach or

throughthe lush green rice field of Cangguwill complete your Bali Holiday Experience.

Price List♦ 1 hour ride ........................ US$30,00♦ ½ hour ride ....................... US$15,00♦ Pony Ride (under 5 yrs.) .. US$10,00♦ 1½ hour ride ..................... US$40,00

Rides include Hotel Transfers, SafetyEquipment and Insurance Cover.

BookingsFor more information and bookings

please ask your hotel tour desk, travel agentor

contact us direct:

Tarukan Equestrian CentreJl. Nelayan No. 63

Br. Canggu TuaCANGGU

Tel/Fax: (0361)7470644


a close distance. There are platypuses,echidnas, and New Zealand kiwis in theNocturnal House. There are also gorillas in thenew Gorilla Tropical Forest. All the animals inthe zoo are kept very well. They are kept in theenvironment that is like their natural habitat.

Taronga is usually used as a site forscientific research, conservation, andeducation. It also offers a range of educationaland special interest tours.

Source: Scaffolding English Junior High SchoolStudents Grade VIII

14. Where is Taronga Zoo located?A. In Sydney, Australia.B. In New Zealand.C. In New York.D. In the Aboriginal site.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat keduaparagraf satu, yaitu ”It is located inSydney, New South Wales.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi teks.

15. Where in Taronga Zoo can you find NewZealand kiwis?A. In the Tropical Forest.B. To the south of the zoo.C. In the Nocturnal House.D. In New Zealand.Jawaban: CJawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ketigaparagraf dua, yaitu ” . . . and NewZealand kiwis in the Nocturnal House.”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

16. Which of the following statements is TRUEaccording to the text?A. Taronga Zoo is the only zoo in

Australia.B. The animals in Taronga Zoo cannot

be seen in a close distance.C. The name ‘taronga’ is Aboriginal

which means ‘water view’.D. Taronga Zoo only has native

Australian animals.Jawaban: CPernyataan yang benar adalah (C) yangartinya nama ’taronga’ berasal daribahasa Aborigin yang berarti

’pemandangan air’ karena sesuai dengankalimat terakhir paragraf satu, yaitu ”Thename ’taronga’ is an Aboriginal name. Itmeans ’water view’.”. Pilihan jawaban (A)yang artinya kegiatan Kebun BinatangTaronga adalah satu-satunya kebunbinatang di Australia salah karenabertentangan dengan kalimat ”TarongaZoo is the major zoo in Australia.” yangartinya ”Kebun Binatang Taronga adalahkebun binatang utama di Australia (bukansatu-satunya).”. Pilihan jawaban (B) yangartinya binatang-binatang di KebunBinatang Taronga tidak dapat dilihat darijarak dekat salah karena tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”Those animals can beseen from a close distance.”. Pilihanjawaban (D) yang artinya Kebun BinatangTaronga hanya memiliki binatang-binatangasli Australia salah karena terdapat jugabinatang-binatang eksotis lainnya (kalimat”The Zoo has Australia’s finest collection ofnative Australian animals and many exoticspecies.”).

17. “Taronga Zoo is the major zoo in Australia.”(Paragraph 1)What is the synonym of the underlined word?A. Inferior. B. Secondary.C. Significant. D. Ordinary.Jawaban: CKata ’major’ artinya ’utama’. Kata inimemiliki makna yang sama dengan kata’significant’ yang artinya ’penting/utama’.Kata inferior artinya rendah mutunya,secondary artinya tambahan, dan ordinaryartinya biasa/umum.

18. “They are kept in the environment that islike their natural habitat.” (Paragraph 3)What does the underlined word refer to?A. Gorillas.B. Kangaroos.C. All the zoo’s animals.D. New Zealand kiwisJawaban: CKata ganti orang ketiga jamak ’they’ artinya’mereka’. Kata ini merujuk pada subjekjamak yang disebutkan dalam kalimatsebelumnya, yaitu ’all the animals in thezoo’ dalam kalimat ”All the animals in the


zoo are kept very well.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena bukan kata yangdimaksud.

19. your–dear–birthday,–Emily!–on– 1 2 3 4 5

fifteenth–congratulations 6 7

The correct arrangement of the sentenceis ________.A. 2–4–1–7–5–6–3B. 2–4–5–1–3–6–7C. 7–5–1–2–4–6–3D. 7–5–1–6–3–2–4Jawaban: DKata-kata tersebut akan membentukkalimat bermakna, yaitu ”Congratulationson your fifteenth birthday, dear Emily!”yang artinya ”Selamat ulang tahun yangkelima belas, Emily sayang!”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenamembentuk kalimat yang tidak bermakna.

20. (1) The dormitory is situated not far fromhis campus.

(2) He lives in a dormitory.(3) It means that he doesn’t need to

spend money for bus fare.(4) Therefore, he always goes to campus

on foot.(5) My brother is a college student.(6) Surely, he can save his money for

something else.(7) There are ten people, including my

brother, living there.

The proper arrangement of the text is________.A. (5)–(2)–(7)–(1)–(3)–(6)–(4)B. (5)–(2)–(7)–(1)–(4)–(3)–(6)C. (5)–(2)–(7)–(1)–(6)–(3)–(4)D. (5)–(2)–(7)–(4)–(6)–(1)–(3)Jawaban: BUrutan kalimat yang benar untukmembentuk teks descriptive yang benaradalah (5) My brother is a college student;

(2) He lives in a dormitory; (7) There areten people, including my brother, livingthere; (1) The dormitory is situated not farfrom his campus; (4) Therefore, he alwaysgoes to campus on foot; (3) It means thathe doesn’t need to spend money for busfare; (6) Surely, he can save his money forsomething else.

B. Complete the text with the correctwords in the box.

a. Samba b. on the beachc. anything d. outgoinge. love to sing f. great playersg. largest country h. darkeri. anybody j. located

Brazil

Do you know (1) ________ about Brazil?Yes, the football team is one of the best in theworld. It has (2) ________ like Ronaldo,Ronaldinho, Adriano. Now let me tell you moreabout Brazil. You know, Brazil is the(3) ________ in South America. It’s also thefifth largest country in the world. Does(4) ________ know where Brazil is? Thecountry is (5) ________ in the eastern part ofSouth America.

Now what about the people? They arefriendly, (6) ________, and they also like tohave fun. They’re fun-loving people. Well, . . . ifyou’ve heard about (7) ________, then youmust know that the Samba dance is from Brazil.The people (8) ________ and dance theSamba. They also love to sunbathe, lying(9) ________ to have their skin tanned. Itmeans, they want to make their skin(10) ________.

Source: Contextual Teaching and LearningBahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Jawaban:1. c 2. f 3. g 4. i 5. j6. d 7. a 8. e 9. b 10. h


C. Answer the following questionsbased on the text in Task B.

1. Where is Brazil located?Jawaban: It is located in the eastern part

South America.2. How large is Brazil?

Jawaban: It is the largest country inSouth America. It is also thefifth largest country in theworld.

3. How do you describe the people of Brazil?Jawaban: They are friendly, outgoing and

fun-loving people.4. What do Brazilians like to do?

Jawaban: They like to sing and dancethe samba, as well as tosunbathe on the beach.

5. Why do they like to sunbathe?Jawaban: Because they want to have

their skin tanned or darker.

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 3:● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 3. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model.

Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi

kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.




Tejo : Don, what are you looking for here?Doni : Well, I’m looking for the pen you have

lent me. Sorry, I have dropped it.Tejo : What? That’s my father’s pen!Doni : Oh, no. It should be an expensive pen,

then.Tejo : Yes, it is. Besides, my father just bought

it last week.Doni : That’s a disaster! What if I can’t find it?

I don’t even have money to buy the newone at this moment.

Tejo : Are you sure you have dropped it here?Didn’t you leave it in class?

Doni : I’m sure of it. I have looked it in my bagand desk over and over, but it isn’tthere.

Tejo : Don’t panic. I’ll help you look for it.Doni : Thanks, Jo. Sorry for trouble you.

1. What is the dialog about?A. Buying a new pen.B. Losing a friend’s pen.C. Borrowing a friend’s pen.D. Returning a friend’s pen.

2. Where does the dialog take place?A. In Doni’s house.B. In Tejo’s house.C. In a bus station.D. At school.

3. Who are talking in the dialog?A. Playmates.B. Classmates.C. Brothers.D. Teacher and student.

4. Tejo said, “Sorry, I have dropped it.”What does it mean?A. Admitting a fact.B. Denying a fact.C. Giving information.D. Agreeing something.

5. “Oh, no. It should be an expensive pen,then.”The opposite meaning of the underlinedword is ________.A. sophisticated B. sharpC. narrow D. cheap

For questions 6 to 8, choose the correctexpressions to complete the followingdialog.

Rena : Auntie, (6) ________ on your newbornbaby!

Aunt : (7) ________, dear.Rena : What’s her name, Auntie?Aunt : We haven’t decided yet. Any

suggestion?Rena : What about Rose? She is very

beautiful. And . . . look at her redcheeks which look like blossomingroses.

Aunt : (8) ________. O.K., I’ll think about thename. Thank you.

Rena : You’re welcome.

6. A. well doneB. thank youC. welcomeD. congratulations

7. A. Thank youB. I’m sorryC. You’re welcomeD. I’ll be all right

8. A. No, they don’tB. You’re rightC. That’s impossibleD. I hope you are fine

9. Lila : Listen, Mr. Rahardian will be retiredat the end of this month!

Soni : That’s right. Our homeroomteacher told me about it yesterday.

What is the function of the underlinedsentence?A. For denying a fact.B. For expressing certainty.C. For admitting a fact.D. For congratulating someone.


10. Seto : ________ does your father usuallydrive his car?

Dina : Around 80 kilometers/hour.A. How longB. How farC. How muchD. How fast

11. Nita : I have some fruits. ________ doyou like, apples or oranges?

Dion : Apples, please. Thank you.A. WhatB. WhichC. HowD. When

12. Lisa : Where were you going yesterdayafternoon?

Siska : I was going to a computer fair.Lisa : What did you buy?Siska : ________. I just accompanied my

elder sister. She bought a newflash disk.

A. Nothing B. AnythingC. Everything D. Something

13. Teacher : O.K., students, who is absenttoday?

Student : ________ of us, Sir. Everyoneis here.

A. No one B. NothingC. None D. Nobody


Keukenhof Flower Park

Keukenhof Flower Park is also known asthe Garden of Europe. It is situated near Lisse,Netherlands. It is the world’s largest flowergarden. Keukenhof is more than 150 years old.Its first grounds were founded around 1840.

Everyone who loves flowers knowsKeukenhof Flower Park. There are so manykinds of beautiful flowers. There areapproximately 54,520 acres of parkland plantedwith tulips and other bulbs. Keukenhof is openfrom the last week of March to mid-May. Thebest time to view the tulips is around mid-April.However, it depends on the weather. In sevenweeks Keukenhof has about 800,000 visitors.

Source: Scaffolding English for JuniorHigh School Students Grade VIII

14. What is the purpose of the text?A. To describe a particular place.B. To tell about a past event.C. To amuse the readers.D. To describe something in general.

15. The following statements are TRUE,except ________.A. Keukenhof Flower Park lies in

NetherlandsB. Keukenhof Flower Park is more than

150 years oldC. Keukenhof Flower Park is open from

the last week of March to mid-MayD. for six weeks about 800,000 people

have visited Keukenhof Flower Park

16. “Its first grounds were founded around1840.” (Paragraph 1)The underlined word has a similarmeaning to ________.A. found B. destroyedC. created D. established

Read the text and answer questions 17 and18.

Good afternoon, all the visitors of the book fair.We have a very important announcement foryou. We have Dinda here. She informed us thatshe lost her purse in the fair. She couldn’tremember where she left it. The purse issquare and pink. Inside of it are her studentcard on the name of Dinda Maharani, ATM cardand some money. We do hope your favor, if yousee it, please report it to the information deskimmediately. Thank you.

17. These statements are TRUE about Dinda’spurse, except ________.A. its color is pinkB. it is squareC. there are two cards in itD. there is no money in it

18. “We do hope your favor, if you see it . . . .”The underlined word refers to ________.A. the listenersB. the book fair’s visitorsC. all the customersD. the book fair’s committee


Are you looking for a convenient place tobuy fruits with reasonable prices?

Green Fruit Shop is the best choiceYou can find all kinds of fresh fruits here,

both local and imported.We guarantee the quality and the freshness

of our fruits.

Soft opening: Sunday, February 15, 2009

The best quality and best service is ourcommitment.So, come and prove yourselves.


Strategically positioned in the archipelago,the city is also the principal gateway to the restof Indonesia. From the Capital City,sophisticated land, air, and sea transport isavailable to the rest of the country and beyond.It has the largest and most modern airport inthe country, the most important harbor inIndonesia and is well-connected by rail of goodroads to other destinations in Java, Sumatra,and Bali.

Over the last several decades, Jakarta hasproudly developed into one of Asia’s mostprominent metropolitan centers. With a currentpopulation of nearly nine millions, Jakarta hasundergone dramatic growth. Today, Jakarta’sskyline is covered by modern high-rises. Themany shopping centers, recreation complexesand toll-roads have become hallmarks of thecity. Jakarta’s cultural richness and dynamicgrowth contribute significantly to its growingimportance as one of the world’s leading capitalcities.

Jakarta has become a major destination inits own right. Visitors come for Jakarta’scomplete facilities and attractions that are inmany ways unique and not availableelsewhere. In the field of tourism Jakarta offersfour and five star hotels, convention facilities,amusement parks, shopping centers, historicalbuildings, museums, tours and many othertourist attractions.

Source: http://www.beritajakarta.com/english/AboutJakarta/JakartaNow.asp (December 29, 2008)

21. What is the text about?A. Informing the history of Jakarta.B. Describing Jakarta in the past.C. Informing the best place in JakartaD. Describing the capital city of

Indonesia.

22. What is the political position of Jakarta inour country?A. As the seat of national and regional

government.B. As a major destination in tourism.C. As the center of the national’s

industry.D. As the principal gateway to the rest of

Indonesia.

19. What is the text about?A. The finding of the best fruit shop.B. The description of a new fruit shop.C. The advertisement of a new fruit shop.D. The information of a fruit center.

20. “Are you looking for a convenient place tobuy fruits . . . ?”The similar meaning of the underlinedword is ________.A. importantB. appropriateC. boringD. primary


Jakarta Now

Jakarta is the capital city of the Republic ofIndonesia, a country composed of more than300 ethnic groups speaking 200 differentlanguages. As the capital city, Jakarta isa melting pot of representatives from each ofthese ethnic groups.

Jakarta is the center of the nation’sindustrial, political and cultural life. It is home tomany of the country’s finest research institutes,educational facilities, and culturalorganizations. Jakarta is uniquely the seat ofboth the national as well as the regionalgovernment.


23. What is the main idea of paragraph 4?A. Jakarta in the past era.B. The cultural life in Jakarta.C. Jakarta as one of Asia’s most

prominent metropolitan centers.D. Jakarta as the principal gateway to

the rest of Indonesia.

24. In the tourism field, Jakarta offers thefollowing, except ________A. convention facilitiesB. four and five-star-hotelsC. skyline buildingsD. historical buildings

25. “From the Capital City, sophisticated land,air, and sea transport is available . . . .”(Paragraph 2) The underlined word means_________.A. unique B. modernC. different D. awkward

For questions 26 to 28, choose the correctwords to complete the following text.

The Great Pyramid of Giza in Egypt is oneof the Old Seven Wonders of the WorldAttractions. It (26) ________ by the EgyptianPharaoh Khufu around 2560 BC. It wasconstructed to serve as a tomb for the pharaohafter his death. The pyramid is an architecturallandmark, and the technique used for(27) ________ construction has been a topic ofdiscussion among archaeologists andarchitects throughout the world.

One of the most sought after tourist spotsin the world, this monument has (28) ________attractions. The famous Sphinx, a part of themonument, attracts tourists in numbers.

Adapted from: http://www.placesonline.com/africa/egypt/cairo/great_pyramid_of_giza.asp?gclid=CL_q0bPA-

5cCFQntegod_ymHDg

26. A. built B. buildsC. is built D. was built

27. A. its B. hisC. their D. your

28. A. little B. manyC. much D. less

29. to finish–it–night–is–the task–on–1 2 3 4 5 6

impossible–one.7 8

The correct arrangement of the words is________.A. 2–4–7–1–5–6–8–3B. 2–4–7–5–6–1–8–3C. 8–3–4–5–2–1–6–7D. 8–3–4–5–7–6–2–1

30. (1) They share mountains and waterfalls,rainforests, and long beaches.

(2) There are eight islands of differentsizes which form the HawaiianIslands.

(3) Their waters are filled with colorfulfish, dolphins, and giant sea turtles.

(4) While they differ from each other insome ways, they share manyfeatures, like their natural beauties.

(5) The Hawaiian Islands are located inthe middle of the Pacific Ocean, faraway from any other lands.

The correct arrangement of the sentencesis ________.A. (5)–(1)–(3)–(2)–(4)B. (5)–(2)–(4)–(1)–(3)C. (5)–(3)–(1)–(4)–(2)D. (5)–(4)–(2)–(3)–(1)

B. Write a descriptive text abouta historical building you know.Mind the structure of the text.



A. Pilihan Ganda

1. B. Keseluruhan percakapan tentangDoni yang mencari pulpen yang diapinjam dari Tejo, dengan kata lain diatelah menghilangkan pulpen itu.(losing Tejo’s pen). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi percakapan. Pilihanjawaban (A) artinya membeli pulpenbaru, (C) artinya meminjam pulpenteman, dan (D) artinya mengembali-kan pulpen teman.

2. D. Berdasarkan kata keterangan tempat’in class’ dari kalimat yang diucapkanTejo, yaitu ”Didn’t you leave it inclass?”, percakapan tersebut terjadi disekolah (at school), bukan di (A)rumah Doni, (B) rumah Tejo, dan (C)di terminal bus.

3. B. Berdasarkan kata keterangan tempat’in class’ yang berarti percakapantersebut terjadi di sekolah (at school),orang yang melakukan percakapantersebut adalah teman sekelas, bukan(A) teman sepermainan, (C) saudaralaki-laki, dan (D) guru dan siswa.

4. A. Kalimat soal artinya ”Maaf, saya telahmenjatuhkannya.” merupakanungkapan mengakui sebuah fakta(admitting a fact) bahwa dia telahmenjatuhkannya (pulpen itu).

5. D. Kata ’expensive’ artinya ’mahal’. Kataini berlawanan makna dengan kata’cheap’ yang artinya murah.Sophisticated artinya canggih, sharpartinya tajam, dan narrow artinyasempit.

6. D. Ungkapan yang tepat diucapkanRena atas kelahiran seorang bayiadalah ucapan selamat. Jadi, katayang tepat melengkapi soal adalah’congratulations’ yang artinya’selamat’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain

salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) biasanyadiucapkan karena keberhasilanmelakukan sesuatu, (B) adalahungkapan terima kasih, dan (C)artinya selamat datang.

7. A. Ungkapan yang benar untukmerespons ucapan selamat adalahterima kasih (thank you). Pilihanjawaban (B) adalah ungkapanpermintaan maaf, (C) adalahungkapan untuk merespons ucapanterima kasih, dan (D) adalah responsatas ungkapan untuk menanyakankabar atau keadaan seseorang.

8. B. Ungkapan yang tepat melengkapipercakapan tersebut adalah ”You’reright” yang artinya ”Kamu benar.”. Halini disimpulkan dari kalimatsesudahnya yang artinya ”Baiklah,saya akan memikirkan nama itu.”yang berarti dia mengiyakanpernyataan Rena sebelumnya. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) dan (C) untukmenyangkal fakta, sedangkan (D)merupakan kalimat pengharapan.

9. C. Kalimat soal artinya ”Itu benar.”merupakan ungkapan mengakuisebuah fakta (admitting a fact) bahwaPak Rahardian akan pensiun padaakhir bulan.

10. D. Kalimat soal menanyakan kecepatanayah Dina mengendarai mobil. Hal inidisimpulkan dari jawaban Dina yangmenyebutkan kecepatan mobil itu,yaitu sekitar 80 km/jam. Kata tanyayang benar untuk menanyakankecepatan laju mobil adalah how fastyang artinya seberapa cepat. Howlong untuk menanyakan durasi suatukegiatan dilakukan, how far untukmenanyakan jarak suatu tempat daritempat lain, dan how muchmenanyakan jumlah benda yang tidakdapat dihitung.


11. B. Kalimat soal artinya ” . . . yang kamusuka, apel atau jeruk?”. Kalimat inimengungkapkan suatu pilihan. Katatanya yang tepat melengkapipertanyaan pilihan tersebut adalahwhich yang artinya yang mana. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaktepat digunakan untuk menanyakanpilihan.

12. A. Berdasarkan kalimat selanjutnya yangartinya ”Saya hanya menemani kakaksaya. Dia membeli sebuah flash diskbaru.”, disimpulkan bahwa Siska tidakmembeli apapun. Indefinite pronounyang tepat melengkapi soal bermaknanegatif, yaitu nothing.

13. C. Dalam percakapan tersebut, gurubertanya siapakah siswa yang absen.Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkankalimat terakhir yang diucapkan siswayang artinya ”Everyone is here.” yangartinya ”Setiap orang di sini.”. Dengandemikian, tidak ada siswa yang absen.Indefinite pronoun yang tepatmelengkapi percakapan bermaknanegatif dan tepat dipasangkan dengan’of us’, adalah none.

14. A. Teks tersebut berbentuk descriptiveyang bertujuan untuk mendeskripsikansuatu tempat tertentu (to describe aparticular place), yaitu Taman BungaKeukenhof. Pilihan jawaban (B) yangartinya untuk menceritakan peristiwalampau merupakan tujuan teksrecount, (C) yang artinya untukmenghibur pembaca merupakantujuan teks narrative, dan (D) yangartinya untuk mendeskripsikansesuatu secara umum merupakantujuan teks report.

15. D. Pernyataan yang benar untuk soalpengecualian (pernyataan yang salah)adalah (D) yang artinya selama enamminggu Taman Bunga Keukenhoftelah dikunjungi kurang lebih 800.000orang. Pernyataan ini tidak sesuaidengan kalimat ”In seven weeks

Keukenhof has about 800,000visitors” yang artinya ”Dalam tujuhminggu Keukenhof dikunjungi kuranglebih 800.000 orang.”. Pilihan jawaban(A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”It issituated near Lisse, Netherlands.”,(B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Keukenhofis more than 150 years old.”, dan (C)sesuai dengan kalimat ”Keukenhof isopen from the last week of March tomid-May.”.

16. D. Kata ’founded’ artinya ’didirikan’. Kataini memiliki makna yang sama dengankata ’established’ yang juga berartididirikan. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena memiliki arti yangberbeda. Found artinya ditemukan,destroyed artinya dihancurkan, dancreated artinya diciptakan.

17. D. Hal-hal yang benar tentang dompetDinda adalah (A) berwarna merahmuda dan (B) berbentuk persegi yangsesuai dengan kalimat ”The purse issquare and pink.”, serta di dalamnyaterdapat dua kartu, yaitu kartu siswadan kartu ATM (kalimat ”Inside of itare her student card on the name ofDinda Maharani, ATM card . . . .”).Jadi, jawaban yang benar untuk soalpengecualian adalah (D) yang artinyadi dalam dompet itu tidak adauangnya karena bertentangan dengankalimat ”Inside of it are . . . and somemoney.”.

18. B. Kata ganti orang ’you’ mengacukepada siapa pengumuman tersebutdibacakan, yaitu pengunjung pameranbuku (the book fair’s visitors). Hal inidisimpulkan dari salam pembukapengumuman, yaitu ”Good afternoon,all the visitors of the book fair.”.Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (C) salahkarena terlalu umum. Pilihan jawaban(D) salah karena bukan orang-orangyang dimaksud.


19. C. Teks tersebut berbentuk iklan yangbertujuan untuk mempromosikansesuatu, yaitu toko buah Green yangbaru dibuka. Jadi, jawabannya adalahiklan toko buah baru. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)artinya penemuan toko buah terbaik,(B) artinya deskripsi toko buah baru,dan (D) artinya informasi tentangpusat buah.

20. B. Kata ’convenient’ artinya ’tepat’. Kataini memiliki makna yang sama dengankata appropriate yang juga berartitepat. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena memiliki arti yang berbeda.Important artinya penting, boringartinya membosankan, dan primaryartinya utama.

21. D. Keseluruhan teks membahas tentangdeskripsi Jakarta sebagai ibu kotaIndonesia, dengan gagasan-gagasanpendukung tentang fasilitas danatraksi yang mendukung kota Jakarta.Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinyamemberi informasi tentang sejarahJakarta, (B) yang artinyamendeskripsikan Jakarta pada masalalu, dan (C) yang artinya memberiinformasi tentang tempat terbaik diJakarta salah karena tidak sesuaidengan teks.

22. A. Kedudukan Jakarta dalam bidangpolitik terdapat dalam paragraf duakalimat ”Jakarta is uniquely the seat ofboth the national as well as theregional government.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena bukankedudukan Jakarta dalam bidangpolitik.

23. C. Pokok pikiran utama paragraf empatterdapat di kalimat awal, yaitu ”Overthe last several decades, Jakarta hasproudly developed into one of Asia’smost prominent metropolitan centers.”yang diikuti dengan gagasanpendukung pada kalimat-kalimatselanjutnya. Pilihan jawaban (A) yangartinya Jakarta pada masa lampau

salah karena tidak disebutkan dalamteks. Pilihan jawaban (B) terdapatdalam paragraf satu dan(D) terdapat dalam paragraf tiga.

24. C. Hal-hal yang ditawarkan oleh kotaJakarta dalam bidang pariwisataterdapat dalam paragraf lima, yaitu ”Inthe field of tourism Jakarta offers fourand five-star-hotels, conventionfacilities, amusement parks, shoppingcenters, historical buildings,museums, tours, and many othertourist attractions.”. Jadi, pilihanjawaban yang benar untuk soalpengecualian adalah (C) yang artinyabangunan pencakar langit.

25. B. Kata ’sophisticated’ artinya ’canggih’.Kata ini juga berarti modern. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenamemiliki arti yang berbeda. Uniqueartinya unik, different artinya berbeda,dan awkward artinya aneh.

26. D. Kalimat soal yang artinya ”(PiramidaBesar) Itu . . . oleh Firaun Khufu diMesir sekitar tahun 2560 SM.”memerlukan kata kerja. Berdasarkanmakna, kalimat tersebut berbentukpasif, sehingga kata kerja yang benarberpola be + past participle dengantense berbentuk past tense, yaitu wasbuilt. Pilihan jawaban (A) untukkalimat aktif berpola the simple pasttense, (B) untuk kalimat aktifberbentuk the simple present tense,dan (C) untuk kalimat pasif berpolathe simple present tense.

27. A. Kalimat soal memerlukan kata gantikepemilikan (possessive adjectives).Karena kata ganti kepemilikan merujukpada benda tunggal mati (the pyramid),possessive adjective yang benar adalahits yang artinya (konstruksi)-nya. Pilihanjawaban (B) dan (D) salah karenamerupakan possessive adjective untukbenda hidup, sedangkan (C) salahkarena merupakan kata gantikepemilikan untuk benda jamak.


28. B. Kata benda ’attractions’ merupakankata benda jamak yang dapatdihitung, sehingga kata keteranganjumlah yang benar untukmenerangkan kata benda tersebutadalah many yang artinya banyak.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena merupakan kata keteranganjumlah untuk benda-benda yang tidakdapat dihitung.

29. A. Kata-kata tersebut akan membentukkalimat: ”It is impossible to finish thetask on one night.” yang artinya”Mustahil menyelesaikan tugas inidalam waktu semalam.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karenamembentuk kalimat yang tidakbermakna.

30. B. Urutan kalimat yang benar untukmembentuk teks descriptive yangbenar adalah (5) The HawaiianIslands are located in the middle ofthe Pacific Ocean, far away from anyother lands; (2) There are eightislands of different sizes, which formthe Hawaiian islands (4) While theydiffer from each other in some ways,they share many features, like theirnatural beauties; (1) They sharemountains and waterfalls, rainforests,and long beaches; (3) Their watersare filled with colorful fish, dolphins,and giant sea turtles.

B. Esai

Contoh jawaban:

The Must-see Ambarawa Railway Museum

You can easily be accused of committinga tourism sin if you’re in Semarang and failed tovisit the Ambarawa Railway Museum.

This museum is situated less thanan hour’s drive from the capital of Central Java.During the Dutch colonial days, Ambarawa wasa military zone and the railway station was usedto transport troops to Semarang throughKedungjati. It is at 474m above sea level, givingyou unpolluted fresh air to breathe.

The Ambarawa Railway Museum iswell-maintained. It is a medium-sized building.The railway route is offered to visitors. You canenjoy the beautiful panorama during the route.All in all, this is a truly exciting treasure to visit.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning BahasaInggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4


Objectives:

At the end of this unit you willbe able to:1. ask for, give and refuse to

give things,2. invite, accept and decline

an invitation,3. deliver short functional

texts (spoken messages),4. tell past events using

spoken English,5. write short functional texts

(invitation cards),6. write recount texts, and7. use the past continuous

tense, relating/linkingverbs and reflexivepronouns (-self).

Soekarno said, “The great nation is the one that respects theheroes.” What about you? How do you appreciate the heroes?

You will learn a lot of things about Indonesian heroes throughrecount texts in this unit. You will understand how they fought to gainand defend our nation from colonizations of other countries.

238 UNIT 4 Recount

4.1 Expressions

Read the dialog and study the explanation.Vicky : Hi, Fred. Please come in.Jimmy : Fred, I’m having breakfast.

Do you want to have breakfast with me?Fred : No, thank you. I’ve already had breakfast.

But may I have a cup of tea, please?Vicky : Sure. Wait a minute.Fred : Thank you.

Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Things

Inviting, Accepting or Declining an Invitation

Asking for Things

Can I have a bit?May I have a bit?Do you mind if I taste it?Is it O.K. if I try it?

Giving Things

Sure. Here you are.Please serve yourself.Not at all, please do so.Sure, please have a go.

Refusing to Give Things

No, you can’t. Sorry.I’m sorry you may not.Sorry, not this time.Don’t be like that.

Read the dialogs and study the explanation.1. Ramon : Are you free next Sunday morning?

Lee : Um . . . yeah. What’s up?Ramon : Let’s go to my grandparents’ house.

We can pick some ripe rambutans.Lee : Really? I’d love to.Ramon : Great! I’ll pick you up at 9:00 a.m.

The bold-typed sentences are the expression of inviting and accepting an invitation.Here are some expressions you can use to invite someone and respond to it.

The sentence “But may I have a cup of tea, please?” is the expression of asking fora thing while its response “Sure.” is the expression of giving the thing. Here are some otherexpressions of asking for, giving and refusing to give things.

Inviting Someone

● Let’s go to my house.● What if we ask Jannice to join us?● How about seeing a film this afternoon?● Will you come to my party?

Accepting an Invitation

● Let’s go./Sure./O.K.● That’s a good idea./That sounds great.● That would be very nice.● I’d like to, thank you.


Look at the picture and answer the questions.

1. The girl in the picture needs chili sauce. What do you think shewill say to her friend?Contoh jawaban: She will say, “Can you pass me the chili

sauce, please?”2. What do you think her friend will say to respond to it?

Contoh jawaban: She will say, “Sure. Here you are.”

Lisa : Please come to my house after school.Manda : Any business?Lisa : Hmm . . . I will have a barbeque party in the

garden.Manda : That sounds great, but I have to do

something else. Sorry.Lisa : That’s a pity.

Declining an Invitation

● Thank you for your invitation, butI don’t think I can manage it. Sorry.

● I’m really sorry about that. I havesomething else to do that day.

● I’d like to, but I have to baby-sit mylittle brother. Maybe some other time.

Responding

● It’s a pity./That’s O.K.

● Oh, I see. Maybe some other time.

● No problem, really./Please reschedule.

You can use the bold-typed sentences in the dialog todecline an invitation. Here are some other expressions youcan use to decline an invitation and respond to it.

2.

A. Read and practice the dialogs below.

1. Diana is going to go out with her friends, Nella, Merlyn and Sasha. They decide to meet atDiana’s house. Diana is having a small chat with Nella and Merlyn before Sasha arrives.Diana : Hello, everyone. Please come in. Wow, you are sweaty!Nella : Yeah, it’s very hot outside.Merlyn : Nella’s right. Diana, can I have a glass of water, please?Diana : Sure. And you, Nella?Nella : I’d like iced-tea, please.

240 UNIT 4 Recount

Diana : Sorry, I ran out of the ice.Nella : O.K., a glass of water, then. Thanks.Diana : Wait a second, please. I’ll get them for you.

2. Ajeng meets Detty to deliver an invitation.Ajeng : Detty, I’m having a get-together in my house on Saturday night. Would you like to come?Detty : Well, I’d love to, but I’m going out with my family. We’ve promised to accompany Aunt

Anissa on Saturday night.Ajeng : That’s O.K. How is your aunt by the way?Detty : She’s still in hospital, but she’s getting better, thanks.

Variasi:Guru menyuruh siswa memperagakan percakapan berikut.

Mr. Hermawan just arrived home from Bandung. Unfortunately, he forgot to take his suitcase. Heleft it in the wagon. He meets the travel agent now.Mr. Hermawan : Excuse me, I left a suitcase in the wagon from Bandung yesterday morning.Travel agent : Let me see. Um . . . is this case yours?Mr. Hermawan : No, that’s not mine. It’s a small brown case. There’s a tag of my name on it.Travel agent : What about this one?Mr. Hermawan : That’s right. Hermawan, Jl. Aceh No. 246 Bandung. Thank you.Travel agent : You are welcome.

B. Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A.Answer his/her questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. For dialog 1. Where does the dialog happen?2. What is the dialog about?3. Who hasn’t come?4. What did Diana’s friends say to ask for some drink?5. What did Diana say to respond to it?6. For dialog 2. Who are talking in the dialog?7. What will Ajeng do on Saturday night?8. Will Detty come? Why/why not?

Jawaban:1. In Diana’s house.2. About Diana’s friends who ask for drink.3. Sasha hasn’t.4. They said, “Diana, can I have a glass of water, please?” and “I’d like iced-tea, please.” to ask

for something.5. Diana said, “Sure.” to give the thing and “Sorry, I ran out of the ice.” to refuse to give the thing.6. Two good friends, Ajeng and Detty.7. She will hold a get-together in her house.8. No, she won’t. She will accompany Aunt Anissa in hospital.


C. Complete the dialogs while listening to your teacher.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Dialog 1Soni : You’re working hard, Dad. What are you doing?Father : I’m fixing this table. (1) Give me that nail, please.Soni : Which nail? This one?Father : (2) No, not that one. The small one.Soni : (3) Here you are.Father : Thanks.

Dialog 2Aling : I’m bored. I think I’m going to the game zone. (4) Want to join?Windi : I would love to, but I have to attend a math course at 4:00 p.m.Maylan : Don’t worry. I’ll drop you there.Dewi : Is that so? (5) I’ll come with you, then. Let’s go.

Variasi:Guru mengucapkan lima ungkapan pendek berikut dua atau tiga kali. Siswa disuruhmeresponsnya dengan ungkapan yang benar. Guru dapat menyuruh siswa melakukan halseperti ini secara berkelompok.

Listen to your teacher.Respond to him/her with proper expressions.Example:Teacher said, “Do you want a story book? I have some.”Student said, “That would be great, thanks. I love reading, you know.”

Ungkapan-ungkapan yang diucapkan guru:1. I’m hungry.2. I have nothing to do next holiday.3. There’s a book fair in the town hall.4. Marini, our friend, is in hospital for two days.5. I have to go to Fajar’s house, but my bike is broken.

Contoh jawaban:1. ● I have some cookies. You can have some.

● Let’s go to the canteen.● Sorry. I have nothing to share.

2. ● What if we go hiking/camping?● I want to spend my holiday in my grandparents’ house. Want to join?● Let’s go swimming.

3. ● Let’s see it this afternoon.● What if we go there together after school?

4. ● What if we see her after school?● Let’s see her this afternoon.

5. ● Don’t worry. You can use mine.● Let me take you there.● I want to go out. Let’s go together, then.

242 UNIT 4 Recount

D. Practice the dialogs in Task C with your friend.

E. Listen to your teacher, and then answer the questions orally.

Dialog 1

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Ferry : While waiting for the others, may I have something to drink?Tata : Of course. Hot or cold?Ferry : Er . . . cold, please.Tata : I have many choices, soft drink, juice, iced tea or iced water. What do you like?Ferry : Sorry for asking. Is this a restaurant?Tata : Yes, it is. No, just kidding.Ferry : Well, give me soft drink if it does not trouble you.Tata : Not at all. I’ll be right back.

1. Who are talking in the dialog?Jawaban: Two friends.

2. Where do you think the dialog happens?Jawaban: In Tata’s house.

3. Ferry said, “. . . , may I have something to drink?” What does it mean?Jawaban: He asks for something.

4. How did Tata respond to it?Jawaban: By saying, “Of course.”

5. What does Ferry finally have?Jawaban: He has soft drink.

Dialog 2

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Nita : It’s very hot today.Lesly : That’s right.Nita : It makes me thirsty. Let’s go to the food stall to have something to drink.Lesly : Sorry, I’m broke.Nita : Don’t worry. I’ll treat you.Lesly : Really?Nita : Yup!Lesly : Thanks. O.K., let’s go.

1. How is the weather that day?Jawaban: It is very hot.

2. How does Nita feel?Jawaban: She feels thirsty.

3. Where will the girls go?Jawaban: They will go to the food stall to buy something to drink.

4. Who will pay the drink? How do you know?Jawaban: Nita will. She said, “Don’t worry. I’ll treat you.”

5. What did Lesly say to express her gratitude?Jawaban: She said, “Thanks.”


F. Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.



Yanti goes home from school with Teguh.They go by bikes.Yanti : Oh, my! It’s really hot!Teguh: Look! There’s an ice cream stand.

Let’s get something to drink.Yanti : That sounds lovely. Let’s go.Teguh: Let’s.

1. Who invites to stop at the ice cream stand?A. Yanti does.B. Teguh does.C. No one does.D. Teguh and Yanti do.Jawaban: BJawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapanTeguh, ”Look! There’s an ice cream stand.Let’s get something to drink.”.

2. Teguh said, “________” to invite to drink.A. Look! There’s an ice cream stand.B. That sounds lovely! Let’s go.C. Oh, my! It’s really hot!D. Let’s get something to drink.Jawaban: DDalam percakapan tersebut, Teguhmengajak Yanti minum denganmengatakan ”Let’s get something to drink.”.


Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:Angel likes to browse in bookstores. Sheasks Lilly whether she wants to go therewith her that afternoon.Angel : Lilly, do you want to come to

Paradise bookstore with me?Lilly : I’d love to, but I only have a little

money left.Angel : So do I, but I just want to browse.Lilly : Are you sure you just want to browse?Angel : Yeah. I like to read new magazines

or comic books there. I don’t haveenough money to buy them, but I cango there and read, right?

3. What does Angel ask Lilly to do?A. To read books in Paradise bookstore.B. To browse in Paradise bookstore.C. To spend the night together.D. To go out together.Jawaban: BJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertamadan kedua pada percakapan yangdibacakan guru, yaitu ”Angel likes to browsein bookstores. She asks Lilly whether shewants to go there with her that afternoon.”.

4. Why does Lilly decline Angel’s invitation atfirst? Because ________.A. she has no timeB. she has a little moneyC. she has no companionD. she has to do something elseJawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini benar yangdisimpulkan dari kalimat Lilly, yaitu “I’dlove to, but I only have a little money left.”yang artinya ”Saya ingin pergi, tetapi uangsaya tinggal sedikit.”.

Listen to the dialog and answer question 5.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:David invites Helena for lunch next Sundayafternoon.David : Are you free next Sunday afternoon?Helena : Yes. What’s up?David : Why don’t we have lunch in

Merapi Restaurant?Helena : I’d love to. Thanks.David : Well, I’ll pick you up at one, O.K.?Helena : That would be great! I look

forward to it.David : See you, then.Helena : See you.

5. When will David and Helena go out forlunch together?A. Last Sunday afternoon.B. Last Saturday afternoon.C. Next Sunday afternoon.D. Next Saturday afternoon.Jawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat di awalpercakapan yang dibacakan guru, yaitu”David invites Helena for lunch nextSunday afternoon.”.

244 UNIT 4 Recount

A. Practice the dialogs below with your friend.

1. Woman : I want some envelopes, please.Assistant : Which size do you want, Madam? The large, medium or the small one?Woman : The medium size, please. By the way, do you have any writing-paper?Assistant : Yes, we do.Woman : Give me some, also a small pad and a bottle of black ink.Assistant : O.K. Here you are. Is that all?Woman : That’s all, thank you.

2. Rendi gave a ride to Selma. They are in Selma’s house yard now.Selma : Thanks for the ride, Ren.Rendi : No problem.Selma : Won’t you come in for a drink or something?Rendi : No, thanks. Maybe some other time.Selma : Well, then. See you.Rendi : See you.

Variasi:Guru membaca kata-kata berikut. Siswa disuruh menulisnya di selembar kertas dan kemudianmencari artinya. Setelah selesai, mereka disuruh mengumpulkan hasilnya.

What do the words below mean?Kata-kata yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. envelope = amplop 2. ink = tinta3. size = ukuran 4. writing-paper = kertas tulis5. ride = tumpangan 6. come in = masuk7. house yard = halaman rumah 8. medium = sedang

B. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A orally.

Dialog 11. Who are talking in the dialog?

Jawaban: A customer and a shop assistant.2. Where does it occur?

Jawaban: In a stationery shop.3. What does the woman need?

Jawaban: She needs envelopes, writing-paper, a pad and a bottle of black ink.

Dialog 21. Who are talking in the dialog?

Jawaban: Two friends, Selma and Rendi.2. What did Selma say to invite Rendi?

Jawaban: She said, “Won’t you come in for a drink or something?”3. Did Rendi accept it? What did he say?

Jawaban: No, he didn’t. He said, “No, thanks. Maybe some other time.”


Variasi:

Read the dialogs in Task A once again.Then, write down the expressions that we use to invite someone, to ask for something,and to respond to them.Say those expressions with proper pronunciation.Jawaban:1. I want some envelopes, please. (asking for something)2. Which size do you want, Madam? (responding to asking for something)3. Give me some, also a small pad and a bottle of black ink. (asking for something)4. O.K. Here you are. (giving the things)5. Won’t you come in for a drink or something? (inviting someone)6. No, thanks. Maybe some other time. (declining an invitation)

C. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.


Dina : Lena, Super Jumbo Mall is having a bigsale in four days only. Do you like tojoin me to go there?

Lena: No, I don’t feel like it. I’m tired.Dina : You can refresh your mind by doing

window shopping, right?Lena: Nope! I prefer staying at home to going

out at this time.

1. What does Dina and Lena talk about?A. About Lena’s feeling that day.B. About Lena’s intention to go out.C. About a big sale in Super Jumbo Mall.D. About Dina’s invitation to see a big

sale in Super Jumbo Mall.Jawaban: CDalam percakapan tersebut, Dinamengajak Lena pergi ke Mal Super Jumbokarena di sana ada obral. Jadi, Dina danLena membicarakan tentang obraltersebut (a big sale in Super Jumbo Mall).

2. Lena declines the invitation by saying,“________”A. Do you want to join me to go there?B. Lena, Super Jumbo Mall is having

a big sale in four days only.C. You can refresh your mind by doing

window shopping, right?D. No, I don’t feel like it. I’m tired.

Jawaban: DRespons Lena ”No, I don’t feel like it. I’mtired.” yang artinya ”Saya tidak ingin pergike sana. Saya lelah.” digunakan untukmenolak ajakan atau undangan.

Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.Arum : What do you have for lunch break?Karlina : I have five pieces of dorayaki.Arum : Dorayaki? What is that?Karlina : It’s a cake that tastes delicious.Arum : May I have it?Karlina : Sure. Here you’re.Arum : Thanks. Hmm . . . delicious.

3. Where do you think the dialog happens?A. At home. B. At school.C. In the yard. D. On the bus.Jawaban: BPada awal percakapan Arum mengatakan,”What do you have for lunch break?” yangartinya ”Apa yang kamu punya untukmakan siang pada jam istirahat ini?”.Ucapan Arum tersebut menunjukkanbahwa percakapan terjadi di sekolah(at school) pada saat jam istirahat.

4. Arum said, “May I have it?”It means ________.A. she asks for somethingB. she receives somethingC. she rejects somethingD. she offers something

246 UNIT 4 Recount

Jawaban: ADalam percakapan tersebut Karlinamembawa lima potong kue dorayaki.Pada saat itu Arum belum tahu apa itudorayaki. Dia pun memintanya. Jadi,ucapan Arum tersebut digunakan untukmeminta sesuatu (ask for something).

5. The word ‘it’ in “May I have it?” refers to________.A. the school B. the lunch breakC. the food D. the cakeJawaban: DKata ’it’ mengacu pada kata benda yangtelah disebutkan dalam kalimat sebelumnya.Berdasarkan ucapan sebelumnya, yaituucapan Karlina, ’it’ tersebut mengacu padathe cake (kue dorayaki).

D. Complete the dialogs with the suitable expressions in the boxes.Practice them with your friend.

1. ● Here you are.● No, thanks.● Passport, please?

Officer : Good morning. (a) ________Tourist : (b) ________Officer : Thank you very much. Are you a tourist or on business?Tourist : I’m a tourist.Officer : That’s fine. Have a nice stay!Tourist : Thank you.

2. ● I’ll call her later.● Why don’t you come over

to meet her?● Let me know if you can

come.● I’d love to, but I can’t.

Luna : My cousin will be coming here next week.Coki : Is she your cousin from Perth?Luna : Right! (c) ________Coki : (d) ________ I have to finish my paper report. Anyway,

how long will she be here?Luna : She’ll be here for a week. (e) ________Coki : O.K. I will be very interested in meeting her.

Jawaban:a. Passport, please? b. Here you are.c. Why don’t you come over to meet her? d. I’d love to, but I can’t.e. Let me know if you can come.

Variasi:Guru menanyakan pertanyaan-pertanyaan tentang percakapan-percakapan di atas. Siswadisuruh menjawabnya secara lisan.

A. Listen to your teacher.Answer his/her questions based on the dialogs in Task D orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. Where do you think dialog 1 takes place?2. What do the people talk about?3. What does the officer ask the tourist to do?4. In dialog 2, who will come to Luna’s house?5. What did she say to invite Coki to meet her?

Jawaban:1. In a boarding pass desk in an airport.2. A passport and the tourist’s business.3. To show his passport.4. Her cousin from Perth.5. She said, “Why don’t you come over to meet her?”


E. Make dialogs based on the situations below.Practice them.

1. You visited your friend last week. He/she has never visited you before. Invite him/her to yourhouse. He/she accepts your invitation. How would the dialog go?

2. It rains heavily today. There is a woman taking shelter in the veranda. You invite her to comeinside. She declines it, but you insist her to come inside. You tell the reason. Finally, sheaccepts it. How would the dialog go?

3. Your friend invites you to attend her sister’s birthday party. Unfortunately, you can’t come. Youhave to prepare for your test. How would the dialog go?

Contoh jawaban:1. You : It’s time for me to leave.

Your friend : Why do you leave so soon?You : It’s 4:00 p.m. already.Your friend : O.K. then.You : What if you come to my house next Saturday afternoon?Your friend : O.K. I’ll come!

2. You : Why don’t you come inside, Ma’am?Woman : No, thanks. Thank you for offering me, but I’m all right.You : Look! It rains heavily and the wind blows hard. You’ll be safe if you stay inside.

Come inside, please?

B. Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.Practice them with your friend.


Dialog 1Eka will have a boy scout activity at school this afternoon. He is unwilling to go there alone. Hecalls Ari to ask him to go together.

Eka : What if we go together?Ari : Sorry. Maybe some other time.Eka : Ri, will you go to the boy scout this afternoon?Ari : I’m really sorry, but my brother will take me there.Eka : That’s too bad.Ari : Yup!

Dialog 2Galang and Yoyok are invited to Jasmine’s house to have a party. But, her house is quiet whenthey arrive. Then, they decide to try the back door. They find out that the party is in the garden.

Galang : Is it, Jas?Jasmine : Hi, guys! Everybody wants to have the party in the garden. Please come and

have something to drink.Yoyok : Water? There’s none left.Galang : Look! Everyone’s in the garden.Jasmine : Don’t believe him, Galang. He’s only joking. I’ll get you some water.Galang : Thanks, Jas. May I have a glass of water, please?Yoyok : Yeah. Hi, Jasmine!

36145

63

51742

”

248 UNIT 4 Recount

Woman : You’re right. May something happen.You : Right. Please enjoy your stay.Woman : Thank you very much.

3. Your friend : Hi!You : Hi!Your friend : My sister, Wilda, will have a birthday party this afternoon. She invites you to come.You : I’d like to, but I can’t.Your friend : Why? She’ll be upset if you don’t come.You : I hope not. You know, I have two tests tomorrow. So, I must prepare myself.Your friend : I see.You : Please ask her to forgive me. I’ll meet her tomorrow after school.Your friend : O.K., I will.

Variasi:

A. Work individually.Make dialogs based on the situations below.Practice the dialogs with your friend.

1. Your friend lost her purse. She looks worried how she goes home. She asks you to lendher some money. How would the dialog go?

2. Your friend has some cookies. He/she made them himself/herself. You ask him/her to trysome. How would the dialog go?

Contoh jawaban:1. You : You look so worried. What happened?

Your friend : Um . . . I lost my purse and now I have no money at all.You : I’m sorry to hear that.Your friend : I don’t know how to go home. Could you lend me some money to pay the

bus fare?You : Of course. Here you are.Your friend : Thank you. Sorry to trouble you.You : No, not at all.

2. You : What are you eating?Your friend : Cookies. You know, I made them myself.You : Really? Can I try some?Your friend : With pleasure. Taste it. What do you think?You : It taste to good. I think you’ll be a great baker someday.Your friend : Thanks.


Spoken Text

4.2 Genre

Picture source:www.photos.friendster.com

Read the monolog and study the explanation.Look! This is a music band named Koes Plus. You know,

Koes Plus was a well known pop music group in the seventiesuntil the eighties. At that time most Indonesian people werecrazy about their songs because they were nice and simple.Every radio station broadcast their songs and always put themin the top of pop music. Their music shows were always full ofaudience.

Well, you can still enjoy their songs by buying their CD’s.You can also listen to them in certain television stations.

Adapted from: Ujian Nasional 2004/2005

The text above is a recount text in spoken form. A recount text tells about past events.They can be people’s experiences, certain events such as traffic accidents, historical eventssuch as the Indonesia’s independence or biographies such as the life of Indonesian heroes.

Written Text

Read the text and study the explanation.

Mohammad Ali is still one of the most recognizable men on earth.And decades after he burst upon the scene as a gold medal winner atthe 1960 Olympics in Rome, Italy, Muhammad Ali remains a magicalfigure, known and loved throughout the world.

Mohammad Ali

Speaking Tips:Don’t be afraid to repeat what you’re saying, especially if you can do it in a slightlydifferent way. If you forget the word you want to use, you can say:● “What I want to say is . . . .”● “I can’t find the word I’m looking for . . . .”● “I’m not sure this is the right word, but . . . .”

Title

Orientation

250 UNIT 4 Recount

Re-orientationToday Ali is a deeply religious man who causes feeling of love

and respect wherever he travels.

Adapted from: An official biography by Tom Hauser

The text is also a recount text, but in written form. The main feature of a recount text isthe use of the simple past tense.A recount text has certain elements. Those are orientation, a series of events andsometimes re-orientation.● Orientation tells about what happened, where the story happened, who was involved

in the story, when it occured, or why it happened.● A series of events tell the story. These are usually described in time order.● Re-orientation is the closure of events (usually optional).

Events

Ali brought new speed and grace to his sport, and his charm andwit changed forever what we expect a champion to be. Hisaccomplishments in the ring were the stuff of legend: two fights withSonny Listen, where he proclaimed himself “The Greatest” and provedhe was; three ambitious wars with Joe Frazier; the stunning victory overGeorge Foreman in Zaire; and dethroning Leon Spinks to become theheavyweight champion for the third time.

But there was always far more to Muhammad Ali than what tookplace in a boxing ring. His early embrace of the Nation of Islam and hisinsistence on being called Muhammad Ali instead of his “slave name”,Cassius Clay, introduced a new era in black pride. His refusal to beinducted into the United States army anticipated the growing antiwarmovement of the 1960s. And his willingness to stage his fights in differentcountries such as Kinshasa, Zaire; Manila, the Philippines; and KualaLumpur, Malaysia, signaled a shift away from super power dominancestoward a growing awareness of the importance of the third world.

Grammar Section

The Past Continuous Tense

Read the dialogs and pay attention to the bold-typed sentences.Study the explanation.1. Lelly : Where were the girls?

Dion : They were singing in the veranda when I was here.2. Jarot : Have you met your cousin?

Vina : Not yet. I was taking a nap when she arrived.

The bold-typed clauses use the past continuous or the past progressive tense. You use itto indicate that an action was going on at a certain time in the past.

Pattern: Subject + was/were + V-ing + complement

Examples:1. Dina : What were you doing at 2:00 p.m. yesterday?

Metta : I was doing my homework.2. Tuti was watching TV at about 9:00 p.m last night.


Subject (1) + be (was/were) + V-ing + (complement) + while + subject (2) + be (was/were) + V-ing + complement

Examples:1. Mother was cooking while my sister was cleaning the dining table.2. While I was having breakfast, mother was making a cup of coffee for father.

Relating/Linking Verbs

Read the sentences and pay attention to the bold-typed words.Study the explanation.

The past continuous tense is also used to indicate that two actions happened at the sametime in the past. The past continuous tense is used for a longer action.

Patterns:

Subject (1) + be (was/were) + V-ing + complement + when + subject (2) + Vpast +(complement)

Examples:1. Mother was cooking when the children went home.2. Dita and Eka were chatting when we met them.

The rain seems unstoppable. The melon syrup tastes sweet and nice.

The bold-typed words are called relating verbs or also well-known as linking verbs. Relatingverbs are verbs that connect subjects with adjectives (complements) that describe the subjects.Here are some common relating verbs.

● feel ● turn ● look ● seem● smell ● become ● taste ● get

Pattern: Subject + relating verb + complement (adjective)

Examples:1. The rocking chair looks comfortable. 2. The children feel happy.3. Ayu and Gea seem disappointed. 4. These roses smell good.

Reflexive Pronouns

Read the dialogs and study the explanation.1. Tiara : Wow! It’s a beautiful drawing. Who made it?

Siska : I did it myself.2. Tefi : Do you know what that band is?

Inug : The band call themselves “Heaven”.

252 UNIT 4 Recount

1st person2nd person3rd person

SubjectPronouns

Iyouhesheit

ReflexivePronouns

myselfyourselfhimselfherselfitself

Singular

SubjectPronouns

weyouthey

ReflexivePronouns

ourselvesyourselvesthemselves

Plural

Examples:1. That boy hurt himself when he tried to cut the branches.2. Ririn often talks to herself when she is nervous.

The bold-typed words are called reflexive pronouns. You use them when the subject and theobject of a sentence are the same. You use those words when you want to emphasize thesubject, like the examples above. You also use reflexive pronouns to mean alone, such as“I walked home by myself last night”.

Here are the reflexive pronouns.

Look at the picture.Tell briefly about the man.

Jawaban:This man is the late General (Anumerta) Ahmad Yani. He is one of the Heroes of the Revolution.He died on September 30, 1965 on the tragedy of September 30th Movement.

Picture source:www.upload.wikimedia.org



This is the early life of Ahmad Yani. He was born in Jenar, Purworejo, Central Java on June19, 1922. His family, Wongsoredjo family, worked at a sugar factory. In 1927, Yani moved with hisfamily to Batavia. At Batavia, Yani worked his way through primary and secondary education. In1940, Yani left high school to undergo compulsory military service in the army of the Dutch EastIndies colonial government. He studied military topography in Malang, East Java. Unfortunately,this education was interrupted by the arrival of the invading Japanese in 1942.

In 1943, he joined Peta (Defenders of the Motherland) army. He underwent further trainingin Magelang. After completing this training, Yani enlisted himself to be trained as a Peta platooncommander. He was transferred to Bogor, West Java to receive his training. Upon completion,he was sent back to Magelang as an instructor.

In the early hours of October 1, 1965, he was kidnapped by kidnappers who came to Yani’shouse. They killed the general. His body was taken to Lubang Buaya and was hidden in a disusedwell. Yani’s body was recovered on October 4. He was given a state funeral the following daybefore being burried at the Hero’s Cemetery at Kalibata. On the same day, Yani was officiallydeclared the Hero of the Revolution.

Today, many Indonesian cities have roads named after him, and his former house, at JalanLatuhahary No. 6, Menteng, Jakarta is a museum.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahmad_Yani (January 1, 2009)

Jawaban: It tells about the late General (Anumerta) Ahmad Yani, one of the Revolutionary Heroes.

Variasi:

Rewrite the words and find their meanings.1. sugar factory = ________ 2. move = ________3. through = ________ 4. undergo (underwent) = ________5. compulsory = ________ 6. unfortunately = ________7. interrupted = ________ 8. arrival = ________9. defender = ________ 10. motherland = ________

11. enlist = ________ 12. platoon = ________13. commander = ________ 14. transferred = ________15. kidnapped = ________ 16. hidden = ________17. disused = ________ 18. well = ________19. burried = ________ 20. officially = ________

Jawaban:1. pabrik gula 2. pindah 3. melalui 4. melaksanakan5. wajib, kewajiban 6. sayangnya 7. terganggu 8. kedatangan9. pembela 10. tanah air 11. mendaftarkan diri 12. peleton

13. komandan 14. dipindah 15. diculik 16. disembunyikan17. tidak terpakai 18. sumur 19. dimakamkan; dikubur 20. secara resmi

A. Listen to your teacher and make some notes if necessary.What does he/she tell you about?

254 UNIT 4 Recount

B. Answer the following questions based on the monolog in Task A.

1. When was Ahmad Yani born?Jawaban: On June 19, 1922.

2. How old was he when his family decided to move to Batavia?Jawaban: Five years old.

3. What is Batavia now called?Jawaban: Jakarta.

4. According to the text, when did Japanese troops arrive in Malang?Jawaban: In 1942.

5. Where did he got the Peta training?Jawaban: In Magelang.

Variasi:Your teacher will ask you more questions about the monolog in Task A.Answer the questions orally.1. Who killed Ahmad Yani?

Jawaban: Kidnappers did.2. How old was he when it happened?

Jawaban: Forty-three years old.3. Where was his dead body hidden?

Jawaban: In a disused well in Lubang Buaya.4. Where was he burried?

Jawaban: At the Hero’s Cemetery, Kalibata.5. What honor did her received from the government?

Jawaban: The Hero of the Revolution.

C. Listen to your teacher and complete the text.Read your work aloud.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:Donald Izacus Panjaitan, born on June 9, 1925 and died on October 1, 1965, was one of the

Heroes of the Revolution. He was an Indonesian general who was (1) killed during a kidnapattempt by members of the September 30th Movement.

D.I. Pandjaitan was (2) born in Sitorang, Balige in the Tapanuli region of North Sumatra. Aftercompleting elementary and high school, he underwent Japanese Giyugun military education. Hewas then posted to Pekanbaru. He was there when Indonesian (3) independence was declaredon August 17, 1945.

In November 1945, Pandjaitan, together with other youths, helped (4) set up a local branch ofthe People’s Security Army (TKR), initially serving as a battalion commander. In March 1948, hewas appointed commander of the commander for organization and education of XI/BantengDivision at Bukittinggi, West Sumatra. Not long after, he (5) became the fourth deputy commander(supplies) for the Sumatran Army Command. When the Dutch launched their second “policeaction” against the Republic, he was put in charge of supplies for the Emergency Government ofthe Republic of Indonesia.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donald_Izacus_Panjaitan (January 1, 2009)


Variasi:A. Answer the questions based on the text in Task C orally.1. What is the text about?

Jawaban: About Donald Izacus Panjaitan, one of the Heroes of the Revolution.2. Where was the man born?

Jawaban: In Sitorang, Balige in the Tapanuli region of North Sumatra.3. When did he die?

Jawaban: On October 1, 1965.4. How old was he when he died?

Jawaban: He was forty years old.5. According to the text, what was his role when the Dutch launched their second “police

action” against the Republic?Jawaban: When the Dutch launched their second “police action” against the Republic,

Panjaitan was put in charge of supplies for the Emergency Government of theRepublic of Indonesia.

B. Listen to the story of Supriyadi, then choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

1. Suppose Supriyadi is still alive now. Hewill be ________ years old.A. 27 B. 68C. 86 D. 98Jawaban: CSupriyadi lahir pada tahun 1923.Sekarang tahun 2009. Jadi, andaikansekarang Supriyadi masih hidup, dia akanberusia 86 tahun (2009 – 1923 = 86).

2. What is PETA?A. The Japanese army.B. A militia to assist Japanese forces

against the Allies.C. A militia which was set up by Supriyadi

to fight against Japanese troops.D. Supriyadi’s troops who fought

against the allies.Jawaban: BJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat keduabacaan tersebut, yaitu ”In October 1943,the Japanese established a militia, PETA(Defenders of the Motherland) to assistJapanese forces against the Allies.”.

3. “To this day his fate remains unknown.”(Paragraph 3)The word ‘his’ refers to ________.A. SupriyadiB. Muhammad SoeljoadikusumaC. a minister for public securityD. Romusha forced laborer


Supriyadi was born in Trenggalek,East Java on April 13, 1923. In October1943, the Japanese established a militia,PETA (Defenders of the Motherland) toassist Japanese forces against the Allies.Supriyadi joined PETA. After training, hewas posted to Blitar, East Java. He hadto oversee the work of the Romushaforced laborers. The plight of theseworkers inspired him to rebel against theJapanese.

In the early hours of February 14,1945, rebels attacked Japanese troops.This caused heavy casualties. However,the Japanese defeated the rebellion.

On October 6, 1945 in a governmentdecree issued by the newly independentIndonesia, Supriyadi was named ministerfor public security in the first cabinet.However, he failed to appear. Then, hewas replaced on October 20, by adinterim minister MuhammadSoeljoadikusuma. To this day his fateremains unknown.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Supriyadi (January 1, 2009)

256 UNIT 4 Recount

D. Listen to your teacher.Write down his/her sentences.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:1. Lisa was going to the market when I called her.2. Was the mechanic fixing the computer?3. When Dayu arrived home, his brother was making a kite.4. My brother was doing his homework when I asked him to have dinner.5. When Hanung and Agung came, Bowo was cleaning his motorcycle.6. There were two mobile phones in the drawer when I entered Yeni’s room.7. Itang was giving some money to the porter when his father picked him up.8. The sun was shining brightly when we arrived at the beach last Sunday.9. My brother was operating the computer when the light was suddenly off.

10. Was Mr. Ketut Nuarta having a conversation with the principal when Jaya was in theteacher’s office?

E. Label the pictures below using the proper sentences in Task D.

Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban:

Jawaban: AKata ’his’ tersebut menggantikan subjekkalimat sebelumnya. Subjek kalimatsebelumnya adalah ’he’ yang mengacupada Supriyadi. Jadi, kata tersebutmengacu pada Supriyadi.

4. “However, the Japanese defeated therebellion.” (Paragraph 2)The underlined word has the oppositemeaning to ______________.A. fought B. freedC. won D. conqueredJawaban: CKata ’defeated’ artinya ’mengalahkan’.Lawan kata mengalahkan adalah

menang (won). Fought artinya berjuang;berperang; berkelahi. Freed artinyamembebaskan. Conquered artinyamenaklukkan; mengalahkan.

5. What position would he have in the firstcabinet?A. PETA commander.B. Minister for National Security.C. Minister for Public Affairs.D. Minister for Public Security.Jawaban: DJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama paragraf tiga, yaitu ”Supriyadiwas named minister for public security inthe first cabinet.”.

1 2 3

When Dayu arrived home, hisbrother was making a kite.

When Hanung and Agungcame, Bowo was cleaning hismotorcycle.

Itang was giving some moneyto the porter when his fatherpicked him up.


4 5 6

My brother was operating thecomputer when the light wassuddenly off.

My brother was doing hishomework when I asked himto have dinner.

There were two mobilephones in the drawer whenI entered Yeni’s room.

A. Read the text.Deliver a monolog based on the text.

Halim Perdana Kusuma is an Indonesian hero. This man, born in Sampang, November 18,1922, died in Malaysia, in Desember 14, 1947. This occurred during the Indonesian struggleagainst the Dutch colonalization. That time he was assigned to buy and carried weapons, such assten-guns, pistols, bombs and karbin, using airplane. He flew “Enderson” airplane from Thailand.He did this duty with his colleague, Marsma Ismayudi.

On their way home, their plane crashed. Nobody knew why it happened. Some said this wascaused by bad weather or sabotage. Their crashed airplane was found in a forest not far fromLumut, Perak, Malaysia. Yet, only Halim’s dead body was evacuated by the rescue team. Ismayudiremains unknown up to now. Neither do all the weapons they carried. Halim’s dead body was firstlyinterred in Mount Mesah, near Gopeng, Perak, Malaysia. Some years later, his body was takenback to Indonesia and was interred in Kalibata, Jakarta.

Indonesian government bestowed him as an Indonesian National Hero. International airport inJakarta was named after him, Halim Perdana Kusuma.

Source: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/h/halim-perdana-kusuma/index.shtml (December 23, 2008)

Example:Good morning, friends. I would like to tell you the story of Halim Perdana Kusuma. You are

quite familiar with him, don’t you? International airport, Halim Perdana Kusuma is for his name.One day, he and his colleague Ismayudi got a duty to buy and carried many weapons, such assten-guns, pistols, boms and karbin. On their way home, something happened. _____________________________________________________________________________________________

Contoh jawaban:Good morning, friends. I’d like to tell you about Halim Perdana Kusuma. Sound familiar, doesn’t it?

Well, Halim Perdana Kusuma International Airport is named after him. Here’s the story.One day, he and his colleague Ismayudi got a duty to buy and carried many weapons, using

airplane. He flew an airplane named “Enderson” from Thailand. However, on the way home, a bad thinghappened; his plane crashed. The cause is still a mystery. Some people said that his plane was due tobad weather or sabotaged. The rescue team found the plane in a forest not far from Lumut, Perak,Malaysia. They only evacuated Halim’s dead body while Ismayudi remains unknown. They even couldn’tfind the weapons which Halim bought and carried. Firstly, Halim’s dead body was burried in MountMesah, near Gopeng, Perak, Malaysia. Some years later, his body was taken back to Indonesia andwas burried in Kalibata, Jakarta. Later, the government bestowed him the Indonesian National Hero.

258 UNIT 4 Recount

Variasi:

A. Find the meanings of the words below and find their synonyms in the text before.Jawaban:

C. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the story of HalimPerdana Kusuma.

1. ______ Halim Perdana Kusuma was a pilot.2. ______ He died because the Dutch troops shot his plane down.3. ______ Halim’s dead body was evacuated from Mount Mesah, Malaysia.4. ______ The rescue team only found the weapons Halim brought from Thailand.5. ______ The international airport Halim Perdana Kusuma was named after him.

Jawaban:1. T2. F. He died because his plane crashed and nobody knew how or why it happened.3. F. “The crashed airplane was found in a forest not far from Lumut, Perak, Malaysia. Yet,

only Halim’s dead body was evacuated by the rescue team.” So, his dead body wasevacuated from Lumut, Perak. Mount Mesah was the first place where he was burriedafter the evacuation.

4. F. Based on the sentence “Neither do all the weapons they carried.”, it means they didn’tfind any weapons.

5. T

No.

1.2.3.4.5.

Word

woodsarmbroughtentitledpassed away

Meaning

hutansenjatamembawadiberi namameninggal dunia

Synonym

forestweaponcarriednamed afterdied

B. Complete the sentences with your answers in Task A correctly.1. What does that woman ________ in the basket? It looks heavy.2. Indonesian heroes had to flee to the ________ to save their lives.3. Pangeran Diponegoro ________ in Makassar during his exiled.4. Indonesian heroes only used sharp bambooes as their ________ to fight against the

Dutch troops.5. The international airport Soekarno-Hatta was ________ our founding fathers.

Jawaban:1. carry 2. forest 3. died4. weapons 5. named after

D. Complete the monolog with the suitable words in the box.Read your work with proper pronunciation.

Hans Bague Yassin

a. declared b. passed away c. interred d. made e. secondf. loved g. magazines h. born i. excellent j. diligent

H.B. Yassin was (1) ________ in Gorontalo, North Sulawesi on July 31, 1917. He was the(2) ________ child of six children. He (3) ________ reading books when he sat in elementaryschool. He said, “That time, the way teachers motivated the students to read was (4) ________.”


He learned how to write and understand poetry there. He began to write literature criticism and hisworks were published in some (5) ________ when he moved to Medan with his father.

H.B. Yassin had great effects on the Indonesian literature. He was the man who(6) ________ Chairil Anwar as the pioneer of ‘Angkatan 45’. He was (7) ________ indocumenting literary works and some other works relating to work of arts. He had(8) ________ about twenty original works and did ten translations. Some of them were GemaTanah Air, Tifa Penyair dan Daerahnya, Kesusasteraan Indonesia Baru Masa Jepang,Kesusasteraan Indonesia Modern dalam Kritik dan Esai (four volumes, 1954–1967) and TafsirAl Quran in the book of Qur’an Bacaan Mulia.

H.B. Yassin (9) ________ on Saturday morning, March 11, 2000 when he was nursed inCipto Mangunkusumo Hospital because of a heart attack (stroke) he suffered from. He was(10) ________ in Kalibata, Jakarta

Adapted from: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/h/hb-jassin/index.shtml (December 27, 2008)

Jawaban:1. h 2. e 3. f 4. i 5. g6. a 7. j 8. d 9. b 10. c

E. Your teacher will ask you some questions about H.B. Yassin.Answer his/her questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. When was H.B. Yassin born?2. Suppose he is still alive today, how old is he now?3. How many siblings did he have?4. What did he like on his childhood?5. How many works had he made?6. What were some of his works?7. According to H.B. Yassin, who was the pioneer of ‘Angkatan 45’?8. When did he pass away?9. Where was he interred?

10. “That time, the way teachers motivated the students to read was excellent.”What do the words ‘that time’ refer to?

Jawaban:1. On July 31, 1917.2. 92 years old.3. Five.4. He liked reading books.5. He had made about twenty original works and did ten translations.6. Some of them were ‘Gema Tanah Air’, ‘Tifa Penyair dan Daerahnya’, ‘Kesusasteraan Indonesia

Baru Masa Jepang’, ‘Kesusasteraan Indonesia Modern dalam Kritik dan Esai’ (four volumes,1954–1967) and Tafsir Alquran in the book of Qur’an Bacaan Mulia.

7. Chairil Anwar was.8. On March 11, 2000.9. In Kalibata, Jakarta.

10. It refers to the time when he sat in elementary school.

260 UNIT 4 Recount

B. Tell about the pictures using sentences in the past continues tense.

Example:

Contoh jawaban:1. Father was watching TV when Ade turned on the lamp.2. I was cleaning the white board when the teacher called my name.3. Ida was sweeping the floor when her friends arrived.4. Bagus was doing his homework when his father went home.5. Were you taking a nap when Ipung phoned you?

I was taking a walk whenI saw Ardian open the door.

1 2

3 4 5

_________________________ _________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Variasi:

Remember the events you saw or experienced during this week.Tell your friends about them using the past continuous tense.Do it in turns.Example:

I saw your sister ride a bike withher friend when I went to schoolthis morning.


C. Tell about the pictures using sentences with suitable relating verbs.

Example:

The students look happyplaying together.

1 2

_________________________ _________________________

Contoh jawaban:1. My mother seems busy cooking for the party.2. It appears difficult for my brother washing his jeans.3. The boy seems respectful to older people.4. Doni gets hungry after having PE lesson.5. Doni looks diligent doing his homework.

3

_________________________

4 5

_________________________ _________________________

262 UNIT 4 Recount

A. Look at the pictures of the Indonesian heroes.Who are they?

● Imam Bonjol ● Pattimura ● Cut Nyak Meutia● Teuku Umar ● Hasannudin ● Christina Marta Tiahahu● Cut Nyak Dien ● Ki Hajar Dewantara ● Sisingamangaraja

1 2 3 4

Jawaban:1. Ki Hajar Dewantara2. Imam Bonjol3. Cut Nyak Dien4. Sisingamangaraja5. Cut Nyak Meutia6. Hasannudin7. Pattimura8. Christina Marta Tiahahu

B. Read the biography of Muhammad Yamin and answer the questions.

Muhammad Yamin (1903–1962) was born in Talawi, Sawahlunto, Sumatra. He was the son ofOesman Gelar Baginda Khatib the Penghulu (Prince) of Indrapura. In 1937, Yamin married SitiSundari, daughter of a nobleman from Surakarta, Central Java, by whom he had one child, a son,Dang Rahadian Sinayangsih Yamin (“Dian”).

Muhammad Yamin was a historian, poet, playwright and politician. He was educated at theAlgemene Middelbare School (AMS) in Yogyakarta, majoring in history and far eastern languages,including Malay, Javanese and Sanskrit.

5 6 7 8

Picture source: www.foto-foto.com (December 22, 2008)


In 1928, Yamin participated in the Second Congress of Indonesian Youth, which issued the SumpahPemuda. Through the organization Indonesia Muda, Yamin became an active proponent for Malay tobecome the national and unifying language. It has since been renamed “Indonesian” and made the officiallanguage of the Republic of Indonesia and the principal vehicle for innovative literary expression.

Yamin was active in the Jong Sumatranen Bond in one of whose forums he befriendedMohammad Hatta, Indonesia’s first Vice President. He earned his living through writing and reporting.

On May 29, 1945 in one of Preparatory Committee’s sessions, Yamin rose to deliver a speechon certain philosophical and political foundations and enumerated five principles for the nation thatwould emerge after independence. Those five principles Pantja Sila were later incorporated in thePreamble of the 1945 Constitution.

Most histories credit Soekarno for the creation of Pantja Sila. Pantja Sila, in modern spellingPancasila, is the state ideology of the Republic of Indonesia and consists of the following: (1) Beliefin the God Almighty; (2) Just and civilized humanity; (3) The unity of Indonesia; (4) Democracyguided by the inner wisdom in the unanimity arising out of deliberations amongst representatives;(5) Social justice for the whole of the people of Indonesia.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mohammad_Yamin (January 1, 2009)


Jawaban: About Muhammad Yamin.2. What does paragraph one tell you about?

Jawaban: It tells about the early life of Muhammad Yamin.3. When did he make friends with the Indonesia’s first Vice President?

Jawaban: When he was active in the Jong Sumatranen Bond.4. What did he do?

Jawaban: He was a writer and reporter.5. When was the Youth Pledge issued?

Jawaban: In (October 28,) 1928.

Variasi:A. Rearrange the sentences into a good recount text.

Then, read your work aloudTeks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Alfred Simanjuntak

Here is his song, ‘Bangun Pemudi Pemuda’ by A. SimanjuntakBangun pemudi pemuda IndonesiaTangan bajumu singsingkan untuk negaraMasa yang akan datang kewajibanmu lahMenjadi tanggunganmu terhadap nusaMenjadi tanggunganmu terhadap nusa

Alfred Simanjuntak was the man who created a national song entitled ‘BangunPemudi Pemuda’. It seems the song was the obsession of this Bataknese. He was bornon September 8, 1920 in Parlombuan, North Tapanuli, North Sumatera.

In his early life, Alfred Simanjuntak had a simple and happy life. He was the son ofLamsana Simanjuntak and Kornelia Silitonga. He remembered when he had to eat ricewith cassava leaves and a tiny fish. However, he was very grateful for the grace of Godand he lived happily with his family. This grateful was reflected on his daily life, singing.

3

1

4

264 UNIT 4 Recount

His musical skill developed when he studied in Hollands Inlandsche Kweek School(a kind of teacher school) in Margoyudan, Solo, Central Java, 1935–1942.

Now, Alfred Simanjuntak has already had eleven grandchildren of his four children,Aida, Toga, Dorothea and John.

Alfred Simanjuntak who was a song creator dedicated his life to become a teacher.He was twenty-three years old (in 1943) when he created ‘Bangun Pemudi Pemuda’. Thattime, he was a teacher in Sekolah Rakyat Sempurna Indonesia in Semarang, CentralJava. Talking about this song, he said, “I was taking shower when the God whispered thesong. Then, I finished my shower and wrote the song.”

Adapted from: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/a/alfred-simanjuntak/index.shtml(December 27, 2009)

5

2

B. Read the words.Find their synonyms.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

C. Complete the sentences with the answers in Task B.Read your work aloud.

1. Finally, the government ________ the rule to reduce the price of petroleum.2. The Board of Directors has an end-year ________. It is in progress now.3. Prince William is a ________. He is the son of Prince Charles and Lady Diana.4. Mr. President ________ from his chair and walked to the stage.5. We want to know if Lidya and Masayu ________ in the charity.

Jawaban:1. issued2. meeting3. nobleman4. got up5. took part

Word

blue-blooded manparticipatedreleasedmademade friendsessionaroselawfaithentire

Meaning

bangsawanambil bagianmengeluarkanmembuatbertemanpertemuanbangkithukumkeyakinankeseluruhan

Synonym

noblemantook partissuedcreatedbefriendedmeetinggot upprinciplebeliefwhole


C. Complete the dialogs with the words in brackets in correct forms.

1. Anjar : Have you called Yuyun and Faqih?Devi : Yes, I have. When I ________ (phone) them, they ________ (get on) the bus.

2. Mr. Sarjana : What ________ (happen) to Mr. Aris?Mr. Istamar : He ________ (cultivate) his field when suddenly a lightning ________ (strike)

him.3. Father : What were the boys doing yesterday afternoon?

Mother : Aeron ________ (search) the materials in the Internet while Ganang ________(type) the paper report.

4. Salsa : Poor people. They ________ (lose) their wealth in a second.Jimmy : Yeah. They ________ (go) out of the town when the flood ________ (hit) their

house. They didn’t have much time to save their wealth.5. Vivi : ________ you ________ (take a nap) when Rosa ________ (call)?

Etta : Right. Sorry, I ________ (not/hear) it.

Jawaban:1. phoned; were getting on 2. happened; was cultivating; struck3. was searching; was typing 4. lost; were going ; hit5. Were (you); taking a nap; called; did not hear

1. No one likes Agus. He only thinks of________.A. herself B. ourselvesC. himself D. themselves

2. Your sister loves dressing up. She oftenlooks at ________ in the mirror.A. herself B. yourselvesC. himself D. themselves

3. Alvin has big confidence. He does all hiswork by ________.A. yourselves B. himselfC. yourself D. itself

4. The mother dove keeps her chicks by________.A. herself B. themselvesC. yourselves D. itself

5. It was Eva and Rianti ________ who metthe Principal in the office.A. yourself B. herselfC. ourselves D. themselves

Jawaban:1. C 2. A 3. B4. A 5. D

D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Variasi:Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, gurudapat memberikan soal-soal latihan berikut.

1. It’s late at night. Don’t let Marcelina goes________.A. by himself B. by yourselfC. by itself D. by herself

2. I saw no one near the opened door. Do youthink the door was opened ________?A. by itself B. by ourselvesC. by myself D. by yourself

3. This mathematics exercises are difficult.I can’t solve them ________.A. itself B. themselvesC. myself D. yourselves

4. That old tiger can’t take care of________. Poor animal.A. himself B. itselfC. yourselves D. yourself

5. Yuda always goes to school by bikealone. It means ________.A. he prepares his bike itselfB. he goes to school by himselfC. he himself goes to schoolD. he does his work by himself

Jawaban:1. D 2. A 3. C4. B 5. B

266 UNIT 4 Recount

Contoh jawaban:1. The satay tastes very delicious. 2. The street becomes crowded during the peak hours.3. Your room looks untidy. 4. The monkey seems wild.5. The sky gets dark and dark.

A. Look at the pictures.Make sentences using suitable relating verbs and the words provided.

Example:

B. Make five sentences using reflexive pronouns.Read your work with proper pronunciation.

Contoh jawaban:1. I fix the printer myself. 2. Galih mops the floor himself.3. Did you paint the fence by yourself? 4. The girls made the crafts by themselves.5. We prepare ourselves to face the midterm test.

C. Write the life of one of the greatest Indonesian people.Read your work aloud.

Contoh jawaban:

Tribhuwanattunggadewi Jayawishnuwardhani was the empress of Majapahit who reigned1328–1350 AD. She was the daughter of Raden Wijaya, the first king of Majapahit from hisconsort; Dyah Gayatri Rajapatni. She was the mother and predecessor to Hayam Wuruk, theemperor of the Majapahit. She also bore the title Bhre Kahuripan meaning Duchess of Kahuripan.

According to “Nagarakretagama”, Tribhuawana comes to throne by the order of her mother Gayatriin the year of 1329. She replaced Jayanagara who was killed in 1328. Tribhuwana’s reign ended asGayatri passed away in 1350. Tribhuwana governed with the help of her husband, Kertawardhana.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tribhuwana_Wijayatunggadewi (January 27, 2009)

Be careful! The knifeseems very sharp.

taste/delicious

1 2

become/crowded

look/untidy

3

seem/wild

4

get/dark

5


Answer the questions.

1. When do you celebrate your birthday?Contoh jawaban: On February 5.

2. If you hold a party for it, who are invited?Contoh jawaban: All of my classmates, friends and relatives.

3. Will it be merry? Why/why not?Contoh jawaban: Yes, it will. Because we will have a barbeque in the yard. Everyone will

have a lot of fun.

4.3 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Messages and Invitation Cards

Spoken Text


The text is a spoken message.Aswar’s mother receiveda message from Aldi. Then, shedelivered it to Aswar. Themessage should be deliveredclearly and immediately. So, theperson who gets the messagecan understand it easily.

Written Text


To: BradYou are invited to Kevin’s birthday party.

He will be twelve!

The BIG party will be held:Sunday, October 18 at 10:00 a.m.

in Kelapa Hijau Restaurant, Jl. Radio No. 2

See you there!

The text is an invitation card. Kevinwrote it in order to invite Brad to hisbirthday party. He gave it to Brad so thathe would remember it.

Aswar, Aldi calledwhen you were out.

He will come to do thehomework together.

Thanks, Mom.

268 UNIT 4 Recount

A. Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.


Mom, Ms. Emy called you when you were in the toilet.She would bring your order this afternoon.

1. Who delivered the message?

Jawaban: A son/daughter did.2. Who received the message?

Jawaban: His/her mother.3. Who just called?

Jawaban: Ms. Emy did.4. What is it about?

Jawaban: About Ms. Emy’s information that she would bring the speaker’s mother’s order.5. Where was the speaker’s mother that time?

Jawaban: In the toilet.

B. Read the text, then answer your teacher’s questions orally.

Burhan, father is looking for you.He wants you to take his letter to Mr. Rivai.He’s in the living room now.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:1. In your opinion, who said the message?2. What is the message about?3. Where should Burhan go?4. Why should he go there?5. Where should he meet his father?

Jawaban:1. Burhan’s sister or brother.2. Asking for someone’s help to send a letter to Mr. Rivai.3. To Mr. Rivai’s house.4. To give his father’s letter.5. In the living room.


October 19, 2009

To: Kukuh

You are (1) invited to a (2) monthly meeting. It will be (3) held:● on (4) Saturday, October 24, at 4:00 p.m.● in Johnson’s house, Perum Sidomukti Blok F Jalan Kemanggisan No. 59 Sidoarjo.

Please come (5) on time!

Chairperson

Pratmana

C. Listen to your teacher and complete the card.

Kartu undangan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

Variasi:

Listen to your teacher and write down his/her words.What do they mean?Kata-kata yang dibaca guru dan jawaban:1. monthly meeting = pertemuan bulanan2. held = dilaksanakan, diselenggarakan3. come = datang4. on time = tepat waktu5. chairperson = ketua

D. Listen to your teacher and write down the message.Read your work aloud.


Dad, Mr. Smith sent a warm greeting to you.He would have a summer holiday.He asked you to call him whenever you need him.

Variasi:

A. Answer your teacher’s questions based on the text in Task D.1. Who sent the greeting?

Jawaban: Mr. Smith did.2. Where would he go?

Jawaban: A summer holiday.3. What was his message?

Jawaban: He asked the spreaker’s father to call him whenever he needed him.

270 UNIT 4 Recount

B. Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Listen to the text and answer questions1 and 2.


Doni, your mobile phone rang three times.You should bring it with you.

1. The message is about ________.A. information that Doni should bring

his mobile phoneB. information that the speaker had

called Doni three timesC. information that Doni’s mobile

phone rang three timesD. information that Doni had called the

speaker three timesJawaban: CJelas bahwa pesan itu berisipemberitahuan bahwa telepon genggamDoni berdering tiga kali. Kalimatberikutnya hanya sebagai informasitambahan.

2. “You should bring it with you.”The word ‘it’ refers to ________.A. Doni’s mobile phoneB. three timesC. mobile phone's ringtoneD. youJawaban: AKata ‘it’ adalah kata ganti benda yangtelah disebutkan sebelumnya. Katabenda yang disebutkan dalam kalimatsebelumnya adalah Doni’s mobile phone.

Listen to the text and answer questions3 and 4.


Dad, Mr. Arifin just came by.He said he couldn’t go with you.He had to go to the hospital.He would send you an SMS.

3. Who came by to the speaker’s house?A. Mr. Sabirin did.B. Mr. Arifin did.C. Mr. Garin did.D. Mr. Ponirin did.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat pertama pesan tersebut, yaitu”Dad, Mr. Arifin just came by.”.

4. Where would he go?A. To the hospital.B. To the speaker’s house.C. To his house.D. To the office.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat ketiga pesan tersebut, yaitu ”Hehad to go to the hospital.”.

Listen to the text and answer questions 5.


Erlin, Mimi asked you to call her.She tried to reach you, but she couldn’t.

5. Who got the message?A. Mimi did.B. Maya did.C. Erwin did.D. Erlin did.Jawaban: DJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama pesan tersebut, yaitu ”Erlin,Meme asked you to call her.”. Jadi,pesan itu ditujukan kepada Erlin.


A. Read the texts with proper pronunciation.

1. Oki, Sandy was here this morning. He has a message for you. I put it in your message box.2. Excuse me, Sir. Mr. Bernard asks for an apology. He can’t attend the meeting due to out of the

town now.

Variasi:

Answer the following questions based on the texts in Task A.Text 11. Who left a message for Oki?2. Where can Oki find the message?3. The speaker said, “I put it on your message box.”

What does the word ‘it’ refer to?Text 24. Who can’t attend the meeting?5. Why can’t he attend it?

Jawaban:1. Sandy did. 2. In his message box.3. Sandy’s message. 4. Mr. Bernard.5. Because he’s out of the town.

B. Read the text with proper pronunciation.Then, ask and answer questions based on the text.

Adapted from: http://www.ibizgrams.com/images/voxwire-invitation.jpg

272 UNIT 4 Recount

Example:A : What is the text about?B : It's about an online invitation. By the way, who are invited?A : Anyone who reads the invitation.

Contoh jawaban:A : When will the meeting take place?B : On Tuesday, December 15.A : And what time is it?B : It’s at 8 o’clock in the evening.

C. Make simple messages based on the situations below.Deliver your messages in front of the class.

1. Your mother is out for business. She got a phone call from Ms. Yenny. She didn’t leave anymessages. So, she asked your mother to call her. What would you say to your mother?

2. Nana, your best friend, borrowed your bike this morning. She returned it when you were out.She only met your mother. She expressed her gratitude. What would your mother say to you?

3. You and your sister are at home. You just got an SMS from your mother. She told you thatthey (your father and mother) will be home late. She wanted you and your sister to stay athome. What would you say to your sister?

Contoh jawaban:1. Mom, Ms. Yenny called you when you were out.

She didn't leave any messages.She asked you to call her back.

2. Nana has returned your bike.She said thank you.

3. Mother and father will be home late.They want us to stay at home.

Variasi:Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan tambahan situasi soal.

1. You were out when someone came to your house. He wanted to meet you. He met yourbrother. Then, he left a message. He said that he would send an SMS. What would yourbrother say to you?

2. You have a neighbor named Elvis. He lost his lovely cat. He has tried to find it for twodays, but he hasn’t found it yet. He came to your house when you were out. He met yourmother. He asked you to tell him when you saw his cat around. What would your mothersay to you?

Contoh jawaban:1. Fenty, someone wanted to meet you when you were out.

He gave you this message.He will send an SMS.

2. Elvis was looking for his lovely cat.He has lost it for two days.He asked you to tell him if you see his cat around.


A. Read the text and answer the questions.

To: Tiara

Let’s have fun on my party!Please join us in the

New Year celebration.Thursday, December 31Starting at 10:00 p.m.

Hollywood Cafe,Jl. Soekarno No. 26

Don’t miss it!

Freddy

Variasi:Read the text below.What do the words mean?

Adapted from: http://www.party411.com/invite-pirate01.jpg (January 1, 2009)

Questions:1. What is the invitation about?

Jawaban: About the New Year celebration party.2. Who sent it?

Jawaban: Freddy did.3. Whom was the letter for?

Jawaban: Tiara.4. When would the party be held?

Jawaban: On Thursday, December 31, starting at 10:00 p.m.5. Where would it be held?

Jawaban: In Hollywood Cafe, Jl. Soekarno No. 26.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:1. mate = teman karib2. come aboard = naik ke kapal3. pirate = perompak4. bounty = hadiah5. scavenger = burung pemakan bangkai6. hunt = memburu, berburu7. ghostly = remang-remang, seperti

hantu8. reply = menjawab9. wear = mengenakan, memakai

10. plank = papan penyeberangan darikapal ke dermaga.

274 UNIT 4 Recount

B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the card and answer questions 1 to 3.

Source: http://farm4.static.flickr.com/3064/2675905419_91ddac8446.jpg?v=0

(January 1, 2009)

1. The word ‘nightmare’ in Indonesian means________.A. menakutkan B. mimpi burukC. neraka D. hebohJawaban: BKata ’nightmare’ artinya ’mimpi buruk’.Pilihan jawaban (A) dalam bahasa Inggrisadalah scary, (C) adalah hell atau inferno,dan (D) adalah sensational.

2. The text is called ________.A. a brochure B. an advertisementC. a leaflet D. an invitationJawaban: DTeks tersebut disebut undangan karenadiawali dengan kalimat ”Your presence isrequested at:” yang artinya ”KehadiranAnda diharapkan pada:”.

3. Which of the following guests cannotattend the party?A. Nola wears a witch costume.B. Dellon wears a mummy costume.C. Deddy wears a casual T-shirt and

sneakers.D. Galang wears a costume as if he

were on fire.Jawaban: CDeddy tidak boleh ikut pesta karena diasalah kostum. Sesuai undangan, setiaptamu harus mengenakan kostum sesuai

dengan tema acara tersebut, yaitu ”TheNightmare on the Ash Street” yang artinya”Mimpi Buruk di Jalan Ash”. Jadi, kostumyang dikenakan harus menggambarkanmimpi buruk atau sesuatu yangmenakutkan.

Read the card and answer questions 4 and 5.

Source: http://www.party411.com/invite-valentines04.jpg (January 1, 2009)

4. What is the invitation about?A. A Valentine party.B. A graduation party.C. A farewell party.D. A house-warming party.Jawaban: AJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpertama undangan tersebut, ”HappyValentine’s Day”. Jadi, undangan itutentang undangan pesta Valentine.

5. Where will the party be held?A. On February 7.B. At 7:30–10:30 p.m.C. In 714 Lover’s Lane Heartsville, MD.D. On February 14.Jawaban: CPertanyaan itu menanyakan tempatpelaksanaan pesta. Jadi, jawaban yangtepat adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yangmenjelaskan alamat. Pilihan jawaban lainsalah karena merupakan keteranganwaktu.


Variasi:

Choose A, B, C or D for the correctanswer.Read the card and answer questions 1 to 3.

Jawaban: APada undangan terdapat keteranganRSVP (Respondez s’il cous platt) yangmaksudnya adalah undangan tersebutsupaya direspons. Itu berarti tamuundangan bisa menghubungi 555-555-3644 untuk konfirmasi apakah merekaakan datang atau tidak.

3. There is a sentence that says “No giftsplease.” It means ________.A. Marilyn and Jeffs will give souvenirs

to the attendantsB. the guests shall give presents to

Marilyn and JeffsC. any presents are warmly welcomed

by Marilyn and JeffsD. Marilyn and Jeffs won’t accept any

presents from the guestsJawaban: DKalimat ”No gifts please.” artinya mohonjangan memberi hadiah. Itu berartiMarilyn dan Jeffs tidak akan menerimahadiah apa pun dari para tamu (won’taccept any presents).

Read the card and answer questions4 and 5.

Source: http://www.party411.com/custom-invitation-sample.jpg (January 1, 2009)

1. Who would have the party?A. Jeremy and Melissa.B. Marilyn and Jeffs.C. Scot and Amy.D. Amy and Sam.Jawaban: BJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”Helpus Celebrate Marilyn and Jeffs 35thAnniversary and 60th birthdays”. Jadi,yang mengadakan pesta adalah Marilyndan Jeffs.

2. Anyone who were invited should confirmwhether they will attend the party or not.What should they do?A. They should call 555-555-3644 for

confirmation.B. They should call the hosts.C. They should come to the party on time.D. They should inform Marilyn dan Jeffs.

Adapted from: http://bp1.blogger.com/_27utwH4jPDY/R89NJQXraHI/

AAAAAAAAACI/HCv-bYbyjyU/s400/wedding-d.jpg (January 1, 2009)

276 UNIT 4 Recount

4. What is the invitation about?A. A birthday party.B. Dave and Joann’s birth.C. A wedding party.D. A house-warming party.Jawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”Toour wedding ceremony at . . . .” padaundangan tersebut.

5. When was the occasion held?A. At 335 Tanglin Road Singapore

247960.B. On March 22, 2005.C. On 2:00 p.m.D. On May 8, 2005.

Jawaban: BJawaban ini sesuai dengan keteranganwaktu yang tertera pada undangan itu,”Date: March 22, 2005”. Pilihan jawaban(A) salah karena tidak menjelaskanwaktu pelaksanaan perayaan tersebut,(C) tidak sesuai dengan waktupelaksanaan perayaan, yaitu ”12 Noon”,dan (D) menunjukkan waktu terakhirpara tamu undangan untuk memesantempat.

Make invitation cards based on the situations below.

1. You will celebrate your fifteenth birthday next Saturday afternoon. You invite your friends tocome. The party will be held in Nikmat Rasa Restaurant, Jalan Hayam Wuruk No. 124Kebayoran. The party will begin at 3:00 p.m. till end. You really look forward to their coming.

2. You invite the members of the students committee to have a monthly meeting. It will be held inClass VIIID, on Wednesday, 2:00 p.m after school. The agenda is the preparation to join in theScience and Math Olympiad and the students’ music band competition. You ask the membersto come on time.

Contoh jawaban:1.

Birthday Party, Guys!It’s my party!I will be 15th next Saturday.I invite you all to come to:● Nikmat Rasa Restaurant, Jalan Hayam Wuruk No. 124 Kebayoran.● At 3:00 p.m. till end.

Let’s enjoy the merriest party ever held!Be there!

Grace


2.THE STUDENTS COMMITTEE

SMP N 2, Jalan Sumpah Pemuda No. 28

Dear Toto,

We invite you to attend our monthly meeting.It will be held:● on Wednesday, 2:00 p.m. after school● at Class VIIIDAgenda: Science and Math Olympiad and the students musicband competition preparation.

Please be there on time.We are looking forward to your participation.

Chairperson

Dwiky

Variasi:

Make invitation cards based on the situations below.1. You are in charge to manage the school English magazine. You intend to hold a meeting to

discuss the next edition. It will be held the day after tomorrow after school at 2:00 p.m. Youwill use the school hall to hold the meeting. You ask your friends to come on time.

2. You just moved to a new house at Jalan Kuda Sembrani No. 59 Sidoarjo. It has a biggarden. Your parents want to have a barbeque house-warming party. They ask you tomake the invitation. The party will be held next Saturday evening at 7:00 p.m. Any varietiesof drink and food are served. You tell your guests that they will have a fun and cheerfulparty. You ask the guests to call Ade (081329016437) to confirm.

3. Your sister just graduated from Indonesia University. She wants to have a small party tocelebrate it. She asks you to make the invitation. The party will be held in Star Restaurant,Jalan Bengawan Timur No. 323 Samarinda. It will be held next Sunday at 12 noon.

Contoh jawaban:

1.Dear Saraswati,

We invite you to the routine meeting:● on Monday at 2:00 p.m. after school● in the school hallWe will discuss about the next edition of our English Magazine.

We do appreciate your contribution and ideas. It won’t becomplete without your presence.

Be on time! Thank you.

Regards,

Leader

Yossi

278 UNIT 4 Recount

2.Mark your day and date!

Please come and join us in:A barbeque house-warming party

Place: at Jalan Kuda Sembrani No. 59 Sidoarjo.Time : next Saturday evening at 7:00 p.m.

This will be a fun and cheerful party.

Please contact Ade (081329016437) for confirmation.Be there! Don’t miss any moment.

Regards,

Mr. and Mrs. Hartawan

3.Your presence is requested at:

Melinda’s graduation celebration!In Star Restaurant, Jalan Bengawan Timur No. 323 Samarinda.

Next Sunday at 12 noon.

Let’s laugh, sing and dance together!Don’t miss it.

Cheers,

Melinda

Do this task as instructed.1. Browse the Internet and find the history of an Indonesian hero. Tell his/her life and his/her

contribution to the country. You may add his/her photograph.2. Read and share your work with your friends’. Then, put your work on the wall magazine.


kidnap : menculiknobleman : bangsawanpass away : meninggal

playwright : penulis dramapledge : sumpahpoet : penulis puisiunify : menyatukanunknown : tidak diketahui


280 UNIT 4 Recount



Suddenly rain pours heavily at the end of thelesson.Erlin : What a day! I forget to bring my

umbrella. Danar, do you bringan umbrella?

Danar : Yeah, I do.Erlin : May I go home with you?Danar : Sure. We have the same route, right?Erlin : Right. Thanks, Nar.Danar : No big deal.

1. Where does the dialog happen?A. On the street.B. In the yard.C. At school.D. At home.Jawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatpengantar percakapan tersebut, ”Suddenlyrain pours heavily at the end of the lesson.”yang artinya ”Tiba-tiba hujan turun deraspada akhir pelajaran.”. Jadi percakapanterjadi di sekolah. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai dengankonteks percakapan.

2. Erlin said, “May I go home with you?”What does it mean?A. She invites Danar to go home together.B. She asks Danar to accompany her.C. She asks Danar for something.D. She expresses her feeling.Jawaban: CKalimat tersebut berarti ”Bolehkah sayapulang denganmu?”. Kalimat tersebutdiucapkan untuk meminta sesuatu kepadaseseorang (asking someone for something).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks percakapantersebut.

Read the dialog and answer questions3 and 4.

Tata : What’s this, Mom? Wow, friedshrimps! My favorite! May I have one,Mom?

Mother : Sure. Serve yourself. But remember,change your clothes, wash yourhands and have lunch together.

Tata : O.K., Mom. Right away!

3. When does the dialog happen?A. In the morning.B. In the afternoon.C. In the evening.D. At night.Jawaban: BPada percakapan tersebut ibu Tataberkata, ”But remember, change yourclothes, wash your hands and have lunchtogether.” yang artinya ”Namun, ingat,ganti bajumu, cuci tanganmu dan kitamakan siang bersama-sama.”. Itu berartipercakapan itu terjadi pada siang hari (inthe afternoon) saat akan makan siang.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pada pagi hari,(C) artinya pada petang hari, dan (D)artinya pada malam hari.

4. Who are talking in the dialog?A. Mother and father.B. Brother and sister.C. A teacher and a student.D. Mother and daughter.Jawaban: DJawaban ini sesuai dengan tokoh yangtertulis pada percakapan tersebut, yaituTata dengan ibunya (mother and daughter).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan isi percakapantersebut.



Lolly : Oki, will you go to Pelangi Music Shopwith me this afternoon? I want to buya CD for Rollan’s birthday present.

Oki : I’d love to, but I can’t. I feel very tired.I just want to go home and sleep. I amsorry.

Lolly : I see. No problem.

5. Where will Lolly go this afternoon?A. To Rolan’s birthday party.B. To Rolan’s house.C. To Pelangi Music Shop.D. To go home and sleep.Jawaban: CJawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yangdiucapkan Lolly, yaitu ”Oki, will you go toPelangi Music Shop with me thisafternoon?” yang artinya ”Oki, maukahkamu pergi ke Toko Musik Pelangidenganku sore nanti?”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi percakapan.

6. What did Oki say to decline the invitation?A. No problem.B. Oki, will you go to Pelangi Music

Shop with me this afternoon?C. I just want to go home and sleep.D. I’d love to, but I can’t.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban yang artinya ”Sebenarnyaaku ingin, tetapi tidak bisa” digunakanuntuk menolak ajakan/undangan. Pilihanjawaban (A) salah karena digunakanuntuk merespons atas penolakanundangan, (B) digunakan untukmengundang atau mengajak, dan (C)digunakan untuk memberi informasi.

For questions 7 to 10, choose the suitablewords to complete the text below.

Itang (7) ________ home from school latethis afternoon. When he (8) ________ into thehouse, his little sister (9) ________ somethingon her drawing book and his parents (10)________. Itang directly went to his room tochange his clothes and took shower.

7. A. wentB. goC. is goingD. goesJawaban: AKalimat tersebut menjelaskan peristiwayang terjadi pada masa lampau sehinggadigunakanlah bentuk simple past tense(went). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasipada saat peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihanjawaban (B) dan (D) menunjukkan bentukpresent tense yang digunakan untukmenunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, dan (C)merupakan bentuk simple presentcontinuous. Bentuk ini digunakan untukmenunjukkan bahwa suatu peristiwasedang terjadi ketika perbicaraan sedangberlangsung.

8. A. stepsB. steppedC. will stepD. was steppingJawaban: BKalimat tersebut menunjukkan duaperistiwa yang terjadi bersamaan padamasa lampau (this afternoon), yang satuterjadi secara singkat dan yang lainnyaterjadi lebih lama. Oleh karena itu,peristiwa yang terjadi secara singkatmenggunakan bentuk simple past tense(stepped). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasipada saat peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihanjawaban (A) menunjukkan bentuk simplepresent tense yang digunakan untukmenunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, (C)menunjukkan bentuk future tense yangdigunakan untuk menunjukkan peristiwayang akan terjadi pada waktu yang akandatang, dan (D) menunjukkan bentuk pastcontinuous tense.

9. A. drawsB. were drawingC. drewD. was drawingJawaban: DPeristiwa yang terjadi pada klausasebelumnya terjadi lebih lama

282 UNIT 4 Recount

dibandingkan dengan peristiwa padaklausa soal no.8. Jadi, peristiwa padaklausa soal no.9 menggunakan bentukpast continuous tense, yaitu was drawingkarena subjek berbentuk kalimat tunggal(his little sister). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan kontekssituasi pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi.Pilihan jawaban (A) menunjukkan bentuksimple present tense yang digunakanuntuk menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, (B)salah karena subjek kalimat merupakanorang ketiga tunggal sehingga to be-nyaseharusnya adalah was bukan were, dan(C) menunjukkan bentuk simple pasttense.

10. A. chattedB. chatC. were chattingD. was chattingJawaban: CPeristiwa yang terjadi pada klausa ini(nomor 10) juga terjadi lebih lama sepertiperistiwa pada klausa sebelumnya (nomor9). Jadi, peristiwa pada klausa ini jugamenggunakan bentuk past continuoustense, yaitu were chatting, karena subjekkalimat jamak (his parents). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks situasi pada saatperistiwa itu terjadi. Pilihan jawaban (A)berbentuk simple past tense yangdigunakan untuk menunjukkan peristiwapada masa lampau, (B) berbentuk simplepresent tense yang digunakan untukmenunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, dan (D)salah karena subjek kalimat merupakanorang ketiga jamak sehingga to be-nyaseharusnya adalah were bukan was.

11. Sekar : What do you have here?Choki : Martabak. ________ Please

serve yourself.Sekar : Martabak?Choki : Right. It tastes delicious.Sekar : Sorry, I don’t like it.The suitable expression to complete thedialog is ________A. What do you think?B. Will you like to try some?

C. How did you make it?D. Can you do me a favor?Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya ”Apakahkamu mau mencicipinya?” digunakan untukmenawarkan sesuatu. Ungkapan ini sesuaidengan ucapan Choki berikutnya ”Pleaseserve yourself.” yang artinya “Silakan ambilsendiri.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena tidak sesuai dengan maksuducapan itu. Pilihan jawaban (A) yangartinya ”Bagaimana menurutpendapatmu?” digunakan untuk memintapendapat, (C) yang artinya ”Bagaimanakamu membuatnya?” digunakan untukmeminta informasi, dan (D) yang artinya”Dapatkah kamu menolongku?” digunakanuntuk meminta bantuan.


Srivijaya (-sri meaning glitters or radiant,-jaya meaning success or excellence) wasan ancient Malay kingdom on the island ofSumatra which influenced much of the MaritimeSoutheast Asia. From the seventh century, thepowerful Srivijaya naval kingdom flourished asa result of trade and the influences of Hinduismand Buddhism that were imported with it.

Source : http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Indonesia (January 8, 2009)

12. “Srivijaya (-sri meaning glitters or radiant,-jaya meaning success or excellence) wasan ancient Malay kingdom ….”The underlined word can be best replacedby ________.A. powerful B. excellentC. broken D. oldJawaban: DKata ’ancient’ yang artinya ’kuno’ dapatdigantikan dengan kata old yang jugaberarti kuno. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinyakuat, (B) artinya bagus sekali, dan (C)artinya rusak.

13. “From the seventh century, the powerfulSrivijaya naval kingdom flourished asa result of trade and the influences ofHinduism and Buddhism that wereimported with it.”


The underlined word refers to ________.A. the influences of Hinduism and

BuddhismB. the powerful Srivijaya naval kingdomC. the seventh centuryD. the tradeJawaban: DKalimat soal artinya ”Sejak abad ke-7,armada laut Sriwijaya yang kuat telahberkembang pesat sebagai akibat dariperdagangan dan pengaruh-pengaruhHindu dan Budha yang masuk bersamadengan hal itu.”. Kata ’it’ yang artinya ’halitu’ mengacu pada kata ’trade’ yangartinya ’perdagangan’.

Read the text and answer questions 14 to16.

Japan occupied the colony between 1942and 1945. Shortly after the Japanese hadsurrendered to the Allies in 1945, a smallgroup of Indonesians, led by Soekarno andMohammad Hatta, proclaimed itsindependence and established the Republic ofIndonesia. They set up a provisionalgovernment and adopted a constitution togovern the republic until elections could beheld and a new constitution written. Dutchefforts to reestablish complete control metstrong resistance.

Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Indonesia(January 8, 2009)

14. The text is about ________.A. the Indonesian struggle against

JapanB. Indonesian heroesC. the establishment of the Republic of

IndonesiaD. Indonesian provisional governmentJawaban: CPilihan jawaban (C) sesuai dengan isikeseluruhan bacaan yang menjelaskantentang kemerdekaan Indonesia danberdirinya negara Republik Indonesia (theestablishment of the Republic of Indonesia)pada tahun 1945 setelah Jepangmenyerah kepada Sekutu.

15. “They set up a provisional governmentand adopted . . . .”The underlined word refers to ________.A. the AlliesB. the Japanese and the AlliesC. Soekarno and Muhammad HattaD. a small group of IndonesiansJawaban: DKata ganti ’they’ pada kalimat itumerupakan kata ganti subjek dari subjekyang telah disebutkan pada kalimatsebelumnya. Kalimat sebelumnya adalah” . . . in 1945, a small group of Indonesians,led by Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta,proclaimed independence. . . .”. Jadi, jelasbahwa ’they’ mengacu pada a small groupof Indonesians.

16. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the text?A. The Dutch failed to reoccupy Indonesia.B. The Allies surrendered to the Japanese

in 1945.C. The Japanese occupied Indonesia for

about three years.D. Soekarno and Muhammad Hatta

proclaimed the IndonesianIndependence in 1945.

Jawaban: BPernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (B) tidaksesuai dengan kalimat kedua bacaantersebut, yaitu ”Shortly after the Japanesehad surrendered to the Allies in 1945,a small group of Indonesians, led bySoekarno and Mohammad Hatta, . . . .”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenajustru sesuai dengan isi bacaan.


Sinta, Yenni just dropped by.She left a message for you.I put it in your message box.

17. The text is about ________.A. Yenni’s comingB. Yenni, Sinta’s friendC. Yenni’s messageD. Sinta’s message

284 UNIT 4 Recount

Jawaban: CTeks tersebut merupakan teks fungsionalpendek berbentuk pesan lisan. Pesan itudisampaikan oleh seseorang kepadaSinta. Pesan itu lebih menitikberatkanpada pesan yang diberikan oleh Yennidan telah diletakkan di kotak pesan Sinta.

18. “I put it in your message box.”The word ‘it’ refers to ________.A. the messageB. youC. YenniD. a message boxJawaban: AKata ’it’ pada pernyataan tersebutmenggantikan kata benda yang telahdisebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya.Kata benda yang telah disebutkansebelumnya adalah ’message’.


You are invited to a BIRTHDAY PARTYfor

CANDRA PRADIPTA

She’ll be 14.Please join us on:

Sunday, December 6, 2009At 11:00 a.m.

The Bustami’s ResidenceJalan Gajah Mada No. 34 Malang

See you there!

19. Candra was born on ________.A. December 6, 1985B. December 6, 1994C. December 6, 1995D. December 16, 1995Jawaban: CSesuai dengan undangan tersebut, pestaulang tahun itu diselenggarakan untukmemperingati usia Candra Pradipta yangke-14. Pesta itu diselenggarakan pada6 Desember 2009. Jadi, Candra lahir pada6 Desember 1995 (2009 – 14 = 1995).

20. The party will be held ________.A. at 1:00 p.mB. on Saturday, December 6, 2009C. in Bustami RestaurantD. at Jalan Gajah Mada No. 34 MalangJawaban: DPesta itu akan diselenggarakan di rumahkeluarga Bustami di Jalan Gajah MadaNo. 34 Malang. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengan isiundangan itu.

B. Put the verbs into the correct forms.

1. Sorry. I ________ (watch) TV, soI ________ (not notice) your coming.

2. Uncle and auntie ________ (wait for) uswhen we ________ (get off) the train.

3. Erlambang ________ (mop) the floorwhile his sister ________ (water) theflowers.

4. Yesterday afternoon at this time, the boys________ (play) football in the field.

5. Ms. Jessica ________ (tell) usa story when suddenly we ________(hear) a blast from the neighborhood.

Jawaban:1. Sorry. I was watching TV, so I didn’t

notice your coming.2. Uncle and auntie were waiting for us

when we got off the train.3. Erlambang was mopping the floor while

his sister was watering the flowers.4. Yesterday afternoon at this time, the boys

were playing football in the field.5. Ms. Jessica was telling us a story when

suddenly we heard a blast from theneighborhood.

C. Fill in the blanks with the correctreflexive pronouns (-self/-selves).

1. I don’t believe in ghost until I saw it________ last night. I was horrified.

2. Marino cleaned his room ________.It’s clean and tidy now.

3. Did you know that the band calls________ “Poison”? I can’t believe this!

4. Orangutan is really a clever animal.It peels peanuts by ________.


5. May I ask you something? Do you go toschool by ________ or your parents takeyou there?

Jawaban:1. myself 2. himself 3. themselves4. itself 5. yourself

D. Fill in the blanks with the correctwords: look, taste, turn, feel or get.Change the form of the words whenneeded.

1. Look! Heru’s face ________ red when heis angry.

2. Marvelous! This empek-empek ________very delicious.

3. You ________ so tired. Why don’t youstop and have a break?

4. Denada and Stefi ________ happy whenthey finally got A for their assignment.

5. Look! The children ________ wet becausethey go out in the rain.

Jawaban:1. turns2. tastes3. look4. feel5. get

THERE IS ONE SEAT FREE FORYOU!

We’ll have a big party thisafternoon.

In Flamingo Restauranton Sunday, November 22, 2009

at 11:00 a.m. – end

Come or you’ll be sorry!

Cheers,

Benhur

E. Do the task as instructed.

1. Make a short message. Choose your owntopic.

2. Make an invitation. Choose your owntopic.

Contoh jawaban:1. Febri is expecting your call.

Please call him now.

2.

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 4:● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 4. Bagian ini

bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi

kelas di pojok kanan atas.● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

286 UNIT 4 Recount



Riiing . . . riiing . . . . It’s the break time.Lala : I’m hungry. I ate nothing for breakfast.Evi : I’m sorry to hear that. By the way, I have

three loaves of bread. Would you likeone?

Lala : It’s very kind of you, but I can’t accept it.Evi : C’mon. It tastes good.Lala : Well then, thanks.Evi : Here you are.Lala : Thank you.

1. Where does the dialog happen?A. At home.B. At school.C. In the library.D. In the school canteen.

2. What does Evi offer to her friend?A. Softdrink.B. A burger.C. A doughnut.D. A loaf of bread.

3. What does Lala say to accept the offer?A. It’s very kind of you.B. Here you are.C. Well then, thanks.D. I’m sorry to hear that.

4. Driver : Is there anything wrong, Miss?Janet : ________?Driver : Are you serious, Miss?Janet : Yes, my class starts in ten

minutes. I don’t want to be lateor my professor will get angrywith me.

Driver : As you wish, Miss.

A. You drive very fast, don’t youB. Can you drive more slowlyC. Could you drive a little faster,

pleaseD. Do you always drive slowly, driver


Read the dialog and answer for questions5 to 7.

Hanung : Mom, I smell something. Is it a friedegg or fried chicken?

Mother : None of them.Hanung : Oh, I know. It must be fried nugget,

right?Mother : Right!Hanung : May I have one, Mom?Mother : No, you may not. You should have

them for lunch. Sorry.Hanung : All right, then.5. Who are talking in the dialog?

A. Mother and son.B. Mother and father.C. Brother and sister.D. A teacher and a student.

6. Where does the dialog happen?A. In the school canteen.B. In the dining room.C. In a restaurant.D. In the garden.

7. What does Hanung say to ask forsomething?A. You should have them for lunch.

Sorry.B. Is it a fried egg or fried chicken?C. It must be fried nugget, right?D. May I have one, Mom?

8. Nurma : Hi, Kristin!Kristin : Oh hello, Nurma. Look, this

suitcase is too heavy for me.________?

Nurma : With pleasure. Well, come onlet’s lift it up together.

A. Would you help me, pleaseB. How could I do it myselfC. Shall I lift it up for youD. What can I do for you



9. A : Hello. Is Ira there?B : She’s having lunch right now.

________ her back in an hour?A : Sure. Thanks.

A. Do you callB. Could you callC. Are you callingD. Don’t you call



Ajeng : Sani, will you go to see Ungu concertthis afternoon? Look, I have two freetickets.

Sani : I really want to go, but I can’t. I amsorry. I have lots of homework to do.

Ajeng : I see. No problem.

10. Where will Ajeng go this afternoon?A. To see Ungu concert.B. To Sani’s house.C. To do the homework.D. To buy tickets.

11. What does Sani say to decline the invitation?A. Will you go to see Ungu concert this

afternoon?B. Look, I have two free tickets.C. I really want to go, but I can't.D. No problem.


Ario : Feb, are you free this afternoon?Febri : Yeah, I am. What’s up?Ario : Um . . . I want to go to Widya’s house

to study together. Elisa will be theretoo. What if you join us?

Febri : What will you study?Ario : Science. Don’t you remember that we

will have a test the day after tomorrow?Febri : You're right. O.K., I’ll go with you.

12. Ario said, “What if you join us?”What does it mean?A. He invites Febri.B. He accepts Febri’s invitation.C. He gives an opinion to Febri’s idea.D. He asks for confirmation.

13. Ario and his friends will ________ thatafternoon.A. see WidyaB. see Elisa and WidyaC. study togetherD. do their homework together

14. Aris : Can you drop by my house afterschool? There’s somethingI want to give you.

Adi : ________. But why don’t you tellme what it is now?

Aris : Oh no. Be patient, man.

A. I don’t think soB. Sure, I canC. I like itD. Fine, go ahead


15. Rika : Rio, will you come to my birthdayparty this afternoon?

Rio : ________.Rika : O.K., then. I’ll wait for you.A. Sure, I willB. I’m afraid I can’t comeC. Forgive meD. Frankly, I can’t go to your house


Budi Utomo (also Boedi Oetomo; “PureEndeavor”), founded in May 20, 1908, was thefirst native political society in the Dutch EastIndies. Today, the year 1908 is commemoratedas the birth year of its “nationalist awakening”.

The founder of Budi Utomo wasa pensioned government doctor who felt thatnative intellectuals should improve the massesin education and culture. The society held itsfirst congress in May 1908. The congress wasa gathering of students in Batavia. The firstleader was Dr. Wahidin Soedirohoesodo, butby the organization’s first major gathering inYogyakarta in October 1908, he stepped asidefor younger organizers.

Adapted from : http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Budi_Utomo

(January 8, 2009)

16. The main idea of paragraph one is________.A. Dutch East Indies governmentB. The founding of Budi UtomoC. The founder of Budi UtomoD. The first leader of Budi Utomo

288 UNIT 4 Recount

17. “. . . native intellectuals should improvethe masses in education and culture.”The underlined word has the similarmeaning to ________.A. develop B. createC. plan D. extend

18. Which statement is NOT TRUE accordingto the text?A. Budi Utomo was founded in 1928.B. Dr. Wahidin Soedirohoesodo was the

first leader.C. Budi Utomo held its first major gathering

in Yogyakarta in October 1908.D. The year 1908 is commemorated as

the birth year of Indonesian “nationalistawakening”.


The first Indonesian youth congress washeld in Batavia in 1926, but produced noformal decisions. However, it promoted theidea of a united Indonesia. In October 1928,the second Indonesian youth congress washeld at three different locations. In the firstsession, the hope was expressed that thecongress would inspire the feeling of unity. Thesecond session saw discussions abouteducational issues. In the third and finalsession, held at Jalan Kramat Raya No, 126,on October 28 participants heard the futureIndonesian national anthem Indonesia Raya byWage Rudolf Supratman. The congress closedwith a reading of the youth pledge.The pledgeFirstlyWe, the sons and daughters of Indonesia,acknowledge one motherland, Indonesia.SecondlyWe, the sons and daughters of Indonesia,acknowledge one nation, the nation ofIndonesia.ThirdlyWe, the sons and daughters of Indonesia,respect the language of unity, Indonesian.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Youth_pledge(January 8, 2009)

19. The text is about ________.A. the Indonesian national anthem

Indonesia RayaB. the first Indonesian youth congress

C. Wage Rudolf Supratman’s lifeD. Indonesian youth congresses

20. “However, it promoted the idea of a unitedIndonesia.”The underlined word refers to ________.A. the idea of a united IndonesiaB. the first Indonesian youth congressC. formal decisionsD. Batavia

21. When was the final congress held?A. On October 28, 1926.B. On September 28, 1928.C. On October 28, 1928.D. On November 28, 1928.

22. Sorry for that little girl. She is talking to________ and often laughs.A. himself B. herselfC. itself D. myself

23. Principal : Were the students studying inthe classroom when the roofcollapsed?

Teacher : No, Ma’am. Fortunately, thestudents ________ outsidewhen it ________.

A. was playing, happensB. was sitting, happenedC. were playing, happenedD. were sitting, happens

24. Nissa : Yummy . . . yummy!Sari : This ice cream ________

delicious. Let’s get some more.Nissa : Come on!A. feels B. looksC. gets D. tastes


Mom, grandma just called. She wanted tospend her day here. She asked you to pickher up.

25. What is the text called?A. A letter. B. An invitation.C. A warning. D. A spoken message.

26. What is it about?A. About grandma’s illness.B. About grandma’s intention to stay in

the speaker’s house.C. About the speaker’s intention to stay

in the grandma’s house.D. About the speaker’s duty to pick up

his/her grandma.


Read the text and answer questions 27 and 28. 29. When will the party be held?A. At 44 Devoe Road.B. At 6:30 a.m.C. On March 13.D. At the second house.

30. “Regrets only: Marie Salinger 238-1722or e-mail.”The words above tell us that we should________.A. give information if we cannot comeB. give information if we can comeC. ask information how to come to

the placeD. contact Marie Salinger before we

come

B. Put the verbs in brackets into theircorrect forms.

1. When I ________ (phone) Jasmine, she________ (do) her homework.

2. ________ you ________ (listen) whileMs. Tantri ________ (explain) the theory?

3. What ________ the people here ________(do) when the volcano ________ (erupt)?

4. When the computer suddenly ________(go off) the secretary ________ (reply)the e-mail.

5. While Bobby and Aswin ________ (walk)home from school, the policeman________ (regulate) the traffic.

C. Fill in the blanks with the correctreflexive pronouns (-self/-selves).

1. Luna was horrified when she saw ________in the mirror. There was a scratch and it hurt.

2. Mr. Carlos hurt ________ when he cut thetree branches.

3. Daniel, do you go take courses to learnMandarin, or do you teach ________?

4. Look! There’s a big white tiger washing________ in the river.

5. Julian, I invite your father to come toschool. I need to speak to him ________.

D. Do the tasks as instructed.1. Make a spoken message. Choose your

own topic.2. Make an invitation. Choose your own topic.

Source: http://images.solidcactus.com/lsretail/ic-tl31-

50.jpg (January 2, 2009)

27. The party will be held ________.A. in a pumpkin cafeB. in a candy storeC. at 4467 Seedling DriveD. in Kerri's house

28. Based on the context, the word ‘treat’ inIndonesian means ________.A. menraktir B. menghiburC. merawat D. mengancam


You’re Invited

Occasion : Kim’s BirthdayDate : March 13Time : 6:30 p.m.Place : 44 Devoe RoadDirections: Take the no. 5 bus. Get off

the corner of Devoe Road.Our house is at the secondhouse on the right. Pleasearrive on time. This isa surprise party.

Regrets only: Marie Salinger 238-1722or e-mail [email protected]


290 UNIT 4 Recount


A. Pilihan Ganda

1. B. Percakapan terjadi di sekolah. Hal inisesuai dengan kalimat awal padapercakapan tersebut, ”It’s the breaktime.” yang artinya ”Saatnyaistirahat.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai dengankonteks percakapan.

2. D. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Evipada percakapan itu, yaitu ”By the way,I have three loaves of bread. Wouldyou like one?” yang artinya ”Ngomong-omong, aku punya tiga potong roti.Kamu mau satu potong?”. Itu berartiEvi menawarkan satu potong roti (aloaf of bread) kepada Lala.

3. C. Pada akhir percakapan Lalamenerima tawaran Evi denganmengucapkan, ”Well then, thanks.”yang artinya ”Baiklah, terima kasih.”.Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinyakamu sungguh baik digunakan untukmengungkapkan rasa terima kasih,(B) yang artinya ini, ambillahdigunakan untuk memberi sesuatu,dan (D) yang artinya saya ikutprihatin digunakan untukmengungkapkan simpati atauperhatian.

4. C. Berdasarkan konteks percakapan,Janet meminta sang sopir untuk lebihcepat (Could you drive a little faster,please?) karena dia tidak inginterlambat. Sang sopir pun memenuhipermintaan Janet.

5. A. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan tokohyang tertulis pada percakapantersebut, yaitu Hanung denganibunya (mother and son). Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks percakapan.

6. B. Pada percakapan tersebut Hanungmencium bau telur goreng atau ayamgoreng. Ternyata bau nugget goreng.Berdasarkan konteks tersebut,percakapan terjadi di ruang makan(dining room). Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai dengankonteks percakapan.

7. D. Pilihan jawaban (D) artinya ”Bolehsaya minta satu, Bu?”. Ungkapantersebut digunakan untuk memintasesuatu. Pilihan jawaban (A) yangartinya kamu boleh memakannyasaat makan siang, maaf, digunakanuntuk menolak memberi sesuatu, (B)yang artinya apakah ini telur gorengatau ayam goreng, digunakan untukmeminta informasi, dan (C) yangartinya ini pasti nugget goreng, kandigunakan untuk meminta konfirmasi.

8. A. Pada awal percakapan Kristinmengungkapkan bahwa kopor itu terlaluberat. Oleh karena itu, dia memintabantuan Nurma untuk menjinjingnyabersama-sama. Pilihan jawaban (A)merupakan ungkapan yang digunakanuntuk meminta bantuan. Nurma punmembantunya dengan mengucapkan,”With pleasure.”.

9. B. Dalam percakapan itu tokoh A inginbertemu dengan Ira, tetapi Ira sedangmakan. Oleh karena itu, ucapan tokohB yang paling tepat adalah memintatokoh A agar menelepon kembali nanti(Could you call . . . ?). Tokoh Amenyetujuinya.

10. A. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatyang diucapkan Ajeng, yaitu ”Sani,will you go to see Ungu concert thisafternoon?” yang artinya ”Sani,maukah kamu melihat konser Ungusore nanti?”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai denganisi percakapan.

11. C. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinyasebenarnya saya ingin, tetapi tidakbisa, digunakan untuk menolakundangan. Pilihan jawaban (A) salahkarena ucapan itu digunakan untukmengundang atau mengajak,(B) digunakan untuk memberiinformasi, dan (D) digunakan untukmerespons atas penolakan undangan.

12. A. Ungkapan tersebut artinya”Bagaimana kalau kamu bergabungdengan kami?”. Ungkapan tersebutadalah ungkapan ajakan. Jadi, Ariomengucapkan ungkapan itu untuk


mengajak Febri (to invite Febri) untukbergabung. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena tidak sesuai denganmaksud ucapan itu.

13. C. Pilihan jawaban (C) ini sesuai denganucapan Ario, ”I want to go to Widya’shouse to study together.” yang artinya”Saya akan pergi ke rumah Widyauntuk belajar kelompok.”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi percakapan itu.

14. B. Dalam percakapan tersebut Arismengundang Adi untuk mampir kerumahnya. Ada sesuatu yang ingindia berikan. Adi menyetujuinya. Jadi,ungkapan yang sesuai untukmenerima undangan berdasarkankonteks isi percakapan tersebutadalah (B) Sure, I can.

15. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut Rikamengundang Rio untuk datang kepesta ulang tahunnya. TampaknyaRio mau datang karena Rikameresponsnya dengan mengatakan,“O.K, then. I’ll wait for you.” yangartinya ”Baiklah. Aku akanmenunggumu.”. Ungkapan menerimaajakan adalah (A) Sure, I will.

16. B. Gagasan utama suatu paragrafbiasanya terletak di awal atau di akhirparagraf terkait. Jawaban ini sesuaidengan kalimat pertama paragrafsatu, yaitu berdirinya Budi Utomo (thefounding of Budi Utomo). Kalimatberikutnya merupakan kalimatpendukung. Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah karena bukan gagasan utamaparagraf itu.

17. A. Kata ’improve’ dan ’develop’mempunyai arti sama, yaitumeningkatkan. Pilihan jawaban (B)artinya menciptakan, (C) artinyamerencanakan, dan (D) artinyamemperpanjang; memperluas.

18. A. Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (A)tidak sesuai dengan kalimat pertamabacaan tersebut, yaitu ”Budi Utomo(also Boedi Oetomo; ”Pure Endeavor”),founded in May 20, 1908, was . . . .”.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenasesuai dengan isi bacaan.

19. D. Pilihan jawaban (D) sesuai dengan isikeseluruhan bacaan yangmenjelaskan terjadinya KongresPemuda Indonesia pertama, kedua,sampai kongres yang menghasilkanSumpah Pemuda. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena hanya sebagaipendukung gagasan utama bacaan.

20. B. Kata ’it’ pada kalimat itu merupakankata ganti subjek dari subjek yangtelah disebutkan pada kalimatsebelumnya. Kalimat sebelumnyaadalah ”The first Indonesian youthcongress was held in Batavia in 1926,but produced no formal decisions.”.Jadi, jelas bahwa kata tersebutmengacu pada ”The first Indonesianyouth congress”. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)merupakan pelengkap dari kalimat itusendiri, sedangkan (C) dan (D) bukansubjek dari kalimat sebelumnyasehingga tidak dapat digantikan olehkata ’it’ tersebut.

21. C. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”InOctober 1928, the second Indonesianyouth congress was held . . . .” dan”In the third and final session, held atJalan Kramat Raya No, 126, onOctober 28 . . . .”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi bacaan.

22. B. Subjek kalimat itu adalah ’she’, makabentuk reflexsive pronoun-nya adalahherself. Kalimat soal itu artinya,”Kasihan gadis kecil itu. Dia berbicarasendiri dan sering tertawa.”.

23. C. Dalam percakapan tersebut ada duaperistiwa yang terjadi bersamaan,kegiatan belajar para siswa dan atapruang kelas yang runtuh. Atap runtuhterjadi lebih cepat daripada kegiatanbelajar. Oleh karena itu, kegiatan yangdilakukan anak-anak menggunakanbentuk past continuous tense (wereplaying), sedangkan atap ruang kelasyang runtuh dalam bentuk simple pasttense (happened).

24. D. Nissa dan Sari sedang makan eskrim. Mereka sangat menikmatinya.Jadi, es krim itu rasanya (taste) lezat.

292 UNIT 4 Recount

FREE!

We’ll see a Harry Potter moviethis afternoon:

in Sarah’s houseat 4:00 p.m.–end

Drink and snacks available!Please come!

We have a space alreadyreserved for you.

Best,Jane

25. D. Sesuai dengan isi teks, teks tersebutdisebut pesan lisan (a spokenmessage). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) yangartinya surat biasanya lebih panjangdaripada teks itu. Surat juga memilikibagian tanggal surat, orang yangdituju beserta alamatnya, isi surat,dan pengirim surat. Pilihan jawaban(B) yang artinya undangan biasanyaberisi orang yang dituju, isiundangan, pengundang. Pilihanjawaban (C) yang artinya peringatanbiasanya berupa kalimat perintahatau larangan.

26. B. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengankalimat kedua pesan tersebut, yaitu”She wanted to spend her day here.”.Kalimat itu artinya ”Dia ingin tinggal disini (rumah pembicara).”. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidaksesuai dengan isi pesan itu.

27. C. Pesta tersebut akan diselenggarakandi rumah keluarga Johnson di 4467Seedling Drive. Pilihan jawaban (A)dan (B) salah karena tidak tercantumdalam undangan itu. Pilihan jawaban(D) merupakan orang yang harusdihubungi untuk konfirmasikedatangan.

28. A. Kata ’treat’ yang sesuai dengankonteks itu bermakna ’menraktir’.Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah toentertain, (C) adalah to take care, dan(D) adalah to threat.

29. C. Berdasarkan isi undangan itu, pestaulang tahun Kim akandiselenggarakan pada tanggal13 Maret, pukul 6:30 petang (bukan6:30 pagi, pilihan jawaban (B)). Jadi,pilihan jawaban (C) benar. Pilihanjawaban (A) dan (D) tidak tepatkarena tidak menunjukkanketerangan waktu, tetapi merupakanketerangan tempat.

30. D. Pernyataan itu merupakan informasiagar tamu undangan memberitahukankepada Marie Salinger sebelumkedatangan mereka. Hal inimerupakan hal umum di negara barat.

B. Isian

1. When I phoned Jasmine, she was doingher homework.

2. Were you listening while Ms. Tantri wasexplaining the theory?

3. What were the people here doing whenthe volcano erupted?

4. When he computer suddenly went off, thesecretary was replying the e-mail.

5. While Bobby and Aswin were walkinghome from school, the policeman wasregulating the traffic.

C. Isian

1. herself2. himself3. yourself4. itself5. myself

D. Uraian

Contoh jawaban:

1. Rio, where’ve you been? Daddy is lookingfor you. He’s in the living room now.

2.


Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.


Ervina : Where are you going?Jessy : I want to give that beggar some money.Ervina : I don’t think you should give him money.

It will make him lazy, you know.Jessy : I don’t agree with you. We shouldn’t

ignore the poor.Ervina : I know, but he looks strong and

healthy enough. He can find a job.

1. Ervina said, “I don’t think you should givehim money.” What does it mean?A. She asks for Jessy’s opinion.B. She agrees with Jessy’s opinion.C. She tells her idea about something.D. She expresses her opinion about what

Jessy will do.Jawaban: DUcapan Ervina berarti ”Saya kira kamutidak perlu memberinya uang.”. Berdasar-kan maknanya, ungkapan ini digunakanuntuk memberikan pendapat. Jadi,berdasarkan konteks percakapan tersebut,Ervina mengungkapkan pendapatnyatentang tindakan Jessy yang akan memberiuang kepada seorang pengemis laki-laki.

2. “We shouldn’t ignore the poor.” The underlinedword can be replaced by ________.A. care B. neglectC. feel angry with D. relieveJawaban: BKata ’ignore’ artinya ’mengabaikan’. Kataini bersinonim dengan kata neglect yangberarti mengabaikan atau melalaikan.Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya memberiperhatian/peduli, (C) artinya marahdengan, dan (D) artinya merasa legaatau bebas dari beban berat.

3. “It will make him lazy, you know.” Theopposite meaning of ‘lazy’ is ________.A. naughty B. carefulC. stubborn D. diligent

Jawaban: DKata ’lazy’ artinya ’malas’. Kata iniberlawanan makna dengan kata ’diligent’yang artinya rajin. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Naughty artinya nakal, carefulartinya berhati-hati, dan stubborn artinyakeras kepala.

4. Utti : Wow! Look at you! ________Widda : Do I? Thanks. A. How terrible!B. Are you sure?C. You look pretty.D. Of course.Jawaban: CUngkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapipercakapan adalah ungkapan memberikanpujian (compliment) karena sesuai denganungkapan selanjutnya yang diucapkanWidda, yaitu ”Do I? Thanks.” yang artinya”Benarkah? Terima kasih.”.

5. Wanda : Ugh! It’s very hot inside here.________

Nindya : Sure. I’ll get it open.A. Could you open the window, please?B. What can I do to help you?C. It seems you’re in trouble.D. Close the door, will you?Jawaban: AKonteks percakapan disimpulkan darikalimat yang diucapkan Wanda yangartinya ”Ugh! Di ruangan ini terasa panas.”dan frasa kunci dari respons Nindya, yaitu’open it’ yang artinya ’membukanya’. Jadi,ungkapan permintaan yang tepat diucapkanWanda adalah permintaan untukmembukakan jendela dengan berkata,”Could you open the window, please?”.


Regal : Mother will have her birthday nextweek. (6) ________

Ari : Er . . . . let’s give her a blouse, batikblouse. What do you think?

294 Latihan Ulangan Semester

Regal : (7) ________ Batik blouse must beso expensive that we can’t afford it.

Ari : Well, my friend’s parents have a batikshop. She told me that there were somebeautiful ones with reasonable prices.

Regal : Really? O.K., let’s go there.Ari : (8) ________

6. A. Do you agree with my idea?B. Would you like to come?C. Do you have any idea?D. That couldn’t be right.Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban (C) benar karena sesuaidengan kalimat respons yang diucapkanAri, ”Er . . . let’s give her a blouse, batikblouse.” yang artinya ”Er . . . ayo kitabelikan ibu blus, blus batik.”. Kalimattersebut merupakan ungkapan memberipendapat. Jadi, ucapan Regal yang sesuaiadalah ungkapan meminta pendapat ataugagasan (asking for an opinion), yaituDo you have any idea?

7. A. I don’t agree. B. Good idea!C. Brilliant! D. Of course.Jawaban: APilihan jawaban (A) benar karena sesuaidengan ucapan Ari sebelumnya, ”Er . . .let’s give her a blouse, batik blouse. Whatdo you think?” yang artinya ”Er . . . ayo kitabelikan ibu blus, blus batik. Bagaimanamenurutmu?”. Ungkapan ini digunakanuntuk meminta persetujuan atas ide yangtelah dilontarkannya. Regal pun meng-ungkapkan ketidaksetujuannya (I don’tagree) dengan disertai alasan bahwa”Batik blouse must be so expensive thatwe can’t afford it.” yang artinya ”Blus batikpasti sangat mahal sehingga kita tidakmampu membelinya.”.

8. A. Wait! B. Thanks.C. Let’s go. D. See you.Jawaban: CKalimat yang tepat diucapkan Ari untukmerespons kalimat ajakan Regal, ”O.K.,let’s go there.” yang artinya ”O.K., ayo kitapergi ke sana.”, adalah Let’s go yangartinya ayo pergi. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah karena tidak sesuai dengankonteks percakapan.


Mr. Rianto : There will be a gathering in myhouse this evening. (9) ________

Mr. Yoyok : Who will go to there?Mr. Rianto : Mr. Roger, Mr. Smith, Mr. Dewa

and Mr. Soni have confirmed.Mr. Yoyok : (10) ________ I have already had

an appointment with my children.Mr. Rianto : (11) ________ But maybe some

other time.

9. A. I don’t know.B. Will you join us?C. When will it be?D. It must be fun.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban (B) artinya ”BersediakahAnda bergabung dengan kami?”.Ungkapan ini digunakan untuk meng-undang atau mengajak. Jawaban inisesuai dengan ucapan Pak Yoyok,”Who will go to there?” yang artinya”Siapa saja yang akan datang?”.

10. A. Thank you for your offer.B. I’ll be there, I promise.C. How can I get there?D. I’d love to, but I can’t.Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban (D) artinya ”Saya ingindatang, tetapi saya tidak bisa.”. Ungkapanini digunakan untuk menolak undanganatau ajakan. Jawaban ini sesuai denganucapan Pak Yoyok berikutnya ”I havealready had an appointment with mychildren.” yang artinya ”Saya sudahmempunyai janji dengan anak-anaksaya.”.

11. A. It would be more fun if you were there.B. I hope it won’t bother you.C. I’m happy hearing from you.D. Is that O.K.?Jawaban: AUcapan Pak Rianto di akhir percakapanmerupakan respons atas ucapan PakYoyok sebelumnya. Jadi, dia merasamenyesal karena Pak Yoyok tidak dapatdatang dalam acara kumpul-kumpultersebut.


Read the dialog and answer questions12 to 14.Mr. Romeo : Excuse me. Do you know where

a phone kiosk is?Beni : Yes. It’s not far, just drive on until

you reach a crossroad. It is at thecorner, a small shop with green wall.

12. Who are talking in the dialog?A. Students. B. Two strangers.C. Father and son. D. Two boys.Jawaban: BBerdasarkan tokoh-tokoh yang terlibatdalam percakapan tersebut, jelas bahwayang berbicara adalah dua orang yangbelum saling mengenal (two strangers).

13. “It is at the corner, a small shop with greenwall.” The word ‘it’ refers to ________.A. a kiosk B. a crossroadC. a phone kiosk D. a small shopJawaban: CKata ’it’ tersebut merupakan kata ganti darikata benda yang telah disebutkansebelumnya (benda/tempat yang dicariPak Romeo). Jadi, kata itu mengacu padaa phone kiosk.

14. What did Mr. Romeo say to ask for help?A. Where is it?B. Excuse me.C. Do you know where a phone kiosk is?D. You’re welcome.Jawaban: CDalam percakapan tersebut tampak bahwaPak Romeo mencari kios telepon. Pilihanjawaban (C) yang artinya ”Tahukah Andaletak kios telepon?” menunjukkan bahwaPak Romeo meminta bantuan Beni untukmenunjukkan letak suatu tempat, dalamhal ini kios telepon.


15. When will the party be held?A. In the morning. B. In the evening.C. At midnight. D. At noon.Jawaban: BSesuai undangan tersebut, pesta akandiselenggarakan pada pukul 7 petang(at 7 p.m.) atau in the evening.

16. Peter was born in ________.A. 1996 B. 1997C. 1998 D. 1999

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: DPesta yang diselenggarakan pada Sabtu,11 Januari 2009 itu untuk merayakan ulangtahun Peter yang ke-10. Itu berarti Peterlahir pada tahun 1999 (2009 – 10 = 1999).

17. What is the text about?A. An opinion about a birthday party.B. An invitation to a birthday party.C. A wish for a birthday person.D. Information about a party.Jawaban: BBerdasarkan kalimat ”Please come andgather at my house to have a nice party. . . .” yang artinya ”Silakan datang danberkumpul di rumahku dalam sebuahpesta yang menyenangkan . . . .” dankalimat ”I will be 10.” yang artinya ”Sayaakan berusia (berulang tahun yang ke-)10 tahun.”, teks tersebut tentangundangan ke sebuah pesta ulang tahun(an invitation to a birthday party).

Read the dialog and answer questions 18 to 20.Rowan : I love to have lunch here. It’s clean

and the price is very reasonable.Jimmy : One more thing, the food is really tasty.Rowan : You’re right.

18. The dialog takes place ________.A. at home B. in the classroomC. at the bus stop D. in the canteenJawaban: DRowan dan Jimmy berbicara tentang suatutempat yang mereka pilih untuk makansiang. Tempat itu bersih, harga makananmurah, dan masakannya lezat. Berdasar-kan pilihan jawaban yang ada, dapatdipastikan mereka bercakap-cakapdi sebuah kantin (in the canteen), bukan (A)di rumah, (B) di kelas, atau (C) di halte bus.

Hi, my friends!For a long time, I have been waiting

for my special day.Finally, it is coming. I will be 10.

Please come and gather at my houseto have a nice party at 7 p.m.Saturday, January 11, 2009

Peter’s home: 116 West 60 Street.


Wales, Anne, Andrew and Edward. She isthe first monarch to send her children toboarding schools in order to remove themfrom the ever-probing media. She hasa strong sense of duty and diligence. Herknowledge of current situations and trendsis up to date. She possesses a sense ofhumor rarely exhibited in public wherea dignified presence is her goal.

22. The text is about ________.A. CharlesB. AndrewC. Elizabeth IID. Prince MountbartenJawaban: CTeks tersebut menceritakan Elizabeth II,yaitu tentang tanggal kelahiran, keluarga,dan sifatnya.

23. Elizabeth II was ________ years old in2007.A. 80 B. 81C. 90 D. 91Jawaban: BElizabeth II lahir pada tahun 1926. Jadi,pada tahun 2007 dia berusia 81 tahun(2007 – 1926 = 81).

24. Anne is one of the ________ of George VI.A. sons B. daughtersC. grandsons D. granddaughtersJawaban: DMenurut teks tersebut Elizabeth II adalahanak perempuan George VI. Elizabeth IImempunyai anak Charles, Prince ofWales, Anne, Andrew, dan Edward. Jadi,Anne adalah salah satu cucu perempuan(one of the granddaughters) George VI.

25. “She possesses a sense of humorrarely exhibited . . . .”The underlined word means ________.A. hidden B. shownC. found D. given

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: BKata ’exhibited’ artinya ’dipamerkan’ atau’ditunjukkan’. Kata ini mempunyai maknasama dengan kata shown. Hidden artinyadisembunyikan, found artinya ditemukan,dan given artinya diberikan.

19. What are the speakers doing?A. Studying. B. Taking a rest.C. Having fun. D. Having lunch.Jawaban: DDalam percakapan, kedua tokohmembicarakan tentang tempat merekamakan dan makanannya yang lezat. Jadi,percakapan tersebut terjadi saat merekasedang makan, yaitu makan siang (to havelunch). Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimatpertama, ”I love to have lunch here.”yang artinya ”Saya suka makan siangdi tempat ini.”.

20. “One more thing, the food is really tasty.” Theword ‘tasty’ has a similar meaning to ________.A. sweet B. staleC. hot and spicy D. deliciousJawaban: DKata ’tasty’ dan ’delicious’ mempunyai artiyang sama, yaitu lezat atau nikmat. Sweetartinya manis, stale artinya basi, dan hotand spicy artinya pedas.

21. Father : Where were you when UncleNolan came? He was outside formore than an hour.

Agung : I’m sorry, Dad. I ________ myreport paper when Uncle came.I didn’t hear he knocked at the door.

A. typed B. was typingC. have typed D. typeJawaban: BUcapan Agung menjelaskan bahwa adadua peristiwa yang terjadi pada masalampau, yaitu dia mengetik laporantugasnya dan Paman Nolan mengetukpintu. Berdasarkan pola the pastcontinuous tense, peristiwa yangmemerlukan waktu lebih lamamenggunakan bentuk to be (was/were) +V-ing. Peristiwa mengetik memerlukanwaktu lebih lama dibandingkan denganmengetuk pintu sehingga mengetikberpola (was/were) + V-ing.


Elizabeth II, born on April 21, 1926,is the eldest daughter of George VI andElizabeth Bowes-Lyon. She married PhilipMountbarten, a distant cousin, in 1947; thepair has four children: Charles, Prince of


26. Yesterday I didn’t go to the meeting.I ________ my mother cook in thekitchen. She was busy preparing for mysister’s seventeenth birthday party.A. helpB. am helpingC. will helpD. helped

Ujian Nasional 2006/2007Jawaban: DKeterangan waktu dalam kalimat tersebutadalah ’yesterday’. Itu berarti kalimattersebut berbentuk the simple past tense.Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapikalimat tersebut adalah helped. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) berbentuk the simple present tense,(B) salah karena berbentuk the presentcontinuous tense, dan (C) berbentuk thesimple future tense.


28. The writer uses Ardi’s bicycle because________.A. he has lost his bikeB. his leg is brokenC. his own bike is brokenD. he doesn’t have a bike

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: CPilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimatkedua dalam pesan tersebut, yang artinya”Sepeda saya rusak.”. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena tidak sesuaidengan isi pesan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya dia kehilangan sepedanya,(B) artinya kakinya patah, dan (D) artinyadia tidak memiliki sepeda.

Read the following text and answer questions29 to 31.

27. The purpose of the text is ________.A. to tell Ardi that Leo uses his bikeB. to ask Ardi to use Leo’s bikeC. to tell Leo that Ardi uses his bikeD. to ask for clarification about a bikeJawaban: ATeks soal tersebut merupakan pesansingkat/pendek (short message). Pesantersebut artinya ”Ardi, saya memakaisepedamu. Sepeda saya rusak. Jangankhawatir. Semua akan baik-baik saja.Terima kasih.”. Kesimpulannya, tekstersebut berisi pemberitahuan kepada Ardibahwa Leo meminjam sepedanya. Pilihanjawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(B) artinya meminta Ardi menggunakansepeda Leo, (C) artinya memberi tahu Leobahwa Ardi menggunakan sepedanya, dan(D) artinya meminta klarifikasi tentangsebuah sepeda.

GoodInk–Professional Quality Refill InkBC-02/BX-2 (Black)Refill ink for CANONBJ-10E/10EX/20/200/230BJC-210S/210SP/240/255SP/265SP• Tap the top of the inkbottle, so no ink

remains at the top portion. With push pin,puncture a hole at the top of the inkbottle.

• To preserve unused ink, insert the pin intothe top of the bottle to avoid it become dry.

• Store the inkbottle in dry, cool, darkplaces.

Adapted from: NuInk-Professional Quality Refill Ink

29. Which statement is NOT TRUE based onthe above text?A. The color of the refill ink is black.B. The refill ink is usable for any type of

printers.C. Keep the unused ink in dry, cool, dark

places.D. Keep the refill ink wet all the time.Jawaban: BPilihan jawaban yang salah (not true)adalah (B) yang artinya tinta isi ulangdapat digunakan untuk tipe printer apapun. Hal ini bertentangan denganinformasi dalam teks tersebut bahwa tintaisi ulang ini hanya diperuntukkan untukprinter tipe BJ-10E/10EX/20/200/230,BJC-210S/210SP/240/255SP/265SP.

Ardi, I use your bike. Mine is broken.Don’t worry. Everything will be all right.Thanks.

Leo


Medan, May 4, 2008Medan, May 4, 2008Medan, May 4, 2008Medan, May 4, 2008Medan, May 4, 2008

Dear Egar,Dear Egar,Dear Egar,Dear Egar,Dear Egar,I am very sorry for this late reply. I have justI am very sorry for this late reply. I have justI am very sorry for this late reply. I have justI am very sorry for this late reply. I have justI am very sorry for this late reply. I have just

returned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, butreturned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, butreturned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, butreturned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, butreturned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, butI did not really enjoy my stay there. Things have changed.I did not really enjoy my stay there. Things have changed.I did not really enjoy my stay there. Things have changed.I did not really enjoy my stay there. Things have changed.I did not really enjoy my stay there. Things have changed.

When I was a child, I used to swim and go fishingWhen I was a child, I used to swim and go fishingWhen I was a child, I used to swim and go fishingWhen I was a child, I used to swim and go fishingWhen I was a child, I used to swim and go fishingwith my brother and my friends in the river near mywith my brother and my friends in the river near mywith my brother and my friends in the river near mywith my brother and my friends in the river near mywith my brother and my friends in the river near myhouse. I liked the river because the water was clear andhouse. I liked the river because the water was clear andhouse. I liked the river because the water was clear andhouse. I liked the river because the water was clear andhouse. I liked the river because the water was clear andthere were a lot of fish in it.there were a lot of fish in it.there were a lot of fish in it.there were a lot of fish in it.there were a lot of fish in it.

Now, the river is full of garbage and the water isNow, the river is full of garbage and the water isNow, the river is full of garbage and the water isNow, the river is full of garbage and the water isNow, the river is full of garbage and the water isturbid. The fish are gone and the area around the river isturbid. The fish are gone and the area around the river isturbid. The fish are gone and the area around the river isturbid. The fish are gone and the area around the river isturbid. The fish are gone and the area around the river isdirty. There are no children swimming and fishing in thedirty. There are no children swimming and fishing in thedirty. There are no children swimming and fishing in thedirty. There are no children swimming and fishing in thedirty. There are no children swimming and fishing in theriver because the water is ominous. The chemical wasteriver because the water is ominous. The chemical wasteriver because the water is ominous. The chemical wasteriver because the water is ominous. The chemical wasteriver because the water is ominous. The chemical wastefrom the factories makes it poisonous.from the factories makes it poisonous.from the factories makes it poisonous.from the factories makes it poisonous.from the factories makes it poisonous.

The condition of the river makes me sad. What aboutThe condition of the river makes me sad. What aboutThe condition of the river makes me sad. What aboutThe condition of the river makes me sad. What aboutThe condition of the river makes me sad. What aboutyour hometown? Do you have the same problem? That’syour hometown? Do you have the same problem? That’syour hometown? Do you have the same problem? That’syour hometown? Do you have the same problem? That’syour hometown? Do you have the same problem? That’sall. I have to study for the coming semester exam. Pleaseall. I have to study for the coming semester exam. Pleaseall. I have to study for the coming semester exam. Pleaseall. I have to study for the coming semester exam. Pleaseall. I have to study for the coming semester exam. Pleasereply soon.reply soon.reply soon.reply soon.reply soon.

Yours,Yours,Yours,Yours,Yours,ZakiZakiZakiZakiZaki

Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenasesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)yang artinya tinta isi ulang ini berwarnahitam sesuai dengan jenis tinta itu, yaituBC-03/BX-3 (Black). Pilihan jawaban(C) yang artinya simpan tinta sisa ditempat yang kering, sejuk, dan gelapsesuai dengan kalimat ”Store the inkbottlein dry, cool, dark places.”. Pilihan jawaban(D) yang artinya jaga supaya tinta tetapbasah sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . to avoidit (refill ink) become dry.”.

30. What will happen if you store the refill inkbottle under the direct sunlight?A. The ink will be dried.B. The ink keeps wet.C. The ink will last long.D. The color of the ink will change.Jawaban: ABerdasarkan kalimat terakhir ”Store theinkbottle in dry, cool, dark places.” yangartinya ”Simpan botol tinta di tempatkering, sejuk, dan gelap.” dan isi tintaulang (refill ink) merupakan benda cair,maka tujuan botol tinta tidak disimpan ditempat yang terkena sinar mataharilangsung adalah supaya tinta tidakmenjadi kering. Dengan kata lain, apabilabotol tinta disimpan di tempat terkena sinarmatahari langsung (under the directsunlight), tinta akan menjadi kering (it willbe dry). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya tinta tetapbasah, (C) artinya tinta akan bertahanlama, dan (D) artinya warna tinta akanberubah.

31. “To preserve unused ink, . . . .” The similarmeaning of the underlined word is ________.A. protectB. destroyC. ruinD. neglectJawaban: AKata ’preserve’ mempunyai arti yang samadengan kata ’protect’, yaitu ’melindungi’.Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Destroyartinya menghancurkan, ruin artinyameruntuhkan, dan neglect artinyamengabaikan.


32. The writer’s purpose of writing thisletter is to tell his friend about his________ concerning the river in hishometown.A. happiness B. amazementC. entertainment D. disappointmentJawaban: DDalam surat itu, Zaki menjelaskan bahwadia meminta maaf karena baru bisamembalas surat itu. Dia baru saja pulangkampung. Selanjutnya, dia menceritakankekecewaannya (disappointment) karenakeadaan kampungnya telah berubahmenjadi lebih buruk dibandingkan ketikaZaki masih kecil. Jadi, pilihan jawabanyang benar adalah (D). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) happiness artinya kebahagiaan,(B) amazement artinya rasa kagum,dan (C) entertainment artinya hiburan.

33. The letter shows that the condition ofZaki’s hometown on May 4, 2008 was________ than it was when he wasa child.A. cleaner B. biggerC. worse D. better


Jawaban: CKata ’worse’ artinya ’lebih buruk’. Pilihanjawaban ini sesuai dengan penjelasan Zakiyang ditulis dalam surat itu, misalnyasungai itu kotor dan airnya keruh, ikannyalenyap, dan lingkungan di sekitar sungaikotor. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (A) cleaner artinya lebihbersih, (B) bigger artinya lebih besar, dan(D) better artinya lebih baik.

34. Where did Zaki write the letter?In the/his ________.A. river B. villageC. hometown D. boarding room

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: DPilihan jawaban ini tidak secara jelasatau eksplisit disebutkan pada surat itu.Jawaban ini dapat disimpulkan berdasar-kan fakta bahwa Zaki baru saja pulangkampung. Itu berarti pilihan jawaban(C) kurang tepat. Demikian pula denganpilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) yang mengacupada kondisi kampung Zaki. Jadi, pilihanjawaban yang paling tepat dari keempatpilihan jawaban itu adalah (D) yang artinyadi kamar kosnya.

35. What is the main idea of paragraph 3?A. The condition of the river now.B. Zaki’s childhood.C. Zaki and his friends.D. Zaki’s hometown.Jawaban: AParagraf tiga menjelaskan kondisi sungaisekarang (the condition of the river now),yaitu penuh dengan sampah dan keruh,tidak ada ikan dan daerah sekitar sungaikotor, serta air sungai beracun oleh limbahpabrik. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salahkarena bukan isi paragraf tiga.

36. Eny : I suggest that we raise money forour trip. So, we don’t have to askfor money from our parents.

Kiki : ________.Eny : Great! Now, let’s think about

what to do next.A. I agree B. I disagreeC. No way D. I don’t know


Jawaban: AUngkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapipercakapan adalah ungkapan meresponspendapat. Ungkapan tersebut dijawabdengan kalimat ”Great! Now, let’s thinkabout what to do next.” yang artinya”Bagus! Sekarang ayo kita pikirkanlangkah selanjutnya.”. Karena responsbernada positif, ungkapan yang tepatadalah ungkapan yang menyatakanpersetujuan. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yangtepat adalah (A) yang artinya saya setuju.

This paragraph is for questions 37 to 39.Some people have trips planned by

travel agents who give out information about________ (37). The agents talk with theirclients to find out how to travel, what kindsof places to visit, and how much money to________ (38). The agents will buy thenecessary tickets and make ________ (39).This service is free for the travelers.

37. A. going B. travelingC. staying D. leavingJawaban: BKata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimatsoal adalah (B) traveling yang artinyaperjalanan. Jawaban ini dapat disimpulkandari kata ’trips’ (perjalanan) dan frasa ’travelagents’ (agen perjalanan). Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) goingyang artinya pergi, (C) staying yang artinyatinggal/menetap, dan (D) leaving yangartinya meninggalkan, salah karena tidaksesuai dengan konteks bacaan.

38. A. save B. wasteC. spend D. borrowJawaban: CPilihan jawaban (C) spend benar karenadapat melengkapi kalimat soal, yangmenyatakan berapa banyak uang yangdikeluarkan (how much money to spend).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihanjawaban (A) save artinya ditabung,(B) waste artinya dihamburkan (uang),dan (D) borrow artinya dipinjam, tidakcocok dengan konteks.

39. A. cancelation B. transportationC. reservations D. accomodation



Jawaban: CPasangan kata (collocation) yang tepatmenggunakan kata kerja make adalahcancelation (pembatalan) dan reservations(pemesanan), sehingga pilihan jawaban(B) transportation dan (D) accomodationsalah. Secara logika kalimat, kata yangtepat adalah (C) reservations karena tugasagen perjalanan adalah menyediakansemua fasilitas yang diperlukan olehpeserta tour, antara lain menyiapkantiket dan memesan tempat, termasukhotel (reservations). Pilihan jawaban (A)cancelation tidak cocok dalam konteksini. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benaradalah (C).

40. in – your – the – best – speech – on – 1 2 3 4 5 6

congratulations – contest – performance! 7 8 9

The proper arrangement of the sentencesis ________.

A. 7–1–3–5–8–6–2–9–4B. 7–4–9–1–2–3–5–6–8C. 7–6–2–4–9–1–3–5–8D. 7–6–3–5–8–1–2–4–9

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: CSusunan kata pada pilihan jawaban (C)akan membentuk kalimat yang padu,sebagai berikut: (7) Congratulations (6) on(2) your (4) best (9) performance (1) in (3)the (5) speech (8) contest! yang artinyaselamat atas penampilan terbaikmu padalomba pidato! Susunan kata pada pilihanjawaban yang lain salah karena tidakmembentuk kalimat yang padu.


Vanessa Mae Vanakorn Nicholson isa musician. She is only nineteen years old,but she is a world-famous violinist. Whenshe plays classical violin concertos on herelectric violin, the world listens.

Vanessa Mae is Thai-Chinese. Hermother is Chinese and her father is Thai.She is from Singapore, but she now lives inLondon with her mother and her Englishstepfather. She’s got cousins, aunts, uncles

and grandparents in Thailand, Singapore,China and England.

Adapted from: Snapshot, Starter page 46

41. What is the text about?A. A violinist. B. A musician.C. A pianist. D. An artist.Jawaban: AJawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimatkedua paragraf satu, ”She is onlynineteen years old, but she is a world-famous violinist.” yang artinya ”Dia baruberusia sembilan belas tahun, tetapi diaadalah seorang pemain biola yangterkenal.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya seorangpemusik (terlalu umum), (C) artinya orangyang ahli main piano, dan (D) artinyapekerja seni.

42. Vanessa plays violin ________.A. badly B. carefullyC. classically D. wonderfullyJawaban: DDalam paragraf satu terdapat kalimat”When she plays classical violin concertoson her electric violin, the world listens.”yang artinya ”Ketika dia memainkan biolaelektriknya di konser-konser biola klasik,dunia mendengarkan.”. Klausa ”the worldlistens” menunjukkan bahwa Vanessabermain dengan sangat menakjubkan(wonderfully). Pilihan jawaban yang lainsalah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya denganburuk, (B) artinya dengan hati-hati, dan(C) artinya secara klasik.

43. From the text we know that people________.A. in the world are interested in all

violinistsB. like to listen to Vanessa playing

violinC. are eager to play violin with VanessaD. play the violin very well in a concertJawaban: BHal itu dapat disimpulkan dari kalimatketiga paragraf satu, ”When she playsclassical violin concertos on her electricviolin, the world listens.”. Pilihan jawaban(A) dan (C) salah karena tidak sesuai


dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (D) salahkarena Vanessa bermain biola denganbagus tidak hanya dalam satu konser,tetapi di berbagai konser.

44. “. . ., but she now lives in London withher mother and her English stepfather.”(Paragraph 2) The word ‘stepfather’means a male who’s married to ________.A. one’s aunt B. one’s sisterC. one’s mother D. one’s daughter

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008Jawaban: CKata ’stepfather’ artinya ’ayah tiri’. Ituberarti seorang laki-laki yang menikahdengan ibu seseorang (one’s mother).Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karenatidak sesuai dengan makna kata tersebut.

45. What is the purpose of the text?A. To tell past events.B. To entertain the readers.C. To describe a certain person.D. To tell how to be a good and famous

musician.Jawaban: CTeks tersebut mendeskripsikan seseorang,yaitu Vannesa Mae, tentang permainanpianonya dan keluarganya. Dengandemikian, teks ini berbentuk descriptiveyang bertujuan untuk mendeskripsikanseseorang (to describe a certain person).Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah tujuan teksrecount, (B) adalah tujuan teks narrative,dan (D) adalah tujuan teks procedure.


Attention, please.The Rajawali Airlines flight number RA 337to Denpasar, Bali will take off in thirtyminutes. To all passengers, please proceedto Gate 6 immediately. Thank you.

46. “ . . . will take off in thirty minutes.” Whatdoes the underlined word mean?A. Depart. B. Leave.C. Get off. D. Switch off.Jawaban: AKata ’take off’ artinya ’tinggal landas’. Katayang memiliki makna sama dengan katatersebut adalah depart yang artinya

berangkat. Leave dan get off artinyameninggalkan atau pergi, sedangkanswitch off artinya mematikan.

47. Which is NOT TRUE based on the text?A. The flight destination is Bali.B. The passengers have plenty of time

before boarding.C. The passengers have to go through

Gate 6 to board the plane.D. The announcement is announced

before the plane takes off.Jawaban: BJawaban yang benar untuk soal iniadalah yang bertentangan dengan isipengumuman. Berdasarkan pengumumantersebut, pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinyapesawat tersebut akan menuju Bali benar,sesuai dengan frasa ’flight number RA 337to Denpasar, Bali’; pilihan jawaban (C)yang artinya para penumpang pesawatharus menuju Gate 6 untuk masuk kepesawat (boarding) benar, sesuai dengankalimat ”To all passengers, please proceedto Gate 6 immediately.”; dan pilihanjawaban (D) yang artinya pengumuman inidiumumkan sebelum pesawat lepaslandas (take off) sesuai dengan isipengumuman yang memberitahukanbahwa pesawat baru akan berangkatsetengah jam lagi. Jadi, pilihan jawaban(B) yang artinya para penumpang masihmempunyai banyak waktu sebelum masukke pesawat benar karena bertentangandengan isi kalimat terakhir yang memintapara penumpang segera (immediately)masuk ke pesawat.

48. The text tells about flight ________.A. delayB. cancelationC. departureD. informationJawaban: CIsi pengumuman tersebut tentangkeberangkatan pesawat (flight departure).Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teksyang berarti ”Pesawat Rajawali Airlinesnomor penerbangan RA 337 dengantujuan Denpasar, Bali akan lepas landasdalam 30 menit ke depan.”. Pilihan


jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban(A) artinya penundaan penerbangan,(B) artinya pembatalan penerbangan, dan(D) artinya informasi penerbangan (terlaluumum).

49. Formerly the farmers used animalwaste or compost to fertilize their ricefields. But nowadays they ________artificial fertilizer.A. have used B. are usingC. was using D. would use

Ujian Nasional 2005/2006Jawaban: BKata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimatadalah (B) are using. Hal itu dapatdisimpulkan berdasarkan keteranganwaktu nowadays. Keterangan waktutersebut menunjukkan the presentcontinuous tense. Pilihan jawaban yanglain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) berbentukthe present perfect tense, (C) berbentukthe past continuous tense, dan(D) berbentuk the past future tense.

50. Dea : I went to Mira’s house last night,but ________ was there.

Indra: She and her family went to Bandung.A. everybody B. nobodyC. anybody D. somebodyJawaban: BDea mengatakan bahwa tadi malam diapergi ke rumah Mira. Berdasarkan kalimatIndra yang artinya ”Dia dan keluarganyapergi ke Bandung.”, dapat dipastikanbahwa dia tidak bertemu siapa pun(nobody), termasuk Mira. Pilihan jawabanyang lain salah karena menunjukkanbahwa ada orang di rumah Mira saat Deake sana. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya setiaporang, (C) artinya siapa pun/seseorang,dan (D) artinya seseorang.

Reading Materials

Unit 1 Descriptive

Text 1

Carl RogersCarl Rogers is a train conductor.He has worked on the railroad for 28 years. It has been a good job because he likes people.Carl is very helpful and tries to make the passengers comfortable. He often stops to chat

with the passengers.His work is interesting because he travels to many different places.

Source: Easy Does It

Text 2

TapirI saw a strange animal in the safari park. It is a tapir. It belongs to Asian tapirs.The tapir is black at the front and white at the back. It has four toes on the front feet and

three behind. It also bears a pronounced, beak-shaped trunk.The tapir lies-up during the day in dense undergrowth (often close to a river or stream).

Its coloring serves to confuse predators, like tigers, when it is active, at night. Although, unlikerhinos, the tapir does not wallow in mud baths, it is fond of water and is an excellent swimmer.This animal will often take to a river if pursued and spend most of its daylight time there,especially when the sun shines so brightly.

Adapted from: www.kerinci.org/ff09.html (May 10, 2006)

Text 3

MalaysiaMalaysia is a country where many races live side by side. Like Singapore, there are Malays,

Chinese and Indians. The majority of the people are Muslims. They speak Bahasa Melayu. TheChinese make up a third of population. About ten per cent of the population are Indians. Theremaining population is made up of Sikhs, Eurasians and tribal people.

The musical instrument most commonly used in the local music is the gendang or drum.They also use flutes, trumpets and gongs. The Malaysians have their own art forms such asshadow-puppets and silat, a form of martial art. The local food includes satay, fried soybean curdin peanut sauce and tamarind fish curry.

Source: Primary English Cloze Passages 4

Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusunkalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, danmengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.


304 Reading Materials

Text 4

Mount Leuser National ParkMount Leuser National Park is most distinguished as the home of the orang utan, a highly

endangered and extremely intelligent primate.The park has two distinct orang utan reserves within its boundaries, Bohorok and Ketambe,

both of which serve to rehabilitate animals back into the wild after they have lived in captivity.Orang utans are not the only interesting mammals to grace Mount Leuser National Park.

Its whopping 10,000 square kilometers also provide protected habitat for the Sumatran rhinos,along with elephants and tigers. Overall, one can see 320 species of bird, 176 kinds ofmammals, 194 reptile species and 52 species of amphibian. Plant life is even more diverse:over one half all plant species on Sumatra can be found in the forests of Mount Leuser.

Source: http://www.geographia.com/indonesia/indono02.htm (June 26, 2006)

Text 5

The Sea EagleThere is an eagle nesting on the tree top near my grandparent’s house in Pangandaran.

It was a sea eagle.The color of its feathers is light brown. It has a strong and sharp yellowish beak. Its claws

are very sharp. It hunts for fish in the sea, but sometimes it hunts chickens and small birds. It iseasy to recognize because it has a strong a streamlined, sharp beak and a stream-line body.

Its forelimbs (or arms) serve as wings. This means that they are of little use for anythingexcept flying. It walks on two legs and has a very flexible neck and strong beak to handle foods,to care for its feathers, and for many other jobs that non-flying animals do with paws, claws orhands on their forelimbs.


Text 6

The Smiths’ HouseMr. Smith’s house has got four bedrooms, a living-room, a diningroom, a kitchen,

a bathroom and a separate toilet. There is a toilet in the bathroom too. The bedrooms and thebathroom are upstairs, and the living room, the dining room, the kitchen and the toilet aredownstairs. The first bedroom is Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s, the second one is John’s, the third one isMary’s and the fourth one is Anne’s. Catherine’s baby bed is in Anne’s bedroom too.

When you enter Mr. Smith’s house, the room on your left is the living room and the room onyour right is the dining room. Where is the kitchen? It is behind the dining room. And where isthe toilet? It is straight on, in front of you.

There is a garden behind the house, but it is not big. Is there a garden in front of the housetoo? Yes, there is, but it is very small.

When you go upstairs, Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s bedroom is on your left. The bedroom on your rightis John’s and the bathroom is between his bedroom and Mary’s. Anne’s bedroom is behind Mary’s.

There is a big bed and two big wardrobes in Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s bedroom. In John’s roomthere is a small bed and a wardrobe. John and Mary’s beds are big, but Anne’s is small. Mary’swardrobe is bigger than John’s. Anne’s room has got blue walls, and there are white ships andgreen islands on them, because it is a child’s bedroom. John’s bedroom has got white walls andMary’s has got gray walls. John has got pictures of horses on his walls, and Mary has gotpictures of beautiful clothes.

Source: http://www.edu.ge.ch/cptic/prospective/projets/anglais/exercises/TheHouse.htm (January 30, 2007)


Text 7

Kiskendo CaveSome 35 kilometers at northwest side of Yogyakarta, on a hill at the northern side of Kulon

Progo Regency, a small fine asphalt road leads to Kiskendo Cave. Only a small kind offour-wheeled vehicles can reach the cave. Those who visit the cave with a bus must leave thevehicle at Niten Village, close to Giri Mulyo sub-district office, about 8 kilometres from the cave.

On the way to the cave, visitors may enjoy the charming scenery along the winding road.Valleys, green farmland, and simple rural traditional houses reflect the traditional atmosphere inwhich the people live. Entering the Kiskendo Cave, visitors will be greeted by wonderfulstalactites and stalagmites like limestone do mostly have. According to the legend, the naturalshape of the cave was once the palace of two giants by the names of Mahesa Suro and LembuSuro who were defeated by Subali as portrayed in the relief at the front of the cave.

Source: http://www.jogjatravel.com/natural.html (March 7, 2007)

Text 8

Petronas Twin TowersThe Petronas Twin Towers (also known as the Petronas Towers), in Kuala Lumpur,

Malaysia, were once the world’s tallest buildings when measured from the level of the mainentrance to the structural or architectural top. The towers are also the tallest twin towers in theworld, and they lay claim to being the world’s tallest high rise of the 20th century.

These towers, designed by architect César Pelli, were completed in 1998 and became thetallest buildings in the world on the date of completion. The 88-floor towers are constructedlargely of reinforced concrete, with a steel and glass facade designed to resemble motifs foundin Islamic art, a reflection of Malaysia’s Muslim religion. They were built on the site of KualaLumpur’s race track. Because of the depth of the bedrock, the buildings were built on the world’sdeepest foundations, around 120-meter deep.

Tower One is fully occupied by the Petronas Company and a number of its subsidiaries andassociate companies. The office spaces in Tower Two are mostly available for lease to othercompanies. A number of companies have offices in Tower Two, including Accenture, Al JazeeraEnglish, Bloomberg, Boeing, IBM, Khazanah Nasional Berhad, McKinsey & Co, Microsoft,Newfield Exploration, Exact Software and Reuters. Below the twin towers is Suria KLCC,a popular shopping mall, and Dewan Filharmonik Petronas, the home of the MalaysianPhilharmonic Orchestra. Outside the building is a park with jogging and walking paths,a fountain with incorporated light show, wading pools, and a children’s playground.

The feature of skybridge connect the two towers on 41st and 42nd floors. The bridge is170 m high and 58 m long. The same floor is also known as the podium since visitors desiring togo to higher levels have to change elevators here. The skybridge is open to all visitors, butpasses (limited to around 1400 people per day, which usually run out before noon) must beobtained on a first-come, first-served basis. Passes are free. The skybridge is closed onMondays.

Source: http://www.wikipedia.com (March 7, 2007)


Unit 2 Recount

Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks recount yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusunkalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, danmengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1I have a story about being embarrassed in Australia due to differences in culture. My story

is about ordering tea at a coffee shop.I always had a nice cup of tea every morning in Indonesia. It gave me a great feeling in the

morning. So, when I arrived in the early morning for the first time at Sydney airport, the first thingthat I looked for was a coffee shop. Finally, I found a nice coffee shop with many people queuingto order.

Quite confidently I jumped into the queue. I thought that I had better English than beforesince I had recently learned English at IALF. Then, a very friendly girl asked me if she could helpme. I said that I would like to have a cup of tea.

Then, she asked me what kind of tea I would like to order, black or white tea? I thought shewas making a morning joke with me. My quick response, but with some confusion, was thatI said red tea please. With a very unfriendly face she asked me again, “Black or white tea,please?”, I didn’t say anything as I didn’t know what actually black or white tea was. I only knewthat having tea is normally with or without sugar.

Then, she said, “Next, please.” She then asked the next customer behind me. I realisedthen that I didn’t understand Australian customs.

One day I had a cup of tea at the university tea room and I saw a lady drinking tea with milkin it. Then, I asked her, “Can I say that you are having a white tea?” She smiled and said, “Yes,you can.” Finally, I understood that black tea is no milk added and white tea is with milk. How bigis the difference of having tea between Indonesian and Australian people!!!

Source: http://www.kangguru.org/kgredifferentponddifferentfish.htm (January 3, 2009)

Text 2Hi, friends. Do you know Fatahillah Square or Taman Fatahillah in Jakarta? It is an open-air

museum of ‘Old Batavia’. Um . . . have you ever been there?Well, last month my family and I visited Fatahillah Square. We went there by car. Arriving

there, we parked our car in the parking lot. Er . . . there are three main establishments. They areJakarta Museum, the Fine Arts Gallery, the Ceramic Museum and the Wayang Museum. Wevisited the Jakarta Museum first. There, we could see the colonial history of the city. The tourguide explained us the history clearly. After that, we went to the Fine Arts Gallery and theCeramic Museum. We found an excellent Chinese and Southeast Asian ceramic collections.The ceramics are very beautiful, you know. Anyway, do you know who donated the ceramics?Well, . . . the ceramics were donated by the late former Vice President Adam Malik.

Then, we went to the western side of the square. There, we visited the Wayang Museum.Guess what we saw there! We saw many puppets used in the indigenous puppet theater.Unfortunately, we couldn’t see the demonstration of the shadow play. It is usually played onSunday morning for about two hours. Well, that’s all my experience in Fatahillah Square.Interesting, isn’t it?


Text 3Last month my family and I went to Prambanan Temple. We went there by car. We arrived

there in the afternoon. We walked around the temples and went upstairs step by step. In themain temple, we saw Roro Jonggrang statue. Have you ever heard the story of RoroJonggrang? It is a very famous story among Javanese, you know.

Being tired of walking around, we decided to take a rest in a nearby hotel. At night wereturned to the temple. We wanted to see the Ramayana ballet. You know, it tells the storyof Rama and Shinta.

The performance is almost held every night. Have you ever watched it? It was really great,you know. All visitors were satisfied with the performance.

Text 4I have an unforgettable experience during my holiday in Bali. My family and I joined the Bali

Adventure and we got many interesting things.I woke up early that day since I didn’t want to miss the adventure. We started the trip at

about six in the morning. Our destination was Bali Adventure Tours’ Elephant Safari Park. Duringthe trip, we saw the greenness, small villages and winding hillside roads.

Arriving at the park, we saw some elephants there. Accompanied by my guide, Made, werode on an elephant. We set off on a leisurely two hour trek through the surrounding jungle.Made and I set off on a snug trail that poked in and out of the jungle, through rice paddocks andover streams. Along the way, he pointed out every imaginable spice, fruit and vegetable. I sawrich coffee plants and cocoa trees.

Two hours after we set out into the jungle, I saw a mighty elephant hum drumming its wayback to the safari park with a cargo of Japanese tourists on its back. Made and I made our waybehind it and followed her into the park.

It was really an unforgettable experience for us.

Text 5One day Sandra Dewi fell sick in the middle of the English lesson. All the students did

reading tasks. Suddenly, Sandra Dewi vomited. All other students stopped writing. Ms. Lidiahelped her immediately. The captain of the class sent for the school’s doctor.

In five minutes the doctor came. He examined her carefully. He examined her eyes. He felther stomach. He listened to her heart beat. He measured her blood pressure.

Then, he took her temperature. “I’m afraid she suffers from malaria. Her temperature is veryhigh. That is why she vomited. She has a very bad cough, too. I’ll give her some pills for her malaria,some tablets for her fever and syrup for her cough. She needs a week’s rest,” said the doctor.

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Text 6Yesterday at my school we had an International day. We had performances, food stalls,

displays, raffle ticket draw, and some of us were dressed in costumes.We started our day off with performances but the one I liked best was the one from fourth

grade. We played games. The performance I was interested in was Labamba.


Straight after our performances, we had our lunch. There were food stalls. They camefrom Australia, Asia, Arab and Greece.

Everyone had a job. These people were from sixth grade. I did my job after I had lunch.My job was to sell International Day Books.

We had displays in the hall. These displays were good but I didn’t get to see them. Thedisplays came from a lot of countries.

There was also a Trash and Treasure stall where they sold toys. The school got thesethings by asking the children to bring them in.

Although I didn’t win anything, International Day was still fun.Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Text 7Last night, I read an article about adolescence in a magazine. I learned that it was a time of

change between childhood and adulthood.After I finished reading the article from the magazine, I remembered my own adolescence.

I was fourteen at that time. I felt very emotional about everything. But I tried to learn more aboutmyself. I tried to discover what I wanted to do, and what kind of people I wanted to be.

To divert my emotions, I took many extra curricular activities. I took piano lessons onMondays. On Tuesdays, I joined an English course. Then, on Wednesdays and Thursdays,I had extra science and math lessons. Fridays, it was my time to play basketball with my friends.Finally, I spent most of my weekends with my family.

I was able to control my emotions and to have a place where I could express my creativityin positive ways.


Text 8Last Saturday I woke up early, but I didn’t get up because there was no school. Suddenly,

my telephone was rung. It was my friend Fanny, she asked me to go out at 10:00 o clock. Shewanted to buy something in a traditional market.

Finally, we were out. In the street, I saw a piece of pink coupon. Interested in its color, I tookit, then Fanny and I read this out. We were fully shocked, it was a receipt of a four nights tour toLombok!! The expired date was that day. To our surprise, the name was Fanny Fenita and thebirth date was exactly the same like Fanny my friend, and it was also valid for two persons.My God!! We were thinking that maybe the coupon just fell from the sky and it was there for us.

We were hurried to the address of the tour agency that issued the coupon. The tour agencytook care of everything. We went home and still could not believe what was going on. Two dayslater we were on the Senggigi Beach, lied in the warmth sun. Moreover, we had long publicholiday, so we could enjoy the “gift” happily. We also bought some presents for our family andfriends.



Unit 3 Descriptive

Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusunkalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, danmengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1

Merdeka PalaceIstana Merdeka is a palace complex in Central Jakarta, Indonesia. It was built in 1873 by

the Dutch government. The palace was formerly named Istana Gambir.In the beginning, this 3.375 m² Greek architecture building had two stories. But in 1848,

the upper floor was demolished, and the lower floor was made bigger for making a more formalimpression. Now the building is still the same.

As the central of the state’s activities, now the Istana Negara is the venue for official stateevents, such as the Independence Day ceremony, welcoming the state’s guests, receiving theLetter of Credence from foreign ambassadors, installation of ministers, ambassadors, theopening of national meetings, national and international congress and official state banquet.

The Istana Merdeka has a several rooms such as, First Chamber, Residential Chamber,Guest Room, Banquet Room, Reception Hall, Regalia Room, Office, Bed Chamber, LivingRoom, and Kitchen.

After Soekarno, the presidents no longer use the Istana as the official residence but onlyused the office until President Abdurrahman Wahid and Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono.

Source: http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Merdeka-Palace (January 7, 2009)

Text 2A giant dam was built many years ago to control the Colorado River. This dam was built to

protect the land and the houses around the river.This huge damn was called Boulder Dam when it was finished in 1936. Later it was

renamed Hoover Dam in honor of a president of the United States. However Dam, one of thehighest dams in the world, is located between the states of Arizona and Nevada.

This huge dam is in the Black Canyon. It is possible to drive a car from one side of the riverto the other on a road which is on top of the dam. This dam is so big that there is an elevatorinside. The elevator goes down forty-four stories from the road to the bottom. There is enoughconcrete in this dam to build a highway from New York to San Francisco. Thousands of peopleworked on this dam for five years.

Source: Intermediate Reading Practice


Text 3My mother and father both work in the center of Kuala Lumpur. My father is an accountant

in a large insurance company. He is very happy with his job and has worked there for ten years.My mother is working at the General Post Office in the Dayabumi building. Her office is on thethird floor. She likes her job and she works very hard.

Mother and father are both tired when they come home in the evening so my sister andI often cook the evening meal. My sister is a good cook. She is older than I am and has beencooking for several years now. Her best dish is fish curry. I am learning how to cook but mydishes are not very tasty. My sister says if I am patient, I will be able to cook well one day. I hopeso because I know that my parents will be pleased if I can prepare them a delicious meal afterwork.

Source: New Remedial English Grammar for KBSM

Text 4The Indian Ocean is the third-largest ocean in the world. Only the Pacific and the Atlantic

are larger. More than one-fifth of all the world’s water supply is in the Indian Ocean.The Indian Ocean touches four different continents. To the south is Antarctica and to the

east is Australia. Africa lies to the west and Asia lies to the north. There are several importantislands in the Indian Ocean. These include the Madagascar, the largest one, which is nearAfrica, and Sri Lanka, which is near India. There is also a group of islands called the Seychellesand the African coast.

The Indian Ocean is extremely important to the countries in Southeast Asia. Strong windsfrom the Indian Ocean bring warm weather and heavy rains which are necessary for growingfood.

Source: Intermediate Reading Practice

Text 5Mr. Heru has been teaching for three years but everyone admits that he is a very good

teacher. The students like his teaching method. He is very active in class and his lessons arealways so much fun. He spends a lot of time at home preparing his lessons and planningworksheets to use in class. He always marks his students’ exercises quickly and hands themback before they have time to forget what the exercise was about. The students in his classesalways do well in examinations because he encourages them to study hard.

Out of class, Mr. Heru is also very active. He runs the school soccer team and helps withthe Red Crescent Society which meets on Saturday mornings. Everyone likes him because healways tries his best in everything he is involved in.

Adapted from: New Remedial English Grammar for KBSM


Unit 4 Recount

Petunjuk Umum:Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks recount yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusunkalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, danmengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1

Bhinneka Tunggal IkaThe national emblem of the Republic of Indonesia, Garuda Pancasila, is emblazoned with

the words Bhinneka Tunggal Ika. They mean ‘Unity in Diversity’ or ‘We are of many kinds, but weare one’. This motto is a founding principle of the modern Indonesian nation, which declares theessential unity of its members despite ethnic, regional, social or religious differences.

The concept of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is not new to Indonesian history. It can be traced backto the time of the construction of Borobudur when the Sailendra dynasty ruled on the plains ofCentral Java in the eighth and ninth centuries. Two hundred years later, in the Brantas Valley inEast Java, King Airlangga built a united kingdom based on this same principle.

It was, however, the 14th century poet sage of Majapahit, Mpu Tantular, who is said to havecommitted the phrase to writing for the first time. In his religious poem Sutasoma, composedduring the reign of King Rajasanagara (Hayam Wuruk), Mpu Tantular expounded a doctrine ofreconciliation between the Hindu and Buddhist faiths. Such a spirit of religious tolerance wasan essential element in the foundation and security of the newly emerging State of Majapahit,which reached the height of its power and influence under the guiding hand of the Prime MinisterGajah Mada.

The words of Mpu Tantular were an inspiration to the founders of the first IndependentGovernment of the Republic of Indonesia, and today they are found immortalized on the nationalemblem.

Source: http://www.eastjava.com/books/majapahit/html/bhinneka.html (January 8, 2009)

Text 2Majapahit was an Indianized kingdom based in Eastern Java from 1293 to around 1500.

Its greatest ruler was Hayam Wuruk, whose reign from 1350 to 1389 marked the empire’s peakwhen it dominated kingdoms in Maritime Southeast Asia (present day Indonesia, Malaysia, andthe Philippines).

The Majapahit empire was the last of the major Hindu empires of the Malay archipelago andis considered one of the greatest states in Indonesian history. Its influence extended to states onSumatra, the Malay Peninsula, Borneo and Eastern Indonesia.

Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Majapahit (January 8, 2009)

Text 3Hayam Wuruk was also called (after 1350) Rajasanagara, (1334–1389). He was the ruler of

the Javanese Hindu state of Majapahit at the time of its greatest power. He was preceded byTribhuwana Wijayatunggadewi and succeeded by Wikramawardhana.

Hayam Wuruk is the son of Thribhuwana Tunggadewi and Sri Kertawardhana orCakradhara. His mother is the daughter of Raden Wijaya the founder of Majapahit, meanwhilehis father is the son of Bhre Tumapel lower king of Singhasari.


Hayam Wuruk was born in 1334, where on the day of his birth sign by the earthquake inPabanyu Pindah and the eruption of Gunung Kelud. It was also the same year that Gajah Madadeclared his famous oath; Sumpah Palapa.

He inherited the throne in 1350 at the age of 16 when the great patih (prime minister) GajahMada was at the height of his career. Under his rule, Majapahit extended its power throughoutthe Indonesian archipelago.

Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hayam_Wuruk (January 8, 2009)

Text 4Ken Dedes the first queen of Singhasari, was the wife of

Ken Arok, the first ruler of Singhasari, Java, Indonesia. Shewas later considered as the origin of lineage of kings thatruled Java, the great mother of Rajasa dynasty, the royalfamily that ruled Java from Singhasari to Majapahit era. Localtradition also mentioned her as the woman with extraordinarybeauty,embodiment of such perfect beauty.

Most of the record of her life come from the account ofPararaton (The Book of Kings), which often mixed historicalaccount with fictional supranatural tales and story. She wasthe daughter of a Buddhist monk, Mpu Purwa. According totradition, Ken Dedes’ exceptional and extraordinary beautywas famous throughout the land and attracted TunggulAmetung, the ruler of Tumapel (now Singhasari district, EastJava) whom later took her as his wife.

According to local story, Ken Dedes was kidnapped and forced to become TunggulAmetung’s wife while her father was gone meditating. Her father cursed Tunggul Ametung,saying he would be killed because of Ken Dedes’ beauty. The curse became reality when KenArok succeed to assassinated Tunggul Ametung and took Ken Dedes as his wife.

Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ken_Dedes (January 8, 2009)

Text 5Purnawarman is not the first king of Tarumanagara. According to Book Nusantara,

Rajadirajaguru Jayasingawarman founded the Tarumanagara kingdom in 358 AD. He died in382 AD and was buried at the bank of Kali Gomati river (present-day Bekasi city). His son,Dharmayawarman ruled from 382 to 395 AD. His burial site is at Kali Chandrabaga.Purnawarman is the third king of Tarumanagara and reigned from 395 to 434 AD.

Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tarumanagara (January 8, 2009)

Text 6On Wednesday, September 19, 1945 the Ally forces/the Dutch that joined in the Mastiff

Carbolic that was one of the Organization of Anglo Dutch Country Saction in Surabaya visitedthe headquarter of the Japanese soldiers in Surabaya. At the same time, there were a fewDutchmen who joined the Social Contact Committee raised their flag (red-white-blue flag) on theright side of the Yamato Hotel. Arek-arek Surabaya thought that this attitude was so arrogantand unsympathize because it symbolized that the Dutch would plant their power in Surabayaagain. Resident Sudirman came to the Orange Hotel and told the Ally committee to raise the flagdown, but his requirement was rejected even he was pointed with a gun although he was anofficer at that time.


The fight was started. It was between 20 Dutch soldiers and young Surabayanese whocame from Genteng area, Embong Malang area, Praban area and other areas.

At last, a few of the young Surabayanese had successfully tore the blue side of the flag andraised the red and white flag and followed by an applause of the people below the flag in theOrange Hotel.

At last, it was noted on the incident that 4 young Surabayanese were killed, they were:Sidik, Mulyadi, Hariono and Mulyono. From the Dutch side it was noted that Mr. Ploegman waskilled because of the mass anger.

Source: http://www.petra.ac.id/eastjava/ancient/city/Surabaya/orange.htm (April 20, 2008)

Text 7Abraham Lincoln, or so-called Abe, was the 16th President of the United States. He was

born on February 12, 1809, in a log cabin on a Kentucky farm. Abe was raised on four farms:three in Kentucky and one in Indiana. His family moved to Indiana because of their dislike ofslavery. His father and mother hated slavery. Abe’s mother died of milk poisoning, so times werehard. Abe moved away and started his own life.

Abraham Lincoln was a great man. He had a great personality and really cared aboutothers. He taught many people that they could pull their own part as he did his own thingsto entertain his guests.

Later, Abe became a lawyer and could then run for president. He decided to do so and wonthe election as the next president. Like his parents, the President hated slavery, so he did nottolerate the slavery in the South. Therefore, he tried to make slavery go away and he succeededby winning the war on slavery. Abe was a happy man after slavery was vanished.

One day the President received an invitation to Ford’s Theater and attended even thoughhe might be in danger. At that time, the President’s bodyguard didn’t do his duty and tooka break. The President and his wife arrived at Ford’s Theater along with General Rathbone andhis wife. Then, a man came in the box and shot the President. The man who shot Abe was JohnWilkes Booth. The President Abraham Lincoln passed away.

Adapted from: http://teacher.scholastic.com/writewit/biograph/biography_readrep.asp?id=10892&age=11&Page=1&sortBy= (December 22, 2007)

Anonymous. 2006. “Kevin-Narrogin.” In Dalton, K.R. KangGuru Radio English. Denpasar: IALF: p.6Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey:

Prentice hall, Inc.Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Chiang, Soh Kok. ?. Composition Letter Writing Comprehension Structure and Usage. Singapore:

Mayer Book Store.Curry, D. 1996. Easy Does It. Washington D.C.: Materials Branch.Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Inggris–Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia.Granger, C. and J. Plumb. 1981. Play Games with English 1. London: Heinemann Educational

Books Ltd.Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Otto, B. 2006. “Brad - Greece.” In Dalton, K.R. KangGuru Radio English. Denpasar: IALF: p.6Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School

Students Grade VIII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.Richards, J.C. 1989. American Breakthrough 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press.Tan, L. ?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications Pte, Ltd.Teo, K. 2002. Primary English Cloze Passages 4. Singapore: Postkid.com Pte Ltd.Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School

(SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.Widiati, U., G.H. Sulistyo, N. Suryati, S. Setiawan, P. Ratnaningsih. 2008. Contextual Teaching and

Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4. Jakarta: PusatPerbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.

314 Daftar Pustaka

Documents

53532772 evaluasi-bahasa-inggris-kelas-viii-semester-1